' *' ^ ' V J> ** ,* X ■^v tf 1 ^ <* > o> ^ ' 1 o. ^ ^ ^ v* w* ■%^" ,% water. Acidum Acetosum. Acetum. Acidum Arseniosum. See Arsexious Acid. Acidum Benzoicum. See Benzoic Acid. Acidum Boricum. See Boracic Aced. Acidum Carbo/icum. See Carbolic Acid. Acidum Carbonicum. See Carbonic Acid. Acidum Chromicum. See Chromic Aced. Acidum Citricum. See Citric Acid. Acidum Gallicum. See Gaelic Acid. Acidum Hydrobromicum Di/utum. See Hy- drobromic Acid diluted. ACI 25 ACR Acidum Hydrochloricum. Hydrochloric Acid ; Muriatic Acid. Acidum Hydrocyanicum. See Hydrocyanic Acid. Acidum Hydrocyanicum Di/utum. See Hydro- cyanic Acid diluted. Acidum Lacticum. See Lactic Acid. Acidum Muriatic urn. See Muriatic Acid. Acidum Nitricum. See Nitric Acid. Acidum Nitricum Purum. Pure Nitric Acid. Acidum Nitro-muriaticum. See Nitro-muri- atic Acid. Acidum Nitrosum. See Nitrous Acid. Acidum Oxalicum. See Oxalic Acid. Acidum Phosphoricum. See Phosphoric Acid. Acidum Pyroligneum. See Pyroligneous Acid. Acidum Succinicum. See Succinic Acid. Acidum Sulphuretum. See Sulphurous Acid. Acidum Sulphuricum. See Sulphuric Acid. Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. Acidum Sulphuricum Purum. Pure Sulphuric Acid. Acidum Tannicum. See Tannic Acid. Acidum Tartaricum. See Tartaric Acid. Acidum Valerianicum. See Valerianic Acid. Acidum Vitriolicum. See Sulphuric Acid. Aciesis. From a, priv., and kvblv, to con- ceive. Barrenness in females; inability to conceive. Ac 'if or ill. From acus, a needle, and forma, form. Needle-shaped. Acilie'sia. From a, priv., and tuvqaig, immobility. Loss of motion. Ac'iilUS. A grape stone. In Anatomy, the ultimate secreting follicles of glands. The granulations of conglomerate glands, as in the liver, &c, are called acini. Ac'me. From ukjitj, the top. In Pathology, the height of a disease. Ac/lie. A term designating lesions from pustular inflammation about the sebaceous glands and hair follicles. Among the forms commonly recognized are Rosacea, Varioliformis, and Vulgaris. Acne Rosa'cea. Pimples on the face ; the con- spicuous eruption, of a bright rosy hue, on the nose and face of drunkards. Called rosy-drop. Acol'ogy. Acologia ; from aiwc, a remedy, and "koyoc, a discourse. The doctrine of thera- peutical agents or remedies. A'conite. Aconitum. The tuberous rool of the Aconitum Napellus or common monks- hood, or wolf s-bane. It is an active narcotic poison. It is obtained in Europe and Asia. A genus of plants, of the order Ranunculacese. Dose of powd. root, gr. j to gr. v. It acts as a powerful sedative to the nervous system, and reduces the force of the circulation. In Denial Practice, the tincture, combined with an equal quantity of tincture of iodine, is employed successfully in the early stages of periodontitis and alveolar abscess. It is also useful em- ployed alone as an application to an inflamed dental pulp ; also in pulp cavities to prevent peridental inflammation. For dental uses, see Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." Acoili / tia. An alkaloid constituting the active principle of aconite. A powerful poi- son. Aconi'tic Acid. A white crystalline acid, obtained from the aconitum napellus. A con i tic Ether. Aconitate of oxyd of ethyl. A colorless oily liquid, with an odor like cal- amus. Acoilitilie. Aconitina; from aconitum, the name of a plant. A very poisonous alka- loid extracted from several species of aconi- tum. A'cor. From aceo, to be sour. Acidity , acrimony. Aco'ria. From a, priv., and nopeu, to sat- isfy. Insatiable hunger ; canine appetite. Acorns Calamus. Sweet flag; calamus aromaticus. Acoum / eter. From (ikovd, to hear, and /uerpov, a measure. An instrument invented by Itard, for measuring the degrees of the sense of hearing. Acous'tics. The science of the cause, nature and phenomena of sounds. Acra'ilia. From a, priv., and upaviov, cranium. Deficiency of a part or the whole of the cranium. Acrat/ia. From a, priv., and uparoc, strength. Imbecility; weakness. Ac / rid. From acer, sharp. Having a hot, pungent taste. Ac / rilllOliy. Acrimonia ; from acer, sharp. A quality in substances which irritates, cor- rodes or dissolves others. Acri / sia. From a, priv., and Kpivu, to judge. A state of disease, with regard to which no correct judgment can be formed. Ac / rodoilt. From anpov, extremity, or summit, and odove, odovog, a tooth. Applied ACR 26 ACU by Owen to scaly saurii having teeth ankylosed to the summit of alveolar ridge. ACTOdy'nia. From anpoc, extremity, and odwtf, pain. An affection attended with great pain in the tendons of the ankles and wrists. Acroleine. In Chemistry, a volatile, oily, pungent liquid, obtained by boiling fats, but especially by the destructive distillation of glycerine. Acroman / ia. From aapoc, extreme, and fiavia, madness. Incurable madness. Acromegalia. From anpoc, an ex- tremity, and ueyaXog, large. Abnormal devel- opment of the extremities. Acro'mial Artery. An artery arising from the anterior part of the axillary artery, oppo- site the upper edge of the pectoralis minor. It divides into two branches, — the superior and inferior. Acro'mial Nerves. Branches of the fourth cervical nerve, distributed to the acromial re- gion. Acro'mion. From anpoc, extreme, and opog, the shoulder. A process terminating the spine of the scapula. A'cropis. From anpov, the extremity, and oijj, the voice. Faulty articulation, from a defect in the tongue. Acroteria. The extremities of the body. Acrot/ic. From anpoc, summit. Dis- eases affecting the external surface of the body. Acrotism. From a, priv., and Kporoc, pulse. Defect of pulse, asphyxia. Actino Chemistry. From onr/v, a ray of light. That department of chemistry which treats of the action of the sun's rays. Actinom / eter. From clktiv, and perpov, a measure. An instrument to measure the intensity of the sun's light. Actinomycosis. From auric, and pvivje, a fungus. A parasitical, infectious disease, due to the presence, in abscesses and sinuses, of the leptothrix-streptothrix. The most frequent form is when abscesses form about the jaws and teeth. The prophylactic treatment is a due observance in the choice of meat and its pro- per cooking so as to prevent the transference of the parasite. The curative treatment con- sists in the evacuation and antiseptic treat- ment of abscesses, sinuses, carious teeth, etc. Action. Actio; from agere, to act. The exertion of power or force ; the operation of an active power. In Physiology, the perform- ance of a function. The functions of the body may be divided into voluntary, involuntary and mixed. The voluntary are produced by acts of the will ; the involuntary are either mediate, through the nerves and spinal marrow, or immediate, as those of irritability ; and to the mixed belong the acts of respiration. Action, Morbid. A derangement of the or- dinary functions of the body. Action, Reflex. A movement of an organ or part of the body produced by an impression carried by a sensory or afferent nerve to a subordinate centre, and then returned by an efferent nerve to some point at or near the source of irritation. Act'ual Cautery is a red-hot iron or a fire, while a potential cautery is only a chem- ical caustic. The former was once much used by surgeons for the extirpation and cure of tumors and other diseases. The actual cau- tery for destroying the dental pulp consists in heating a wire to a white heat, and thrusting it into the pulp canal to the apex. A / CUpreS / sion. Acupressure. From acus, a needle, and premo, pressum, to press. Dr. J. Y. Simpson's plan of securing against hemor- rhage in wounds or operations by inserting a needle through the skin below the divided vessel, and returning its point to the cuta- neous surface again, the ends being left out to a sufficient extent. Acupuncture. Acupunctu'ra; from acus, a needle, and punctura, a puncture. The puncturing of parts with a small needle. It is effected by passing slender needles into the part, and allowing them to remain from a few minutes to several hours, for the purpose of producing counter-irritation. Acus Cannula 'ta. A trocar; a cannulated needle used in surgery. Acus /nterpuncto / ria. A couching needle, used in operating on the eye. Acus Ophthal'mica. A couching or ophthal- mic needle. Acus Triquetra. A trocar ; a three-cornered needle. Acute 7 . Sharp. In Pathology, a sharp pain; a disease characterized by a certain degree of severity, or which is attended by violent symptoms, and runs its course in a few days. Aeutenac'uluin. Porte-aiguille. A nee- dle-holder. An instrument for accurately lay- ing hold of a needle, and giving it greater length, when it is so fine and small that it ACU 27 ADE cannot be held by the fingers. It is of steel or silver, about two inches long, and through- out the whole, almost, of its length, divided into two branches, so as to form a kind of for- ceps capable of being closed by means of a sliding ring. Dr. Physick's modification of this instrument consists of a forceps so con- structed as to hold in its extremity a needle armed with a ligature. The handles of the forceps are fastened together, temporarily, by a spring or catch ; and when the needle is fairly placed beneath the deep-seated artery, it is disengaged from the forceps and drawn out, leaving the ligature behind, which can be tied without difficulty. Dr. Hullihen invented an instrument of this kind for passing the needle through the cleft edges of the soft palate, in the operation of staphyloraphy. Acutenaculum, Dr. Hu Hi hen's. An instru- ment invented by Dr. S. P. Hullihen, to be used in passing the needle through the cleft edges of the soft palate in the operation of staphyloraphy. Acyanoblep'sia. From a, priv., nvavos, blue, and /?Ae?rw, to see. Inability to distin- guish blue, from defective vision. Acye'sis. Inability to conceive, barren- ness. Ad/amant. From a, priv., Sa/uao, to subdue. Diamond was formerly so named from its hardness. Adamant/ine Cement. A nostrum used for filling teeth, consisting of finely pul- verized silex or pumice-stone, mixed with an amalgam of mercury and silver. See Amal- gam. Adamantine Spar. The crystals of corun- dum are so named from their hardness. See Corundum. Adam's Apple. See Pomum Ad ami. Addeplia / gia. From addr/v, much, and oayw, to eat. A voracious appetite ; insatiable craving for food. Addita / meiitlim. A small suture some- times found added to the lambdoid and squam- ous sutures. Addu / ceilt. Adducens; from ad, and du- cere, to draw. A term applied in Anatomy, t& muscles which perform the function of adduc- tion. Adduction. The action by which a part is drawn towards the axis of the body, or of a limb. Adduc / tor. From ad, and ducere, to draw. In Anatomy, a muscle whose office con- sists in drawing the limb, or part moved by it, towards the axis of the body, or of the mem- ber to which it belongs. Adductor Brevis Femoris. The short ad- ductor of the thigh. Adductor Indicis Pedis. The adductor of the first toe. Adductor Longus Femoris. The long ad- ductor of the thigh. Adductor Magnus Femoris. The great ad- ductor of the thigh. Adductor Minimi Digiti Pedis. The adductor ! of the little toe. I Adductor Pollicis Manus. The adductor of the thumb. . • Adductor Pollicis Pedis. The "adductor of the great toe. Adductor Tertii Digiti Pedis. The adductor I of the third toe. Adec'ta. Sedatives. AdeFpllia. From a6s?Kj>og, a brother. A monstrosity. Ademo / llia. From ade/noveo, I am griev- : ously tormented. Restlessness ; anxiety of mind. A / den. Adtjv. A gland, a bubo. AdeiiaFgia. From adr/v, and a?.yog, pain. Pain in a gland. A'denemphrax'is. From aSr/v, a gland, and sfi(ppa^cc, obstruction. Glandular obstruc- tion. Aden'iform. Ad'enoid; from aSrjv, a gland, and forma, resemblance. Resembling a gland. Adenitis. Glandular inflammation. Ad'enodyn'ia. See Adenalgia. Adenography. From adrjv, a gland, and ypaapvy% } the pharynx. Inflamma- tion of the tonsils and pharynx, Adenopllthal'mia. Froma/.Gc, a sausage, and eidoc, likeness. A mem- brane of the foetus, found in most of the mam- malia, situated between the chorion and am- nion. Allen's Fusible Silieious Cement. A composition for uniting single porcelain teeth to a plate and to each other ; the use of which was secured by Dr. John Allen, by let- ters-patent. Employed in the construction of continuous-giun work. Allia'ceous. Attiaeeus; from allium, garlic. Pertaining to garlic ; similar to garlic. Alliga'tion. From alligo, to bend. An arithmetical formula for ascertaining the pro- portion of the constituents of a mixture when they have undergone no change of volume by chemical action, Alliuni. Garlic. A genus of plants of the order Asphodeleoe. Allium is stimulant, diuretic, expectorant, emmenagogue, diaphoret- ic, and anthelmintic. Externally it is rubefa- cient and repellant. Dose, ^ssto 3j. Allceo'sis. AUoiosis; from u/'/.olgv, to change. Alteration in the character of a dis- ease, or in the constitution. Alloeot'ica. From a/./.oc, another. Al- terative medicines. Allogno'sis. From a/./.oc, another, and yivuonG), to know. Perversion of mind ; incap- ability of distinguishing persons. Allopathic. Allopathies. Pertaining to allopathy. Allo / pathist. One who practices or ad- vocates allopathy. Allop'atliy. Allopath ia ; fronifi>' other, and -a-cruc, disease. An empirical designa- tion applied to the practice of medicine, in con- tradistinction to homoeopathy, or that system of medical practice which proposes the cure of dis- ease by establishing in the system a condition opposite to, or difierent from, the disease to be cured. Allophane. The name of a mineral, of a blue, and sometimes of a green or brown color. Allotriodon tia. From a/.'- - eign, and odovc, a tooth. The transplantation of teeth. See Transplanting Teeth. Allotriopliagia. From a'/.'r.orpioc, strange, and oa]u, I devour. A desire or morbid long- ing to eat inedible substances, as chalk, leather, coal, &.c. ; depraved appetite. Allo'tropism. Allutropy. The proper- ty witnessed in elementary bodies, as carbon, sulphur, &e, existing in difierent modifica- tions. Allox'an. Erythric acid ; purpuric acid. Its formula is C 5 H 4 X.A» 10 . It is formed by the action of nitric upon uric acid. Alloxanic Acid. An acid discovered by Wohler and Liebig, in decomposing alloxan with alkalies. Its formula is C ? H..1\~ A^-r^HO. Alloxan'tin. A crystalline substance formed by the deoxidation of alloxan. Form- ula. C S IL>X) 10 . Alloy. From the French wovdaloi. a con- traction of a la hi. A compound of two or more metals by fusion, the least valuable l t ALL 35 ALT called the alloy. Some metallurgists contend that alloys are true chemical compounds, and present, as an evidence of this fact, that heat and incandescence accompany their formation. Others contend that alloys are mere mechani- cal mixtures, on the ground that the qualities of the individual metals not only appear, but vary with the amount introduced. Matthies- son claims that alloys partake of the nature of both compounds and mixtures, but chiefly of the former. When one of the constituents of an alloy is mercury, the combination is known as an amalgam, the constituents of which, as in all chemical compounds, are united in exact proportions by weight. Such properties of metals as malleability, ductility, and tenacity, are dependent upon molecular cohesion, are greatly modified by alloying, and these proper- ties are inferior, in a great degree, to that of the pure metals possessing them in a high de- gree. Gold is impaired to such a degree by a small admixture of lead or tin, that its malle- ability and other properties are destroyed. See Gold Plate; also, Gold Solder. Allspice. Jamaica Pepper. See Mye.- tus Pimexta. Allyl. Oil of garlic, obtained by distilla- tion of garlic with water, and purified by re- distillation. Formula, C 6 H 5 . AJ/inond. The nut of the Amygdalus communis. Amygdala. Alinonds. A term applied in popular language to the exterior glands of the neck and to the tonsils, as the almonds of the ear, &c. ; the almonds of the throat. Almonds, Bitter, Oil of. Volatile oil of al- monds. A golden-yellow oil, obtained by dis- tillation with water, or with water and salt, the cake of bitter almonds from which the oil has been expressed. It is a deadly poison. Almonds, Oil of. Fixed oil of almonds. A bland fixed oil, usually obtained from either sweet or bitter almonds, but chiefly the former, by compression. It has a mild, oily taste. See Oil of Almonds. Al'oe. A genus of plants of the order As- phodelece. Al / oes. The inspissated juice of the sev- eral species of aloe. The three principal com- mercial varieties are, Cape, Socofrine, and the Hepatic or Barbadoes. Cathartic, emmena- gogue, anthelmintic, and stomachic. Aloes act chiefly on the large intestines, and produce catharsis by increasing the peristaltic or mus- cular action, and not by increasing the secre- tions. Dose, to act as a cathartic, gr. ij to gr. x ; as an eninienagogue, gr. j to ij. Aloes, Cape. The aloes obtained from the Aloe spicata and other species, which grow in great abundance in Southern Africa, near the Cape of Good Hope. This variety is used al- most exclusively in the United States. Aloes, Hepatic. Barbadoes aloes. The name was originally applied to a product from the East Indies, but from a supposed resemblance between this and the aloes from the West In- dies, the name is now very generally applied to the latter. Aloes, Socotrina. The aloes produced in the Island of Socotra. The species of aloe which yields this variety is supposed to be the same as those which produce the Cape aloes. Aloes, Wood. Lignum aloes. A fragrant resinous substance, consisting of the interior of the trunk; the aquilaria ovata. Aloes / in. The peculiar bitter principle of Aloe. Aloet/ic. A medical preparation con taining aloes. A/oetic Acid. Aloetinic acid. The precipitate obtained by heating nitric acid on aloes. Alogotroph/ia. From a/jv/oc, dispro- portionate, and rpedo, to nourish. Dispropor- tionate nutrition, as of the bones in rickets. Hypertrophy of a part or organ. Alom. The bitter principle of aloes after the resin is removed. Alope'cia. From a/iOTr^, a fox. Falling off of the hair ; baldness. Al/plioid. From alphos, a skin disease. Like Alphos, as Lepra alphoides. Alterantia Xervi'na. Xervous al teratives. Such as spirituous liquors and nar- cotics. Alteration. Alteratio ; from alter, other. In General Pathology, a change in the structure of an organ, or in the nature of excreted fluids. In Dental Pathology, applied to the changes which occur in the structure of the enamel of the teeth, or the dentinal tissue of these organs, from the action of morbific agents. Also, to changes which take place in the gums. Alterative. Alteram; from altero, to change. A medicine given for the purpose of restoring the healthy functions of the body by acting on morbid structures and conditions without causing any sensible evacuation ; act- ing in an insensible manner. Althae'a. A genus of plants of the order Malvaceae. Marshmallow. ALT 36 ALV Althion'ic Acid. An acid obtained from the residue of the preparation of defiant gas. Al'iim. Alu'men. A sulphate of ammo- nia and alumina, crystallized from solution in water. A white, slightly efflorescent salt, and is astringent and styptic, and is employed both externally and internally. Dose, gr. x to xx. In large doses it is emetic. Dried alum is alone used externally. In Dental Practice, dried alum is employed as a styptic, also in stomatitis, diseases of gums, cancrum oris, ulcers, and fungous granulations. Alum should never form an ingredient of dentifrices, as it causes erosion of the enamel and dentine. Alum Curd. A coagulum made by briskly agitating a drachm of alum with the white of an egg. Alum Earth. A massive mineral of a black- ish-brown color. Alum Ointment. Common turpentine, lard, and powdered alum. Alum, Potassa. See Potassa Alum. Alum Root. Heuchera contusa. Alum Stone. A silicious subsulphate of alu- mina. Alum Whey. A whey made by boiling two drachms of alum with a pint of milk, and then straining. Alu'meii. Alum. Alumen Catinum. Potash of commerce. Alumen Commu'ne. Common alum. Alumen Exsicca'tum. Dried alum; burnt alum ; alum melted until ebullition ceases. Used as an escharotic. See Alum. Alumen Fixum. Potash. Alumen Roma f num. Eoman alum. Eed alum. The purest variety, containing no am- monia. Alumen Rupeum. Native alum. Pock alum. Alu'nima. Alumine. A substance which occurs very abundantly in nature in the state of silicate, as in feldspar and its associated minerals, and in the various modifications of clay thence derived. The earth of pure clay. Aluminas Sulplias Fusus. Alumen exsiccatum. Alu'minite. An opaque, dull-white mineral ; the hydrated subsulphate of alu- mina. Aluminum or Aluminium. Symbol, Al. Atomic weight, 27.5. This metal was first obtained by Wohler, and is prepared in the same manner as magnesium, but with more difficulty. It is the metallic base of alumina, and until recently has been known to chemists as a gray powder resembling spongy platinum , but it is now produced in large quantities as a perfect metal, having a lustre and whiteness almost equal to silver. When cast into ingots it is soft like silver, and has a density of 2.56, but after hammering or rolling it is almost as hard as wrought iron, and has a density of 2.67. Bunsen obtained this metal by elec- trolysis, as did also Deville, who has prepared it in large ingots from the chloride of alumin- , ium by sodium. It is obtained on a large scale by heating, for some thirty minutes, equal parts of chloride of potassium and cryolite , with two parts of sodium and five of cryolite. The chloride of potassium fuses the fluoride of sodium which is formed. When cold the melted mass is immersed in water, and after twelve hours it is crushed, and the globules of aluminum separated. To obtain a mass, the globules of aluminum are melted with chloride of potassium. The properties of this metal j render it peculiarly adapted for use as a base for artificial teeth, but the soldering and cast- ing of it have been attended with much diffi- 1 culty. Some French artists, however, suc- ceeded in soldering the metal in an atmos- phere of pure hydrogen. The late Dr. J. B. Bean, of Baltimore, perfected, with great labor and original research, a method of casting aluminum plates ; but it proved a failure. Swaged aluminum plates are, however, -till used successfully in combination with vulcan- ite, to which material it adheres with great tenacity. Dr. C. C. Carroll has recently su _ a process of casting alloyed aluminum bases for artificial teeth by pneumatic pressure. The : metal is melted in a plumbago crucible and forced into a mould containing the artificial , teeth by air pressure. (^See Harris? Prin. and | Prac. of Dentistry, 12th Edition.) Alusia. From a/.iw, to become insane. Illusion ; hallucination. Alvea 'rium. From alveare, a bee-hive. 1 The bottom of the concha or hollow of the ear, terminating in the meatus auditorius externus, or external auditory canal. ATveo-Labialis. The buccinator mus- ; cle. Alve'olar. Alveolaris; from aire us, a cav- ity. Pertaining to the alveoli or sockets of the teeth. Alveolar Abscess. A collection of pus in a sac formed in or near the alveolus of a tooth. An abscess having its seat in the apical space, and ALV 37 ALV resulting from apical periodontitis or perice- mentitis, consequent upon the death of the pulp. Alveolar abscess is the result of inflamma- tion of the peridental membrane in the apical space, terminating in the formation of pus. The term "traumatic alveolar abscess" desig- nates a form of this disease which occurs on the side of the root of the tooth as the result of injury, while that of "alveolar abscess" is confined to the collection of pus resulting from inflammation consequent upon the death of the pulp, such as apical periodontitis or perice- mentitis, which has terminated in the forma- tion of pus. The gums about the affected tooth become greatly congested and inflamed, and the pain is very severe, and may be ac- companied with rigor, followed by fever in severe cases of the acute form. The pus generated is confined in the apical space between bony walls, which results in great tension, causing the rapid absorption of the surrounding bone, which is softer in the neighborhood of the apical space than that of the external lamina, and as a consequence is readily destroyed before the pus finds its way to the surface. During the time the pus is penetrating the bone, the pain is not only very severe, but assumes a throbbing character, which indicates the formation of pus, and the gums become greatly congested and frequently much thickened by engorgement with blood. The lymphatics about the angle of the jaw be- come very painful and swollen. With the escape of the pus through the bone, in which a large cavity is often formed, the intense pain abates but does not cease, and the features be- come swollen, and in some cases greatly oedem- atous and disfigured. The eye on the affected side may close, and jaws become so stiff that the mouth cannot be opened to any considerable width. A large tumor of the gum is apparent over the affected root, either on the outside or inside of the alveolar ridge, and will fluctuate, and if not opened will discharge generally on the gum over the root of the tooth. But this result should be prevented by an incision, for the pus is liable in some cases to collect between the tissues of the gum and the bone, and finally escape at the gingival margin, which compli- cates the successful treatment of the abscess. After the escape of the pus, the inflammatory symptoms subside, the pain within a short time, and the swelling within one or two days. Chronic alveolar abscess is caused 1a- n con- tinuation of the conditions which originally brought about the acute form. Septic gases, generated by the decomposition of organic matter in the root-canal and tubuli of the den- tine, escape through the foramen into the apical space, causing periodontitis and the for- mation of pus. Chronic alveolar abscess ex- ists in the following forms : Abscess with a fistulous opening in the gum, and which is reached through the root-canals and foramen of the root ; abscess with a fistulous opening which is not reached through the apical fora- men ; and an abscess from which the pus makes its way through the apical foramen and root-canal, with no external opening through the gum. For the treatment of alveolar ab- scess, see Harrid Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry. Abscess is one of the most common affections to which the alveolar cavities are liable. Its effects are always exceedingly pernicious, not only to the alveolus in which it is seated, and the gums covering it, but, also, very often to the general. health. Whenever severe inflammation of the peri- dental membrane of the tooth is excited, an effusion of coagulable lymph takes place, which, hardening, attaches itself to the root, around its apex, and ultimately a sac is form- ed. This, as suppuration takes place, distends and presses against the surrounding wall of the alveolus, causing an opening to be formed through the socket and gum for the escape of the matter. A direct lateral passage, however, is not always effected through the alveolus and gum. The confined matter sometimes makes for it- self a passage through the roof of the mouth, the cheek, or lower part of the face ; at other times it traverses the jaw for a considerable distance, divesting it of its periosteum, causing necrosis and exfoliation ; at other times again it is discharged into the maxillary sinus. The formation of an abscess in the alveolus of a dens sapient ise of the lower jaw, is some- times attended with severe inflammation and swelling of the tonsils, so as not unfrequently to render deglutition exceedingly difficult. At other times it induces inflammation and rigid- ity of the muscles of the cheek. The pus of an acute alveolar abscess may separate the periosteum from the bone and form a cavity between the two tissues, often inducing necro- sis of the bone, or the pus may follow the peridental membrane along the side of the ALV 38 ALV root, or it may be discharged at the margin of the gum. The pus may also open on the face or under the jaw, and a disfiguring scar is the result. The immediate cause of alveolar abscess is, inflammation of the peridental membrane of the tooth, and whatever tends to produce this, may be regarded as its exciting cause. It often happens that a filling in a tooth, in which the pulp has been destroyed, gives rise to the for- mation of abscess by preventing the escape of the matter forming at the apex of its root. Its egress being thus prevented, it accumu- lates and becomes a source of irritation to the peridental membrane in its immediate vicinity, which, in consequence, thickens, forms a tubercle and ultimately suppurates. The roots of teeth, too, on which artificial crowns are placed, for the same reason, often give rise to abscess. Chronic alveolar abscess generally follows the acute form if the latter is not checked, and is due to the irritation caused by a dead pulp remaining in the pulp- chamber of the affected tooth. In other words, the cause which induced the acute form re- mains to keep up the chronic form, such as the discharge of septic matter from the pulp- chamber into the apical space, and it is generally recognized by presence of a fistulous opening over the root or in its neighborhood. Chronic alveolar abscess may also result directly from chronic periodontitis, without acute inflammation being present at any stage of its progress. When the pus of an acute alveolar abscess is discharged, the parts appear to resume their natural appearance, except that a fistulous opening remains and in some rare cases this may close, and a spontaneous cure result. As a general rule, however, the fistu- lous opening continues ; a flow of pus is main- tained, which is gradually reduced in quantity and the orifice may close over and open again every few days. In some cases it closes per- manently, but a mass of tissue, intermingled with more or less pus, remains in the enlarged apical space. This latter form is known as blind abscess, and a tooth thus affected is liable to periodical attacks of soreness, with symptoms of chronic periodontitis. Cases of alveolar abscess also occur which assume a septic con- dition, the pus becoming sanious or thin and watery, followed by considerable destruction of tissue, with several openings for the dis- charge of pus. . In cases of chronic alveolar abscess the pulp is not only dead, but the tooth is discolored by the absorption of coloring matter from the de- composing pulp, or the subsequent formation of the dark sulphurets. In acute forms of alveolar abscess the pus should be evacuated as early as possible. Constitutional treatment is often requisite in connection with the local treatment, such as an active saline cathartic, followed by a stimu- lant tonic. All fomentations or poultices ap- plied to the face or jaw should be strictly con- demned, as they favor the escape of the pus on the surface of the face or jaw. The root canals of the tooth should be thoroughly dis- infected and antiseptic treatment resorted to, especially in the chronic form of alveolar i abscess, and all irritants, such as calculi, re- moved from the roots. See Harris' Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Alveolar Arches. The margins of the two jaws in which the teeth are implanted. They are more or less elliptical in their shape, the lower more so than the upper. The num- ber of cavities which they contain corresponds with the number and shape of the roots of the teeth. They consist of two bony plates, an ex- ternal and an internal, with transverse septa, which form the alveoli. At first, the growth of the alveolar arches keeps pace with, and, for a time, outstrips that of the teeth, inclosing them in cells, by which admirable provision of nature a firm support is given to the gums previously to the eruption of the teeth. The structure of the outer and inner plates of these arches is compact, while interiorly it is cellular. Each alveolus is pierced at the bottom with one or more minute foramina for the transmission of the vessels and nerves which go to the lining membrane of the tooth. Alveolar Artery. This artery arises from the internal maxillary, and winds around the maxillary tuberosity from behind forward, sending off twigs through the posterior dental canals which supply the molar teeth, and go to I the maxillary sinus, while the main branch ! passes forward, furnishing the gums and alve- olo-dental periosteum. Alveolar Border. Limbxs alveola'ris. The I parts of the jaws in which the alveolar cavities are situated. Alveolar Exosto'sis. See Exostosis of the Alveoli. Alveolar Necro's/'s. See Necrosis of the Alveoli. ALV 39 AMA Alveolar Processes. The alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. The alveolar processes are first formed as crypts with overhanging edges enclosing the deciduous teeth ; then they are removed in great part to allow of the eruption of the deciduous teeth ; they are then recon- structed about the necks to form the sockets of the deciduous teeth ; after the loss of the deciduous teeth the alveoli are again removed, the crypts of the permanent teeth are widely opened and the permanent teeth make their way through the orifices, when the bone is re- formed so as to closely embrace their necks. This occurs at a period when but a small por- tion of the root has been completed. Alveolar Processes, Destruction of the. A gradual wasting of the alveoli, causing the teeth to loosen and sometimes to drop out. It is an affection of frequent occurrence, and in the majority of cases results from a diseased condition of the gums. See Harris' Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Alveolar Structure. A name given by Hewson to the minute superficial cavities ob- served in the mucous membrane of the stom- ach, oesophagus and small intestines. Alveolar Vein. The distribution of this is similar to that of the artery. Alve'oli. The cavities in which the roots of the teeth are implanted. Alveoli, Inflammation of the. Odontobothritis. The immediate cause of this affection is in- flammation of the alveolo-dental periosteum, and when continued for a considerable length of time, and especially in bad habits of body, it is apt to terminate in necrosis. Alve / oliforin. Alveolus. Formed like alveoli. Alve / olo-I>eiital Periosteum. Per- idental Membrane. The membrane which lines the alveoli and invests the roots of the teeth. See Peridental Membrane. Alve / olllS. Odontoboth'rium. A dimin- utive of alveus, a cavity. The bony socket of a tooth. AFveus. A cavity. A/veus Ampullas'cens. The enlarged part of the thoracic duct. A/veus Communis. The common duct of the ampulla? of the semicircular canals of the internal ear. Alvifllix'llS. From alvus and fluo, to flow. A diarrhoea. AFvine. From alvus, the belly. Eelat- ing to the belly or bowels. A/vine Concretion. Enterolithus. A calculus in the stomach or bowels. Al'vilS. The abdomen, stomach and in- testines. Alvus Astricta. Constipation ; costiveness. Alvus Coac'ta. Costiveness. Alvus Renum. The pelvis of the kidney. Alys'mus. From aXvca, to be vexed. Anxiety ; restlessness arising from disease. Amadou. Literally, touchwood, a kind of fungus. A substance used in graduated compresses ; also to support varicose veins, and protect abraded surfaces. Amalgam. Amalgama; from «//«, to- gether, and 7Mfi£i.v } to marry ; or a/m and jiakar-G), to soften. A combination of mercury with some other metal or metals. One form of amalgam is composed of pure silver, five ounces, of pure tin, four ounces. Some prep- arations contain gold filings in combination with the silver and tin. Others contain platinum; and some gold and platinum and copper. Perhaps the majority of amalgams consist of silver and tin. If the silver is not in excess there should be requisite quantities of gold and platinum or copper and zinc. Where tin is the chief constituent, discoloration is lessened, and Dr. Flagg regards tin as the second in importance as a constituent of amal- gams, but an alloy that contains more than forty -five per cent, of tin is slow in setting and wanting in edge-strength ; gold and copper in such an amalgam impart hardness, hasten the setting and control the shrinkage. Copper, as a constituent of amalgams, gives a white alloy if gold, tin and silver are in the proper pro- portions. Copper is regarded as giving an alloy tonic or therapeutic properties, dimin- ishes shrinkage, hastens the setting, is con- genial to tooth structure, and favors the tolerance of a metallic filling near to the tooth- pulp and is therefore regarded by many as a valuable constituent of amalgams. The im- portance of gold in amalgams is a disputed question with many. According to Dr. Bon- will, a mixture of seven per cent, of gold with the mercury used in an amalgam, gives smoothness, renders the mass more .plastic, reduces oxidation and hastens the setting. Mr. C. S. Tomes contends that gold prevents the shrinkage, but it does not make a white amal- gam, although it resists corrosion and dis- coloration and imparts edge-strength. Zinc is regarded by many as having a marked in- fluence on an amalgam in maintaining a good AMA 40 AMB color, controlling shrinkage and counteracting the effects of silver and tin in causing softness and discoloration. An amalgam containing silver in excess should also contain gold and zinc. Zinc with silver and copper and platinum gives hardness, and controls change of shape or shrinkage. Tin and gold give to an amalgam easy setting and quick-setting properties. The merits of platinum in an amalgam are also dis- puted. Dr. Flagg regards platinum as being det- rimental to an amalgam, while others claim that this metal gives hardness and controls shrink- age when combined with silver, copper and zinc. Amalgams containing gold and platinum require more mercury than those composed of tin and silver. Dr. Bonwill employs bibu- lous paper to absorb the mercury as it is forced to the surface in packing amalgam into a cavity ; others use tin foil, spunk, cotton or linen for the same purpose. It is also claimed that a cavity for amalgam should be ball-shaped, that it may conform to the spheroidal tendency of the material as controlled by the mercury. Amal- gam is also employed for filling the roots of teeth as well as crown cavities, and for such a purpose has its advocates and opponents. The following directions are given for pre- paring Amalgam : Put into a small wedge- wood or glass mortar, a small quantity of mercury and so much of the filings as may be required for the time being, and with the pestle rub the contents into a stiff paste ; add a drachm of alcohol, and continue the rubbing until the liquid becomes quite dark; then pour it off, after which it is again washed in diluted sulphuric acid, and when freed from the acid by again washing it in alcohol, it is dried by removing the Amalgam to a dry cloth, with which the moisture is completely ab- sorbed. Press out the superabundant mercury by means of chamois skin or flat pliers, and it is ready for use. In one form of the preparation of Amalgam, a solution of the bicarbonate of soda is used for washing it, instead of alcohol. Some, however, omit the washing, as unimpor- tant, if not injurious. Recent researches seem to show that the ideas formerly prevalent of the injurious effects of Amalgam on the health were mainly unfounded. The composition of these alloys has, of late, been much improved, and their value as a material for fillings greatly increased. The teeth best adapted for Amalgam fillings are those belonging to Class First. See Copper Amalgam. See Harris 7 Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Amalgam Carrier and P lugger. An instru- ment designed for carrying and introducing Amalgam into the cavity of a tooth. Amalgam Manipulator. An instrument used by dentists for preparing amalgam fillings. Amalg-ama/tioil. In Metallurgy, the process of combining mercury with some other metal, as practiced in separating silver and gold from some other ores. Amara Medicament a. Bitter? ; tonics. Amarin. The bitter principle of vege- tables. Ania / rus. Bitter. The principal bitters used for medicinal purposes are gentian, quassia, columba, cinchona, &c. Amase'sis. Amasesis; from a, priv., and fxaarjaLC, mastication. Impaired or imperfect mastication. Amauro'sis. From auavpnto^ to darken or obscure. Gutta serena. Partial or total loss of sight, without any apparent alteration in the eye, arising from paralysis of the optic nerve, and generally characterized by dilata- tion of the pupil, immobility of the iris, and want of natural expression. Dental irritation may prove an exciting cause of this affection of the eye. Amaurotic. Affected with amaurosis. Amaurotic Cat's Eye. Amplyopia senilis. An amaurotic affection, occurring chiefly in very old persons, and accompanied by remarkable paleness of the iris. Am / ber. Suceinum. A hard, brittle, tame- less, bituminous substance, sometimes trans- parent, but often semi-transparent or opaque. It is met with of all colors, but is most fre- quently yellow or orange. See Succinic Acid. Am'bergris. Ambragrisea. A concrete substance, exhaling a pleasant aromatic odor, found in irregular masses floating on the sea, near the Molucca Islands, Madagascar, Sumat- ra, on the coast of Coromandel, Brazil, Amer- ica, China and Japan. It is thought by some to be produced in the intestines of the whale. Ambidexter. Amphidexius ; from om- bo, both, and dexter, right. One who uses both hands with equal facility. Alllblo'sis. Miscarriage ; abortion. Alllblyapll'ia. From au3/.vc, dull, and a6t], touch. Loss of the sense of touch or general feeling. Amblyg'onite. A phosphate of alu- mina and lithia, a rare mineral. Amblyo'pia. From auS'/.i^, dull, and AMB 41 A MM <<>i/', the eye. Dimness of sight ; partial amau- rosis. Dental irritation may prove an excit- ing cause of this affection of the eye. Amblyopia Dissitorum. Short-sightedness. Amblyopia Proximorum. Long-sightedness. Am'bon. The margins of the sockets in which large bones are lodged. Am / breas. Ambreate. A salt formed from ambreic acid with a salifiable base. Am / breiiie. Ambreina. The fatty sub- stance which forms the greater part of amber- gris, and is somewhat analogous to cholesterine. Alll'bulance. From ambulare ; to move about. A light wagon, furnished with every- thing necessary for attending upon the wound- ed on the field of battle ; also used for convey- ing wounded soldiers. AlllbllS'tioil. Ambustio; from amburo, to burn. A burn or scald. Amel'inca'tion. The formation of the enamel of the teeth by means of the enamel cells — ameloblasts. Aiii / elin. A new base precipitated in the alkaline solution, from which melamin has been deposited, on being super-saturated with acetic acid. Amelin / ic Acid. An acid generated by the action of chlorine upon caffein. Amel'oblasts. The cells forming the enamel of the teeth. They are columnar in form, with the nucleus of each situated at its outer end. Amenoma'ilia. Amcenus, pleasant. A gay or cheerful form of mania. Amenorrhea. From a, priv., ^v, a month, and pea, to flow. A partially or totally obstructed menstruation. Ameil / tia. From a, priv., and mens, the mind. Imbecility of the mind. American Hellebore. Veratrum al- bum. American Ipecacuanha. Euphorbia ipecac- uanha, and Gillenia trifoliata. American Spikenard. Aralia racemosa. Am'ethyst. From a, priv., and /ue&vo, to be intoxicated. Purple rock crystal, a va- riety of quartz. Ame / tria. Intemperance. Amianthus. From a, priv., and /uicuvto, to pollute. Mountain flax ; asbestos, an in- combustible mineral, consisting of fine, silky fibres. Amides. Saline compounds containing a base composed of one atom of nitrogen and two of hydrogen. Ami'din. The soluble part of starch, ob- tained by solution of the latter in hot water. Ainid'og'eii. A compound of nitrogen and hydrogen, NIL,, existing in combination with a few metals and organic substances. Kane regards it as the basis of all the ammo- niacal compounds. According to him, am- monia is an amide (Ad H), and ammonium a subamide (Ad H 2 ) of hydrogen. Its symbol is Ad. Am / iline. Amylen. A liquid hydrocar- bon, obtained by distilling hydrated oxide of amyl with anhydrous phosphoric acid. AinillO / llia. Ammonium. Formula NH„ often called ammonia gas. A transparent, col- orless, elastic, alkaline gas, of a penetrating odor and acrid taste, obtained by the destruc- tive distillation of animal matters. It is composed of three parts hydrogen and one ni- trogen, and is supposed to contain a metallic base, ammonium. By Priestly it was called al- kaline air. It is called the volatile alkali, to distinguish it from the fixed alkalies, soda and potash. Its present name is derived from sal ammoniac, of which it constitutes a basis. In dental practice, ammonia and ammonium car- bonate are used as stimulants in the narcosis of anaesthetic agents. The chloride of ammo- nium is employed in facial neuralgia, and the acetate of ammonium in periodontitis as a dia- phoretic and refrigerant, when it is often com- bined with aconite or opium. Animo / iiiac. Muriate of Ammonia. Ammoiii / acal AFum. A double salt, consisting of sulphate of. ammonia and alu- mina. Ajnnio / niaco. A term prefixed to salts in which ammonia has been added in sufficient quantity to combine with both the acid and the base. AmillOili / acum. Gum-ammoniac. The inspissated juice of the Dorema ammoniacum, an umbelliferous plant which grows in Persia. It is brought to this country in small white globules, clustered together, or in lumps of a brownish color. Dose, gr. x to xxx. Ammo'nise Acetatis Liquor. Aqua ammonia acetatce. A solution of acetate of am- monia. Ammonias Carbonas. Subcarbonate of am- monia. It is stimulant, antacid, diaphoretic and antispasmodic. Dose, gr. v to xv. Ammonice Liquor. Liquor of ammonia. Spirits of hartshorn. A concentrated solu- tion of ammonia. AMM 42 AMP Ammonia Murias. Muriate of ammonia. It is aperient and diuretic, but seldom used in- ternally. Externally, it is employed, produc- ing cold during its solution, in inflammations, etc Ammonice Nitras. Nitrate of ammonia, Composed of nitric acid and ammonia. It is diuretic and deobstruent. Externally it is dis- cutient and sialogogue. Ammonice Phos'phas. Phosphate of ammo- nia; excitant, diaphoretic and discutient. It is recommended in gout and rheumatism, as a solvent for uric acid calculus and for diseases of the lithic acid diathesis. Ammonia Subcarbonas. Subcarbonate of ammonia. See Carbonate or Ammonia. Ammonice Subcarbonatis Liquor. A solution of 'subcarbonate of ammonia. Ammonice Sulphas. Sulphate of ammonia. Formed by adding sulphuric acid to sal am- monias, or to ammoniacal liquor. Its proper- ties are similar to those of muriate of ammo- nia. Ammonice Tartras. A salt composed of tar- taric acid and ammonia. Ammonice Valerianas. Valerianate of ammo- nia. Used in neuropathic affections, like va- lerian, etc. See Valerianate of Ammonia. Ammo'nium. A name given to a hypo- thetical compound of hydrogen and nitrogen, NH 4 , the supposed metallic base of ammonia. Ammoili/ureto A compound of ammo- nia and a metallic oxide. Amne / sia. From a, priv., and y-vrjaiq^ memory. Loss of memory ; forgetfulness. Am'nii Liquor. The fluid contained in the amnion. See Amnios, Liquor of. Am'nion. Amnios. The innermost mem- brane which surrounds the foetus in utero. In Botany, the innermost membrane which sur- rounds the seeds. Am'nios, Liiquor of. Liquor Amnii The fluid exhaled by the amnios, and which envelops the foetus during the whole period of utero-gestation. The false Liquor Amnii is the fluid contained between the amnion and chorion, in the early periods of foetal existence. Am'niotate. Amniotic acid combined with a base. Amniotic Acid. Same as allantoic. Amo'muin Carclamo / mum. Carda- momum minus. Lesser cardamomum, an East India plant, the seeds of which, when chewed, impart to the mouth a grateful aromatic I warmth. Amo / mum Granum Paradisi. Cardamomum majus. The plant which affords the grains of paradise, or the greater cardamomum seeds. Amomum Zingiber. The plant which af- fords ginger. Amor'pha. The name of a genus of plants of the order Decandria, of which only one species is known. The bruised root of this is said to possess anti-odontalgic virtues. Amorph'oilS. Of an irregular shape; without a determinate form. Amorphous Quin'ine. The substance Quin- oidine ; so named because its salts cannot be crystallized. Ampel/ic Acid. An acid obtained from oils of bituminous schist. Amp'ere. The electro-motive force of one volt produced in a circuit with one ohm of resistance equal to t X q Centimetre-gramme- second. It is sufficient to deposit 3 grains of copper on the plate of a copper volta- meter. Ampharis'teros. From aut, both, and a/uoTepoe, left-handed. Awkward with the hands ; opposed to ambidexter. Ampliiarthro'sis. From au^i, both, and aptipoaic, an articulation. A mixed ar- ticulation, in which the articular surfaces of bones are united by an intermediate substance, which admits of but little motion, as the ver- tebrae by the intervertebral cartilages. Ampllib'ioilS. Capable of living in two elements, air and water, as the crocodile, bea- ver, frog, &c. Ampliiblestroi'des. From a/i6i3'Aec- pov, a net, and eidoc, a resemblance. Eeticu- lar ; like a net. Ampliidiartliro'sis. From afioi, both, and diapdpnaic, a movable articulation. The temporo-maxillary articulation is so designed by Winslow, because it partakes both of gin- glymus and arthrodia. AmpilFla. A term applied in Chemistry to a large-bellied bottle ; in Anatomy to the dilated part of the membranaceous semicir- cular canal in the ear ; and in Pathology, to a water-bladder on the skin ; hence pemphigus is sometimes called Febris ampullosa. Ampullas'ceiis. See Alveis Ampul- lascens. AmpuTlula. Dim. of ampulla, a bottle. A term sometimes applied hi Anatomy, to a sac slightly enlarged in the centre. Ampilta'tioil. Amputatin ; from ampn- tare, to cut off. The removal of a limb, or AMP 43 ANA any projecting part of the body, by means of a cutting instrument. Amputation, Circular. Where the integu- ments and muscles are divided circularly. Amputation, Flap. When one or two flaps are left so as to cover the stump when the limb has been removed. Amputation, Joint. Emrticula'tio. When the limb is removed at an articulation. Amputation of Roots of Teeth. The cutting away of one of the roots of a tooth, such as a molar, which has lost its socket from any cause, alveolar abscess for example, or phagedenic per- icementitis. The amputation is performed by means of a fissure-burr operated by the dental engine, or a common drill, by which a num- ber of holes are drilled close together through the root, and the interspaces cut out with the fissure-burr. The root should be cut off close to the bifurcation, and the entire surface made very smooth. Amputation of the Apex of a Root. An operation performed in cases where a neglected alveolar abscess has produced a pus-cavity which involves the alveolus to such a degree as to destroy a considerable portion of the peridental membrane of the end of the root, the cementum losing its vitality and the af- fected portion of the root becoming the seat of septic matter, and proving a constant source of irritation. The affected portion of the root is exposed by means of an opening made through the soft tissues with a lancet or trephine, and gradually enlarged with a tent of cotton or lint, when the necrosed end of the root is removed by a fissure-drill and the end smoothed. Amyg'dala. From a/ztf w, to strain milk, from the resemblance of the blanched almond to curd, or milk strained and separated from its serum. The almond, of which there are two kinds, the amygdala amara, and amygdala dulcis. The tonsils are also called amygdalce. Amygdala Amara. The bitter almond. Amygdala Dulcis. The sweet almond. See Oil of Almonds. Amyg'dalae Oleum. Oil of almonds, which see. Amyg'dale. The tonsil. Amyg'daline. The bitter principle of almonds. Amygdalitis. Amygdalce, the tonsils. Inflammation of the tonsils. Amyg'daloid. Amyg'dala, an almond, and eidoc, form. Having the form of an al- mond ; as the amygdaloid glands. Amyg'dahlS. The common almond tree. Am'yl. The alcohol radical of a class of bodies resembling the Ethyl Series, it is, as now obtained, a colorless, transparent fluid, of slightly etheric odor, and varying taste. It is found as an oxy hydrate in fusel oil from po- tato whiskey. Its formula is C 5 H U . Amy/ Hydrate. Amyl'ic Alcohol. Fusel Oil. Potato Starch Alcohol. Composition : C 5 II 12 0. Obtained by the continued distillation of fermented grain. A valuable hypnotic. Em- ployed in mental disorders. Dose : TT[ 15-75. Amy I Nitrate. Nitrate of Amyl. Formula CgH^NO.^ A clear, yellowish liquid, ether- eal, aromatic, volatile. It belongs to the class of compound ethers, and powerfully paralyzes the action of the smaller arteries, arid relaxes the inhibition of the heart. Employed as a remedy for spasmodic affections of the respi- ratory tract, and in threatened chloroform narcosis, in which it antagonizes cerebral anaemia by causing capillary dilatation and thus favoring the influx of blood to the brain. Also used in angina pectoris, and in tetanus. Amylaceous. Having the properties of starch. Am / yloid. From amylum, starch, and siSoc, form. Starchlike. Amyloid bodies are pathological products found in the membranes of the brain. They resemble starch grains. Amy'leiie. Formula: C 5 H 10 . A com- pound of equal parts of carbon and hydrogen. Obtained by distilling fusel oil with chloride of zinc. It is a transparent, liquid hydro- carbon, causing anaesthesia, but is dangerous to use. See Anaesthetics. Amylene Hydrate. A tertiary alcohol, caus- ing hypnotic effects. Dose: Tftxxx — ^j. A'mylum. Starch. C 6 H 10 O 5 . Amylum Marantce. Arrow-root. Am / yos. Weak in muscle. Amyo / sis. Imperforate iris. Am / yous. Mvog, muscle. Without mus- cle, fleshless. Weak; deficient in muscular strength. Amyrida'cege. An order of dicotyle- donous plants, abounding in fragrant resin. Amyx / ia. From a, priv., and fivga, a mucus. Deficiency of mucus. A'na. A word, in medical prescriptions, signifying, of each. Its abbreviations, a, and aa, are more frequently employed. It is also used as a prefix, denoting through, above, upward, &c. ANA 44 AXJE Anab'asis. From avafiaiva, I ascend. Augmentation or paroxysm of disease. Anabex'iS. From ava t 3?jrra), to cough up. Expectoration. Anal)lep'sis. From ava, again, and fj?.enct, to see. Eecovery of sight. Aliab'ole. From ava, up, and .Sa/v.cj, I ca^t. Vomiting ; expectoration. Anal) roehe sis. From ava, again, and Ppoxeu, to absorb. Eeabsorption of matter. Aliacatliar'sis. From ava, upward, and Ka&atpen; to purge. Purgation upward; ex- pectoration. Aiiacatliar / ticus. Expectorant or emetic. Anaeliremp 'sis. Exspuition. Anacla'sis. From avan/.aa), to bend back. Eecurvature of any part. Aliacte'sis. From avaarao/m/, to recover. Eecovery of strength ; recovery from sickness. Aliadiplo'sis. From ava, again, and 6nr?,ou, I double. A redoubling or frequent return of paroxysms, or disease. Anad'ora. Excoriation. Anee'mia. From a, priv., and alf/a, blood. Without blood; deficiency of blood, arising either from repeated hemorrhages or disease, and characterized by paleness of the face, lips, and general surface of the body ; quick, feeble pulse, impaired appetite, &c. Spontaneous anaemia denotes a deficiency of the red corpus- cles occurring without any direct loss of blood. Essential or pernicious anaemia denotes a marked reduction in the number of red-blood corpuscles. Chlorosis, a form of anaemia, com- mon to females, is due to a deficiency in the formation of the red-blood corpuscles. Local anaemia is due to diminution of blood in a part. Ansemot'ropliy. Ancemotrophia; from a, priv., aiua, blood, and rpo^rj, nourishment. Deficiency of sanguineous nourishment. Ansestlie'sia. From a, priv., and aioda- vouai, I feel. Want of feeling; loss of the sense of touch ; insensibility. AnaiStliesimeter. An instrument for measuring the amount of an anaesthetic admin- istered. Ansestlie / tic. Pertaining to want of feeling, as anaesthetic agents, those which pre- vent feeling. They are divided into General and Local Anaesthetics, general anaesthetics being capable of producing complete insensi- bility throughout the entire system ; local anaesthetics possessing the power of paralyzing a certain part only. Anaesthetic Agents. The agents employed to prevent pain during surgical operations and parturition. The inhalation of the vapor of ether, chloroform, or of nitrous oxide gas will have this effect. The practicability of produc- ing it by the inhalation of a gaseous substance originated with Dr. H. Wells, a dentist of Hartford, Ct, but the credit of fully demon- strating that the inhalation of the vapor of sulphuric ether would do it, has been very generally awarded to Dr. W. T. G. Morton, a dentist of Boston, though the idea of em- ploying this particular agent in this way is said to have been suggested to him by Dr. C. T.- Jackson, an eminent chemist of that city More recently, Professor Simpson, of Edin- burgh, discovered that the vapor of chloroform would produce the same effect, and more promptly than that of ether. A recently pub- lished article by Dr. J. Marion *Sims, presents a strong array of evidence to prove the claims of Dr. Crawford W. Long, of Georgia, as the discoverer of the anaesthetic properties of ether. A mixture of chloroform and ether, known as chloric ether, is aLso used to produce anaesthe-ia. Its advocates claim for it the prompt action of chloroform, and the safety of ether. Another mixture for inhalation, known as strong chloric ether, or as alcoholic solution of chloroform, has been recommended by Dr. Warren. Other agents have also been used, such as chloro- hydric and nitric ethers, bisulphuret of carbon, chloride of defiant gas, amylene, benzine, al- dehyde, light coal-tar naphtha, &c The following are the agents most com- monly used : Chloral Hydrate, indirect and in- complete in its action : Carbon Tetrachloride, more dangerous than chloroform, but not so irritating ; Chloroform, largely employed, death results from cardiac paralysis ; Cocaine, employed as a local anaesthetic on mucous tis- sues, eye and throat ; Ether, largely employed, and considered to be safer than chloroform ; Ethylene Chloride, closely resembles chloroform, but less of a cardiac depressant: Ethylene Dichloride, chloride ether, rapid and power- ful, paralyzing respiratory centers; Nitrous Oxide, used principally for the extraction of teeth, its effects resembling those of asphyxia : Methylene Dichloride, not much employed, as death from cardiac paralysis has followed its use. Anaesthetic Mixtures — Xussbauins : ether 3, chloroform 1, alcohol 1 ; Vienna Mixture : ether 3, chloroform 1 ; Vienna Gen. Hospital: ether 9, chloroform 30. alcohol 9 ; Medico- ANiE 45 ANA Chirurgkal Soc. of London: ether 3, chloro- form 2, alcohol 1. See Ether, Chloroform, Nitrous Oxide Gas, etc., etc. Much judgment and care are required in the employment of these agents, as loss of life has resulted from their use in a number of in- stances. In general surgery and during par- turition, they may be often used, no doubt with great advantage, but they should seldom be resorted to in so simple an operation as the extraction of a tooth. See Kesuscitation. A variety of instruments have been invented from which to inhale the vapor of these agents, but the usual method of administration con- sists in pouring three or four teaspoonfuls of ether, or from fifty to a hundred and twenty drops of chloroform, into the interior of a hollow sponge, or on a pocket handkerchief or napkin, and holding it to the mouth and nose. In this way the vapor may be freely inhaled, and the desired effect will generally be produced in from seven to ten minutes with the former, and in from thirty seconds to two minutes with the latter. Rapid and deep res- piration of the ordinary air is claimed by Dr. W. A. Bonwill as a partial anaesthetic. Anaesthetics, Local. The fatality attending the inhalation of the vapors of anaesthetic agents led to the introduction of what are known as local anaesthetics. Among the earliest of these is the method of producing insensi- bility of a part by applying a mixture com- posed of two parts of ice and one of salt. An instrument for applying this mixture to the tooth to be extracted, and the gum surround- ing it, is known as Branch's Apparatus. See Branch's Apparatus. The danger from this mixture is in reducing the temperature of the parts so low that reaction will not follow, the result of which is loss of vitality and sloughing. Another apparatus, known as Richardson's Spray apparatus, invented by Dr. Benj. W. Richardson, of London, acts upon the princi- ple of directing on a part of the body, such as a tooth and the surrounding gum, a volatile liquid, absolute ether, having a boiling-point at or below blood-heat, in a state of fine sub- division or spray, such a subdivision being produced by the action of air or other gaseous substance on the volatile liquid to be dispersed. Dr. Richardson prefers absolute ether, for use in this way, to any other fluid. Some prefer rhigolene to produce the freezing, as being- more sure, more convenient, and more easily controlled. See Richardson's Spray Appa- ratus. See Rhigoeene. Another method of producing local anes- thesia is by the application of the electro-gal- vanic current. One pole of the battery, either the positive or negative, is attached to the handle of the forceps, and the other to a cylin- der of tin, which is held by the patient. The handles of the forceps are either wrapped with silk, or coated with some non-conducting sub- stance, as gum-shellac, to prevent the shock from being communicated to the operator. This method was brought to the notice of the dental profession by Mr. Francis, in 1858, but is very uncertain in its results. Many other methods for producing local anaesthesia have been tried, such as compression, the use of be- numbing or obtunding mixtures composed of , cocaine and other agents. See Pain Ob- TUNDERS. Anesthetization. The condition of the nervous system induced by anaesthetics. A'va-Ka'va. See Kava-Kava. A / nal. Pertaining to the anus. AnaFclia. Defective nutrition. Analep'sis. From ava'Aafj. (lava), to restore. Recovery of strength after disease. In Surgery, the support of a fractured limb by means of a suitable apparatus. Analeptic. Restorative; applied to medicines and food w r hich restore health and accelerate the progress of convalescence. AnaFge'sia. From av, without, and akyoc, pain. Insensibility to or absence of pain. Analgesic. An agent which relieves pain either by a depressant action on the nerve- centres or by impairing the conductivity of nerve-fibres. AnaFogOUS. From ava'koyog, conform- able. Answering to, conformable to, propor- tionate. Analogous Tissues. Morbid tissues similar to the elementary and normal tissues of the body. Anal/osis. From ava/ucicx^ to consume. Atrophy; wasting. AiiaFysis. From avalv^ to resolve. The separation or resolution of any compound substance into its primary and constituent parts or elements. An'anclria. Want of manhood. An / apliia. Loss of sense of touch. Aliaplloryx / is. From avaipopvoou, to grind down. The reduction of anything to a fine powder. ANA 46 ANC Anaplirodisla. From a, priv., and aopix.hr?>, the Grecian name of Venus. Impo- tence ; from organic, functional, or other causes. All 'aplastic. Surgical art of transplant- ing naps of skin or integument ; also an agent which increases the amount of hbrine in the blood. An'aplasty. Ava, again; and TrXacoo, to form. Surgical operations for restoration of lost parts, or for reparation of certain de- formities, or natural defects in the structure of the body. Anaplero'sis. From avatrlripou, to fill again. The restitution of wasted parts. Anapleu'sis. From ava^Aeu, to float. Looseness of an exfoliated bone, or of a tooth. For the latter, see Gomphiasis. Anaplo'sis. From ana, and a-rr?iou, I unfold, and osis. Growth. Anapneu/SlS. From avaixveu, to respire. Respiration. Anap'noe. Eespiration. Anapto'sis. From avannrrcj, to fall back. A relapse. Anarrlioe / a. From ava } up, and peo, to flow. An afflux of fluid to the head or to- wards the upper part of the body. Anar thrus. Without a joint. Anasarca. From ava, through, and traps, flesh. General dropsy, or an accumulation of serum in the cellular membrane. Anas tal' tic. From avaGrsXXcj, to con- tract. Styptic medicines. Anastomosis. From ava, through, and cropa, a mouth. The communication of branches of vessels with each other. Anastomotic. Anastomoticus. Medi- cines which were thought to open the pores and mouths of vessels. An / atase. Pyramidal titanium ore. It is pure titanic acid. It occurs in octahedral or tubular crystals. Its color is brown of various shades, passing into indigo blue or greenish- yellow by transmitted light. It is said to ac- company native titanium in the slags from the iron furnaces in Orange County, New York. Anatomy. From ava, and reuveiv, to cut. The dissection of organized bodies so as to ex- pose the structure, situation, and use of the various parts. The word, as at present used, has reference also to the study of the parts of organized bodies and their use. In a word, it may be properly called the science of organ- ization, though it is commonly limited to the study of the human body. Anatomy, Comparative. Zootomy. The com- parative study of the organs of animals gener- ally. Anatomy, Descriptive. The anatomy of the various organs of the human body, including their shape, mutual relations, etc. Anatomy, General. This treats of the struc- ture and properties of the different tissues common to several organs, embracing an ex- amination of the general characters of ail the organs and humors. Anatomy, Morbid, or Pathological. This treats of diseased states or alterations of struc- ture. Anatomy, Special. This treats of the healthy state of the organs of a single species. Anatomy, Surgical. An examination of the various organs, with special reference to sur- | gery. Anatomy, Transcendental. The investigation of the plan or model upon which the living frame and its organs are formed. Ajiatre / Sis. From ava, and rirpaa), to perforate. A perforation like that made by trepanning. Anat'ribe. Anatripsis. From ava,Tpi3u, to rub. Friction upon the body. An / atron. Soda. An/atrope. Turning. Anau / dia. From o, priv., and avdij t the speech. Privation of speech. Catalepsy. Anazotu'ria. From av, and azoturn, azote, and ovr>ov, urine. A variety of chronic diuresis, in which there is a deficiency of urea. An / chilops. From ayx*-* near to, and urp, the eye. An inflammatory tumor in the inner angle of the eye. Anchora / lis. A name applied to the coracoid process. Anclm'sa Tincto / ria. The alkana of the Pharmacopoeias; the alkanct plant, used in mechanical dentistry to color wax for taking impressions, etc. Aiicllll / sin. A resinous coloring matter, extracted from alkanet. Anchylosis. Ancylosis. Ankylosis. From ayKv/.oc, crooked. A stiff joint. True Anchy- losis is a joint permanently rigid. False An- chylosis is a stiff joint deemed curable. Anchylosis of Lower Jaw. Inability to com- pletely separate the jaws. Stiffness and im- mobility of the temporo-maxillary articula- tion. The causes are tumors, spastic or reflex spasm of muscles, disease of the temporc-max- ANC 47 ANG illary articulation, adhesions and cicatrices. It also results from chronic rheumatism or gout, or old age. Some disease of the synovial membrane, cartilage of the joint, or articular surface or extremity of the bone may interfere with the movements of the jaw. The general treatment consists in the gradual stretching of the cicatricial bands, combined with small incisions into resisting structures. The pres- sure should not be made directly upon the teeth, as they are forced out of position ; but plates should be adapted to the crowns of the posterior teeth, and the pressure be thus dis- tributed. Very thin plates may be used first, covering a few of the teeth, wedges of rubber inserted, and as space is gained, thicker plates, covering more of the teeth, may be employed. When there is great injury of the articulation, excision of the condyle is necessary. All/coil. From aynuv, elbow. The elbow, the olecranon process of the ulna. Anconeus. From aymv, the elbow. The name of a muscle situated on the back of the elbow. Anconaeus externus. Triceps extensor cu- biti. Ancon'oid. Resembling the elbow. Anc / ter. A fibula or clasp to connect the edges of a wound. Aiicuimuen'ta. A menstruating wo- man. AlXI/cus. From aytov, the elbow. A dis- torted or stiff elbow. Alicyloblepll/aroil. From aynvATj, con- traction, and ft/.e, to draw. Counteracting spasm. Aiititlie / nar. Abductor pollicis pedis, a muscle of the foot. Alltitrag ,/ icus. Antitragus; a small muscle of the ear. Antitrag'us. From avn, against, and rpoyoc, the tragus. An eminence opposite the tragus of the outer ear. Antizym / ic. From avrc, and &[xoc, yeast. That which prevents or arrests fermentation. Ant / lia. A syringe. Ant'lia Gastrica. Stomach pump. Antod / ynus. Anodyne. Antri / tis. From antrum, a cave, and itis, a terminal signifying inflammation. In- flammation of any cavity of the body, es- pecially of the maxillary sinus. An / trum. Avrpov, a cave or cavern. A cavity which has a small opening into it. Antrum Auris. The cochlea of the ear. Antrum Dentale. The pulp-cavity of a tooth. See Dental Cavity. Antrum Highmorianum. Antrum of High- more, called so after the name of the anato- mist who gave the first correct description of it. See Maxillary Sinus. Antrum Max Mare. Maxillary sinus. Antrum Pylori. A cavity of the stomach near the pylorus. Ami/ria. From a, priv., and ovpov, urine. Literally, without urine, but the term is usually used synonymously with ischuria, retention of urine. Alius. A contraction of annulus, a ring. The opening at the inferior extremity of the ANU 54 APH rectum. The term anus is also applied to an opening of the third ventricle of the brain, •which communicates with the fourth. Anus, Artificial. An artificial opening, made to supply the natural anus. Anus, Imperforate. A malformation in which the anus is wanting. Imperforation of the anus. All / \ r il. A mass of iron with one smooth surface, on which metals are hammered and shaped. It is used by smiths, jewelers and mechanical dentists. Aor / ta. From aoprrj, a vessel. The great trunk of the arterial system. It arises from the left ventricle of the heart, passes upward, forms a curve and descends in front, rather on the left side of the spine, into the abdomen. When it reaches the middle of the fourth or fifth lumbar vertebra it bifurcates to give origin to the common iliacs. Aorteurys / ma, or Aorteuris'ma, Aoprr/, and avevpwo), to dilate. Aneurism of the aorta. Aortitis. From aorta, and itis. Inflam- mation of the aorta. Apalot/ica. From airaloT^, softness, ten- derness. Accidental lesions, or deformities of Aparthro'sis. From otto, and apdpog, a joint. Diarthrosis. Ap'atite. Native phosphate of lime. Apep'sia. From a, priv., and nenru, to concoct. Dyspepsia. Ape / rient. Ape'riens; from aperire, to open. A mild purgative, or medicine which operates gently upon the bowels. Aperistat'um. Aperistation ; a small ulcer not surrounded by inflammation. Aper'tor Oculi. The lavator palpebral superioris. A'pex. The point or extremity of a part, as the apex of the tongue, nose, root of a tooth, &c. Apser'esis. The amputation or extirpa- tion of a superfluous or injured part. Apha'gia. From a, priv., and (payu, I eat. Inability to take food. Apha'sia. From a, and (pv/j.i y to say. A form of speechlessness which is of cerebral ori- gin. Aplielx / ia. From aoieA/cw, I separate or ab- stract. A disease which induces absence or abstraction of the mind. Apll'esis. From afar^u, I relax. The re- mission or cessation of a disease. Ap'hodus. Excrement. Apho'nia. From a, priv., and (puv7/ f the voice. The loss or privation of voice. Aphonia has resulted from an attack of tooth- ache. Aphrodisi / a. From acppodt-q, Venus. Venereal cpmmerce. Puberty. Aphrodisiac. From afpotiicia, venery. A term applied to food or medicine which ex- cites the venereal appetite. Aphrodis'ius Morbus. Syphilis. Apll / th9e. From anTco, I inflame. Aph- thae constitute the characteristic symptoms of thrush, a disease which consists of roundish, pearl-colored ulcers or vesicles, upon the tongue, gums, and inner walls of the mouth, sometimes extending through the whole of the alimentary canal, and generally terminating in curd-like sloughs. Aphthous ulcers are supposed by Professor Wood to be the result of vesicular eruption of the mouth, and in treating of the disease, he says : " The vesicle is small, oval, or roundish, white or pearl-colored, and consists of a trans- parent serous fluid under the elevated epithe- lium. In a few days the epithelium breaks, the serum escapes, and a small ulcer forms, more or less painful, with a whitish bottom, and usually a red circle of, inflammation around it. The vesicles are sometimes distinct and scattered, sometimes numerous and confluent- The distinct variety, though painful, is a light affection, continuing in general only a few days or a week, and is usually confined to the mouth. It produces little or no constitutional disorder, though it may be associated with fever and gastric irritation as an effect. It at- tacks equally children and adults ; but it is said not to be very common in early infancy. In adults it is frequently occasioned by the irri- tation of decayed teeth. The confluent variety is much more severe and obstinate. This fre- quently extends to the fauces and pharynx, and is even said to reach the intestinal canal, though it may be doubted whether the affec- tion of the stomach and bowels is identical with that of the mouth. When it occupies the fauces, it renders deglutition painful. It is sometimes attended with gastric uneasiness, vomiting, and intestinal pains, and diarrhoea. Fever occasionally precedes it, and it moder- ates without entirely ceasing upon the appear- ance of the eruption. The fever sometimes assumes a typhoid character." The cause of the disease is obscure, though it is, probably, APH 55 APO dependent upon a vitiated state of the humors of the body and acidity of the gastric juices. In the treatment of the disease, Professor Wood says : " Magnesia may be given to cor- rect acidity, and the diet regulated by the state of the stomach, in the severer cases, fever should be obviated by refrigerant cathartics and di- aphoretics, and by a liquid farinaceous or de- mulcent diet. When the disease attacks the fauces or pharynx, it occasions painful swallow- ing, and is attended with much fever and strong" pulse ; general bleeding may become necessary, and, subsequently, the application of leeches to the throat. Diarrhoea must be counteracted by the usual remedies calculated to relieve in- testinal irritation, among which may be men- tioned, as especially useful, emollient applica- tions to the abdomen, and the warm bath. When the fever assumes a typhoid form, a ton- ic and supporting treatment may be required. "In the early stages, the local treatment should consist of demulcent applications, as flaxseed tea, mucilage of gum arabic or almond emulsion, with or without a little laudanum, or some preparation of morphia. But after the inflammation has somewhat subsided, and ulcers are left indisposed to heal, astringent washes may be resorted to. Solutions of ace- tate of lead, sulphate of zinc and alum ; water acidulated with sulphuric or muriatic acid, and sweetened with the honey of roses ; and var- ious vegetable astringent and tonic infusions have been recommended. The author usually employs a strong solution of sulphate of zinc, in the proportion of fifteen to twenty grains to the ounce of water, which he applies by means of a camel' s-hair pencil, exclusively to the ulcers, with the almost uniform effect of dis- posing them to heal ; and, even in the eruptive stage, this application will often be found to effect an almost immediate cure." Dr. Berg, physician to the Children's Hospital at Stockholm, recommends the use of alkalies and their carbonates, giving the preference to soda, for correcting the disordered condition of digestive functions, arising from superabundant formation of lactic, butyric, acetic, and carbon- ic acids ; and when excessive development of gas ensues, lime-water and magnesia ; when at- tended with colicky pains, he advises the use of antispasmodics. With regard to the local treatment, the last- named writer says : " After the aphthous crusts fall off, little more is necessary than to wash the affected parts with soft and tepid water ; " he also advises the use of a solution of subcar< bonate of soda and borax, varying the strength according to the necessity of the case. Nitrate of silver has been used in some cases with ad- vantage. When it occurs in females during lactation, weaning the child is sometimes found neces- sary. Aphthous. Affected with aphthae. Apic'al Space. A space at the end of the root of a tooth, where the peridental membrane is thicker than on the sides of the root, and thus forming a greater space in the alveolus or socket at this point than elsewhere. Periodontitis, with its resultant alveolar abscess, begins in the apical space. The death of the pulp precedes the inflammation. A'pin. An alkaloid found in parsley. Aplasia. From a, priv., and n^noou, to form. A form of incomplete structure, on ac- count of the non-formation of a necessary cell- group during the developmental stage. Aplastic. From a, priv., and TrAiwoo, to form. Not plastic, structureless, formless. Aplastic Lymph. A non-fibrinous material incapable of coagulation or organiza- tion. A product of inflammation or disease. Ap'lome. The name of a very rare min- eral ; a variety of crystallized garnet. Aplot/omy. A simple incision. Apneu'ria. A, and ttvevjuov, the lung. Absence of lungs. Apneus'tia. Apnoea. Apnoe'a. From «, priv., and ttveo, I re- spire. Difficult respiration. Suffocation. Breath- lessness. Synonymous with asphyxia. A / po~. Atto. A Greek preposition, sig- nifying from, off, out, and used as a common prefix. Apoceno / sis. From «tto, out, and kevou, to evacuate. A morbid flux of blood or other fluids. Apoc / ope. From (tiro, and kotctu, to cut. Abscission, amputation, extirpation. Fracture with loss of part of a bone. Apoc'ynine. A bitter principle from Apocynum cannabinum, or Indian hemp, or Dogsbane. Apoc'ynum CannabFnum. Indian hemp. This species is powerfully emetic and cathar- tic, and sometimes produces diuretic and di- aphoretic effects. Apog , eu / sis. From airo and yevo/nai, to taste. Impaired sense of taste, ageusta. Apolep / sis. From ano and Aa/ufiavo to APO 56 APP take from. A suppression or retention of any of the natural evacuations. Apom'eli. From airo, from, and fie?u, honey. An oxy mel or decoction made of honey. Apomyle / naS. From aTrofivAAaiva, I make a wry mouth. Projection of the lips by pressing them against each other ; it is some- times a symptom of disease. Apomyx'ia. Nasal mucus. Aponeurosis. From wro and vevpov, a nerve. A fibrous or tendinous expansion, supposed by the ancients to be nervous ; hence its name. Apoiieurol/ic. Kelating to aponeu- roses. Apo / iiia. From a, priv., and novog, pain. Without pain. Apopllleg"ina / sia. From ano and (pley/ia, phlegm. A discharge of mucus. Ap ophlegmat/ic . Apophlegmat'icus ; from a-no and (pAsy/ua, phlegm. Apophlegmat- izan'tia. Medicines which excite mucous secre- tions from the mucous membrane of the mouth and nose, etc. Apophysis. From arcocpvu, to proceed from. In Anatomy, a projection or process of a bone. In Botany, the enlarged base of the capsule adhering to the frondose mosses. Apoplectic. From airoTr?i^/a, apoplexy. Belonging to apoplexy. Ap / oplexy. Apoplex'w; from ano and ■K/i7/aoG) y to strike or knock down; because, when a person is attacked by this disease, he suddenly falls down. A disease characterized by a sudden loss of sense and motion, and stertorous breathing. The term is used by some to denote a sudden effusion of blood into the substance of organs or tissues; but it is usually restricted to the brain, and the above are among the phenomena which characterize cerebral apoplexy. Apoplexy, Cutaneous. Sudden determina- tion of blood to the skin and subjacent cellu- lar tissue. Apoplexy, Pulmonary. A violent determi- nation of blood to the lungs, and effusion into the bronchial cells, followed by suffocation. Apopilix'is. From aTTonviyto, I strangle. Suffocation. Apo 7 ria. From a, priv., and nopoc, a duct. Kestlessness caused by the stoppage of any of the natural secretions. Apo / sia. Absence of thirst. AposPtia. From aro, from, and airoc, food. Loathing of food. ApOSpas'llia. From anoGnao, to tear off. A violent severance of a ligament or tendon. AposphacelPsis. Mortification, usually resulting from bandaging wounds and frac- tures too tightly. Apo'staxis. Distillation. Aposte / llia. From acpiariffii, to depart from. An abscess. Apol/oma. Amputation. Apparatus. From apparo, to prepare. A collection of instruments or means for any business or operation whatever. In Anatomy, an assemblage of organs which work for the accomplishment of the same end, or a system of organs formed of a similar texture or having analogous functions. In General and Dental Surgery, a collection of the various in- struments and appliances v necessary for an operation or dressing; also certain methods of operating for stone. In Chemistry, the in- struments required for chemical experiments and investigations. Apparatus, Dental. See Dental Appa- ratus. Appendic / llla. A small appendage. Appendicula Cceci Vermiformis. A vermic- ular process, about four inches long, of the size of a goose-quill, which hangs from the intestinum csecum of the human body. Appendicula Cerebri. The pituitary gland. Appenclie'iila? Epiploic??. The adi- pose appendices of the colon and rectum, which are filled with adipose matter. Appeil / clix. From appendere, to hang to. An appendage ; something added to a principal or greater thing, though not neces- sary to it. In Anatomy, a part attached to, or continuous with, an organ. Appendix Auricu/aris. A process of the anterior and upper part of the auricles of the heart. Ap / peteiiey. From appetere, to desire. The disposition of organized beings to imbibe and appropriate such substances as serve to support and nourish them ; also, ardent desire for an object. Ap / petite. From appetere, ad, and peterc, to desire. An internal desire, which warns us of the necessity of exerting our digestive or generative functions ; a relish for food ; a desire for sensual pleasures. Ap'ple, Acid. of. Malic acid. Apple, Adam's. See Potior Ad ami. Apple of the Eye. The pupil. APP 57 AQU Application. ApplicaMo; from appli- care, to apply. In Therapeutics, external rem- edies, as opposed to medicines designed to be given internally. Apposition. Adding to, sitting to, ad- dition, accretion. In Dental Prosthesis, it is sometimes employed synonymously with co- aptation. Aptys / tos. From a, priv., and ktvq, I spit. Without expectoration. Apyret'ic. Apyret'ieus ; from a, priv., and 7rvp, fire. Without fever. A word ap- plied to those days in which there is no par- oxysm of disease. Apyrex / ia. From a. priv., and irvpe^ic, fever. Absence of fever. Intermission be- tween the febrile paroxysms. Apyr'ons, From a, priv., and rcvp, fire. A term applied to substances which contain a strong heat without change of shape or other properties ; refractory. A'qna. U. S. Any natural water of good quality. This substance, when in a pure state is a transparent liquid, without color, taste or smell, and is composed of one part hydrogen and eight of oxygen, by weight, and of two of hydrogen and one of oxygen by vol- ume. Aqua Acid/ Carbonici. Carbonic acid water. Artificial seltzer water. Aqua Ammonias. Water of Ammonia. Aqua Amygdala' rum Concentra'ta. Water of bitter almonds. * Aqua Ca/cis. Lime water. Aqua Ca/cis Composita. Compound lime water. Aqua Camphorae. Camphor water. Aqua Carbonatis Sodce Acidu/a. Acidulous water of carbonate of soda. Aqua Carui. Caraway water. Aqua Cassice. Water of cassia. Aqua Chalybea'ta. An artificial mineral water, ' consisting of citrate of iron highly charged with carbonic acid gas, and flavored by a little aromatic syrup. Aqua Chlorinii. Chlorine water. Aqua Cinnamomi. Cinnamon water. Aqua Distil/ata. Distilled water. Aqua Ex Nive. Snow water. Aqua Florum Aurantii. Orange flower water. Aqua Flu vial is. River water. Aqua Fceniculi. Fennel water. Aqua Fontana. Spring water. Aqua Fortis. Weak and impure nitric acid. Aqua Glacies. Ice water. Aqua Lauro-cerasi. Cherry-laurel water. Aqua Marina. Sea water. Sail water. Aqua Mentha? Piperita*. Pepperminl water. Aqua Mentha? Pulegii. Pennyroyal water. Aqua Mentha* Viridis. Spearmint water. Aqua Picis Liquidae. Tar water. Aqua Pimentce. Pimento water. Aqua Pluvial is. Rain water. Aqua Regia. A mixture of nitric and mu- riatic acids. Aqua Rosoe. Rose water. Aqua Sambuci. Elder water. Aqua Styp'tica. A powerful astringent, com- posed of sulphate of copper, sulphate of alu- mina, and sulphuric acid. Aqua Tepida. Lukewarm water. Aqua Vitce. Brandy. Aqua Vulneraria. From vulnus, a wound. A remedy applied to wounds ; arquebusade. A r qu9e IDistilla'tse. Distilled waters, made by distillation ; also by putting mint, pennyroyal, &c, into a still with water, and drawing off as much as is impregnated with the properties of the plants. Aquae Ferro'sce. Mineral. Chalybeate waters. Aquae Minera'les. Mineral waters. Aquae Stillati'tice Simp/ices. Simple distilled waters. Aquce Sti/lati'tice Spirituosae. Spirituous dis- tilled water. Aq / I18edlict. Aquceduc'tus ; aqueduct; from aqua, water, and ducere, to convey. In Anatomy, a term applied to certain canals, oc- curring in different parts of the body, because they were supposed to carry water. Aquaeduct of Fallo'pius. A canal in the pe- trous portion of the temporal bone, first accu- rately described by Fallopius. Aquceduct of Sylvius. A canal communi- cating between the third and fourth ventricles of the brain. Aqnreduc'tus Cerebri. See Infun- DIBTJLUM OF THE BRAIN. Aquceductus Coch'lece. A narrow canal pro- ceeding from the tympanic scala of the coch- lea to the posterior edge of the pars petrosa. Aquceductus Vestib'uli. A canal proceeding from the vestibule near the common orifice of the two semicircular canals, and opening at the posterior surface of the pars petrosa. A / qneous. Watery ; composed of water, or resembling it in color and consistence. Aqueous Humor of the Eye. The limpid fluid which fills both chambers of the eye. AQU 58 AEE Aquila Alba Philosopho'rum. Aquila alba ! Ganymodis. Sublimated sal ammoniac. A'quiUe Ve'nre. The temporal veins. Aquu / la. Diminutive of aqua, water, j Hydatid. A small aqueous tumor. Aquu/a Acous'tica. The fluid in the cavity , of the vestibule of the internal ear. Arabic Gum. See Acacia Gum. Ar'abin. The chief constituent of Gum Arabic. Formula, C 12 H 10 O 10 . Aracll'uoid. Arachnoi'des ; from apaxvij, a spider, or spider's web, and eidoc, likeness. Cobweb-like. Arachnoid Membrane. Membrana arachnoides. A thin membrane, without vessels and nerves, between the dura and pia mater, and surround- ing the cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla oblong- ata, and medulla spinalis. Its use is to pro- tect the brain, and to secrete a fluid for the purpose of keeping it in a proper condition. Arachnoiditis, or Arachnitis. Inflammation of the arachnoid membrane. Arseom'eter. Areometer. From apaioc, thin, and fierpov, a measure. Hydrometer. An instrument for ascertaining the specific gravity or strength of liquids. Arseo'tica. From apaiou, to rarefy. Medicines supposed to possess the quality of rarefying the fluids of the body. Ara / lia Spinosa. Angelica tree ; tooth- ache tree ; prickly ash. An indigenous arbores- cent shrub, possessing stimulant and diaphor- etic properties. An infusion of the recent bark is emetic and cathartic. Aranea'rum Tela. Cobwebs. The web of the common house-spider. It is often used as a domestic remedy for ague ; also, for arresting the flow of blood from a slight wound. Aran / tii Cornora. The tubercules on the semilunar valves of the great arteries at their origin. So called from Julius Caesar Arantius, an anatomist of Bologna, born in 1571, who first described them. Arc. From arcus, an arch. Arch ; a term applied in Anatomy to any part which has the shape of an arch. Ar / ca Cor / dis. The pericardium. Arcanum Tartari. Acetate of potassa. Arch, Alve / olar. See Alveolar Arches. Arch, Anastomotic. The union of two ves- sels, which anastomose by describing a curved line. Arch, Den'tal. See Dental Arches. Arch, Fem'oral. An arch formed over the concave border of the pelvis. Arch of the Aorta. The curved parts be- tween the ascending and descending portions. Arch / es of the Pal'ate. Two in num- ber on each side of the throat, one called the anterior, the other the posterior. See Palate, Arches oe. Ar / chil. A violet-red dye, or paste, pre- pared from Lichen roccella, and other species of Lichen, called Roccella tinctoria, and fuciformis. The plant Lichen roccella, reduced to a pulp and treated with impure ammoniacal liquor, yields a rich purple tincture, called litmus or turn- sole, used in chemistry as a test for acids. Ar'ciform. From arcus, a bow, and forma, likeness. A term applied by Solly to a set of curved fibres proceeding from the corpus pyram- idale, beneath the corpus olivare, to the cere- bellum. Arcta / tio. From arcto, I make narrow. Contraction of a natural opening, as of a canal. A constipation of the intestines from inflam- mation. Arctu'ra. From arcto, I straighten. In- flammation of the finger caused by a nail grown into the flesh. AreuaFis. Arcuo, to bend like a bow. Applied to the coronal suture, and to the temp- oral bones. Arcua'tio. From arcus, a bow. An ant- erior gibbosity of the sternum, dorsal vertebra?, or tibia. • Ar'cula Cor'dis. The pericardium. Ar'euhe. A diminutive of area, a chest. The sockets of the eyes. Ar / CUS Senilis. Opacity around the cornea, occurring in advanced life. Ar'dent. Ardens; from ardere, to burn. Burning or ardent ; applied to fevers ; also to alcoholic spirits. Ar / dor. From ardere, to burn. Burning or intense heat. Ardor Febri'lis. Feverish heat. Ardor Uri'nas. A scalding sensation produced by the urine in the urethra. Ardor Ventric'uli. Heartburn. A / rea. A vacant space ; a term applied by Celsus to two kinds of baldness : 1. Arm diffluens, consisting of bald plots on the scalp of an indeterminate figure ; and 2. Area acrpems, baldness commencing at the occiput and wind- ing to each ear, and sometimes to the forehead. Area PeUu'cida. The areated space formed, ! after a few hours, around the first trace of the ARE 59 AM embryo in the incubated egg, by the middle portion of the germinal membrane. Area Vasculo'sa. The second space around the area pellucida, in which blood-vessels are formed. Area Vitelli'na. A third space, surrounding the area vasculosa, which ultimately incloses the whole yolk. Are'ca Cat'eclm. Arena Indica. From the nut of this plant two kinds of catechu are extracted, the cutfacamboo and cashcutti. Arefac tion. The process of drying sub- stances previously to pulverizing them. Arena 'tio. From arena, sand. A sand- bath, or the application of hot sand to the body. In Anatomy, a term applied to the small inter- stices of the cellular or other tissues ; and in Pathology, to an inflamed ring around the pus- tules. Are / ola. A diminutive of area, a void space. The circle which surrounds the nipples of females. In Pathology, the disk which surrounds pustular inflammations of the skin, also interstices between fibres. See Are- ola. Areola?. The plural of are'ola, is used by anatomists to denote the interstices between the fibres of an organ, or between vessels inter- lacing with each other. Are'olar. Appertaining to an areola. Areolar Tissue. Cellular tissue. It is the third variety of connective tissue, the other two being bone and cartilage. It is a soft, filament- ous substance, possessing considerable elasticity and tenacity. It is situated immediately below the skin, and extends between and forms the sheaths of the muscles. Divided into areolae or small spaces. Areom'eter. See Areometer. Armenia. From apyoc, white. A small white ulcer of the eye. Ar'gentan. German silver ; an alloy of copper, nickel and zinc. Ar'gentate of Aniiiio / iiia. Fulmi- nating silver. Ar'genti Xi'tras. Argen'tum NUra/tum ; causticumlunare. Xitrate of silver. Lunar caus- tic; a white salt, in the form of hard brittle sticks, having an intensely bitter taste; is deemed tonic, alterative, and antispasmodic, as an internal remedy ; and externally it is em- ployed as a vesicant, stimulant, alterative, and escharotic. For dental uses, see Gorgets' Dental Medicine. Argentiferous. Argentum, silver, and, few, to bear. Accidentally containing silver. Applied to minerals or ores. Argen'tum. Ai^gyna ; from apyoc, white ; because it is of a white color. Silver; Ag.=10S. A malleable, ductile metal of a brilliant white lustre. Argentum Folia'tum. Silver leaf. This, when not too thin, is sometimes used for filling teeth, but in consequence of its hardness and great liability to be acted upon by the secre- tions of the mouth, it is seldom employed for this purpose. Tin is by far preferable. Argentum Nitras Fusum. Stick caustic con- taining 4 per cent, of silver chloride. For local use. Argentum Musi'vum. Mosaic silver; a pre- paration of tin and bismuth melted together, with the addition of quicksilver. Argentum Nitra'tum. Nitrate of silver. Lunar caustic. Argentic Xitrate. A powerful astringent, also escharotic. It stains the skin ; and other tissues black. In small doses it stimulates the heart and nerve centres. Used as a stvptic in alveolar hemorrhage ; also to obtund dentine. Dose ^ to J grain. Argentum Vi'rum. Quicksilver; mercury. Argil'la. From apyoc, white. Argil; white clay. See Alumina. Argilla Pu'ra. Pure argil, or alumina. Argillaceous. Of, or belonging to argil- la, or aluminous earth, clay. Argillaceous Tooth Polisher. See Tooth Polisher, ARGLEEACEors. Ar'gilloid. Argilla, clay, and etdoc, a form. Resembling argil. Arici'na. An alkaloid, analogous in its properties to cinchona and quinia, found in Cusco bark. Aricl/ity. Arid / itas. A term employed in Pathology to express dryness of any part, J especially of the chin and tongue. Arid/ium. A metal discovered by M. j Ulgren, of Stockholm. It is found in the min- | eral chromate of iron of Eeoras. Its oxides are analogous to those of iron, but exhibit dis- tinct reactions. Aristolocliia Serpent a 'ria. Virginia snakeroot. This species of Aristolochia is an herbaceous plant with a perennial root, con- sisting of numerous slender fibres, proceeding from a short, horizontal caudex. It is a stim- ulant, tonic, diaphoretic and diuretic, and when taken in large doses occasions nausea, I griping pains in the bowels, sometimes vomit- | ing and dysentery tenesmus. ARK 60 AES Arkan'sas Stone. A stone used by dentists for removing tile-marks from the sur- face of a filling and smoothing the abraded surface of tooth tissue. Arm. Brachium. That part of the upper extremity, between the shoulder and elbow. Anne nia 11 Bole. See Bole. Arme- nian. ArmilTa. ArmiUa, a bracelet. The name of the membranous ligaments confining the tendons of the carpus. Armora'cia? Radix. The root of the CocMearia armoracia. Horse-radish root. Bee Horse-radish. Ar'nica. A genus of plants of the order Compos-iioE. Arnica Monta'na. The systematic name for the arnica of the Pharmacopoeias, Leop- ard" s-bane. The plant, flowers and root are narcotic, stimulant, emmenagogue and diuretic, and have been used in amaurosis, paralv-i- \'_ nervous affections, rheumatism, gout. etc. The plant applied to bruises is also efficacious ; also the tincture. Large doses are dangerous, act- ing as an acro-narcotic poison. The antidote is vinegar. Dose, gr. v to x of the powder ; of the tincture gtt. xx to f 5 j. In Dental Prac- tice the tincture of arnica is employed for irri- table pulps of teeth, also in periodontitis to prevent suppuration, and for wounds of mucous membrane. Largely diluted, it forms an effi- cient mouth-wash during operations on the teeth. It also prevents ecchymosis. Ar'niein. Arraci'na. A bitter resin, the active principle of Arnica Montana. Aro'ina. Apoau, perfume ; from apt, in- tensely, and o£iu, to smell. Spiritu.? rector. The odorous principle of plants and other sub- stances. Aroinat'ie. Aromatfieus; from apoua, an odor. Anything which has a grateful, spicy scent and an agreeable, pungent taste, as cin- namon, ginger, cardamoms, mint, etc. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. See Suxpheric Acid, Aromatic. Aromatic Vinegar. An acetic solution of camphor, oil of cloves, rosemary and lavender. Ai , raelie / nieilt. From arracher, to tear out. The separation of a part of the body, tearing it from the part with which it was con- nected. The term is sometimes applied to the extraction of a tooth. Ar'raphon. From a, priv., and oaorj, a suture. Without suture. A term applied to the cranium when it has no sutures. Arrlioe'a. From } I cut. The open- ing of an artery to draw blood. Arteritis. From apr/jpia, an artery, and itis, inflammation. Inflammation of an artery. Ar'tery. Arte'ria. A firm and elastic cylindrical tube, composed of three membranes, a common or external, a muscular, and an in- ternal, for conveying the blood from the heart. ART 62 ART There are but two main arteries, the pulmonary artery and the aorta ; all the rest are branches. The first originates from the right ventricle of the heart, and the second from the left. It is by means of the arteries that the blood is con- veyed to every part of the body. The pulsa- tion of the arteries corresponds with that of the heart. The principal arteries of the body are men- tioned in the following table : Table of the Arteries. I. The pulmonary artery. The pulmonary artery, soon after emerging from the right ventricle of the heart, divides into two branches, a right and a left, which are distributed to the lungs. II. The aorta. The aorta arises from the left ventricle of the heart, and is the great trunk from which the other arteries of the body are derived. These are given off in the following order. At its origin it gives off: 1. The anterior cardiac, or right coronary artery. 2. The posterior cardiac, or left coronary artery. At the arch it gives off three branches : (a) The arteria innominata, which divides into the right carotid and right subclavian. (b) The left carotid. (c) The left subclavian. The carotids are divided into external and internal. The external gives off: 1. The superior thyroid. 2. The lingual. 3. The labial or facial. 4. The inferior pharyngeal. 5. The occipital. 6. The posterior auris. 7. The internal maxillary, which gives off the spinous artery of the dura mater, the maxillary, and several branches w T hich go to the palate and orbit. 8. The temporal. The following branches are given off from the internal carotids : 1. The ophthalmic. 2. The middle cerebral. 3. The communicans. The following are the branches given off by the subclavian arteries. 1. The internal mammary, which sends off the thymic, comes phrenici, pericardiac, and phren- i co-pericardiac arteries. 2. The inferior thyroid, from which the tracheal, ascending thyroid, and transversalis hum- eri are derived. 3. The vertebral, which forms within the cranium the basilar artery, which gives off the anterior cerebelli, the posterior cerebri, and many other branches. 4. The cervicalis profunda. 5. The cervicalis superficialis. 6. The superior intercostal. 7. The supra-scapular. When the subclavian arrives at the axilla, it receives the name of the axillary artery, and the latter, when it reaches the arm, is called brachial. The following are the branches given off by the axillary artery : 1. Four mammary arteries. 2. The sub-scapular. 3. The posterior circumflex, 4. The anterior circumflex. The following branches are given off by the brachial artery: 1. Many lateral branches. 2. The profunda humeri superior. 3. The profunda humeri inferior. 4. The great anastomosing artery. At the bend of the arm, the brachial artei-y divides into the ulnar and radial arteries. The ulnar gives off: 1. Several recurrent branches. 2. The common interosseal. 3. The palmaris superficialis, the palmar arch, and the digiicd. The radial artery gives off the following branches : 1. The radial recurrent. 2. The superficalis voice, after which it divides into the palmaris profunda, and the digitals. The arteries given off by the descexdiin'G aorta in the thorax are : 1. The bronchial. 2. The oesophageal. 3. The inferior inter costals. 4. The inferior diaphragmatic. In the abdomen the aorta gives off: 1. The cozliac, which, at the distance of half an inch from its origin, divides into three branches: (a) the gastric or coronary artery, (b) the hepatic, and (e) the splenic. The hepatic artery, before it reaches the liver, gives off: 1, the right gastro-epiploic, and 2, the cystic artery. The splenic artery gives off the panereatica magna, the left gastro-epiploic, and the rasa brevia. 2. The superior mesenteric, which gives off, (a) ART 63 ART the colica media, (b) the coliea dextra, and (c) the ileo-colica. 3. The inferior mesenteric. 4. The emulgent or renal arteries. 5. The spermatics. 6. The lumbar arteries. 7. The middle sacral. After giving off the foregoing, the aorta divides into two branches, called the internal and external iliac arteries. The internal iliac or hypogastric artery gives off: 1. The ilio-lumbar. 2. The lateral sacrals. 3. The obturator. 4. The middle hemorrhoidal. 5. The gluteal or posterior iliac. 6. The isckiatic. 7. The pudica interna, from which the in- ferior hcemorrhoidals, the transverse perineal, and the dorsalis penis arise. The external iliac or great artery of the lower extremity gives off: 1. The epigastric. 2. The circumflexa ilii. After passing under Poupart's ligament, the artery of the lower extremity takes the name of femoral artery, and gives off: 1. The profunda. 2. The anastomoHca. When it reaches the ham, it is called the popliteal artery. It here gives off articular branches, and below the joint divides into the anterior and posterior tibial. The anterior tibial gives off: 1. The recurrent. 2. The internal malleolar. 3. The external malleolar. 4. The tarsal. 5. The metatarsal. 6. The dorsalis hallucis. The posterior tibial gives off the following : 1. The peroneal or fibular. 2. The nutritia tibim. 3. The internal plantar. 4. The external plantar, which passes obliquely outwards and forwards to the base of the fifth metatarsal bone. It then turns obliquely in- wards to the interval between the bases of the first and second metatarsal bones, where it in- osculates with the communicating branch from the dorsalis pedis, thus completing the plantar arch. The Digital Branches are four in number, and supply the three outer toes and half the second toe. Artery, Angular. See Facial Aktkky. Arthralgia. Arthronal' 'gia ; from ap- #pov, a joint, and a/iyog, pain. Pain in the joints. Artlirit'ic. ArthrWicns; from apdpnia, the gout. Pertaining to the gout. Arthrific Teeth. Gouty teeth are character- ized by short and thick crowns, heavy shoul- ders on the lingual surfaces, very dark color, square, dense and hard, with markings which consist of transverse or encircling grooves. Arthri'tis. From ap&pov, a joint. The gout. See Podagra. Artliroc'ace. From ap&pov, a joint, and natua, defect. Disease of the joints, and espe- cially caries of the articular surfaces. The term is also applied to spina ventosa. Arthro'dia. From aptfpov, a joint. A movable articulation or connection of bones, in which the head of one is applied to a super- ficial cavity of another, so that it can be moved in every direction. Artlirodyii / ia. From aptipov, a joint, and oAvvtj, pain. Pain in a joint ; chronic rheuma- tism. See'EHEUMATISM. ArtliroFog'y. Arthrologia; from ap&pov, a joint, and 7io}og, a description. A description of the joints. Ar'thron. Aptipov. A joint. Arthron'cilS. Apdpov, a joint, and oynog, a mass, a swelling. A distinct cartilaginous body (one or more) which sometimes forms within the knee-joint. Sometimes applied to tumefaction of a joint. Arthropathia. Ap&pov, and ira-frog. An affection of the shoulder-joint with violent pain and swelling of the brachial portion. Arthrophlogo'sis. Ap Vpov, and pXoyou, to inflame. Inflammation of a joint. Arthropuo'sis. From aptipov, a joint, and nvov, pus. Suppuration, or a collection of pus in a joint. Arthro'sia. From apdpow, to articulate. Arthritis; inflammation of the joints. A genus of diseases in Good's Nosology, embracing rheumatism, gout, and white swelling. Arthrosis. From aptipoo, to articulate. An articulation. A joint. Arthrospoi^gTiS. From ap&pov, a joint, and anoyyor, a sponge. A white fungous tumor of the joints. Artic / ular. Articularis; from ariiculus, a joint. Pertaining to a joint. Articular Arteries of the Knee. Several small branches are given off from the popliteal AET 64 ART artery, which surround the tibio-fernoral articu- lation, and from their situation, are designated by this name. They are divided into superior and inferior, and there are generally three of the former and two of the latter. Articular Veins of the Knee. These gener- ally follow the course of the arteries. Artieula'ta. A term applied in Zoology to a primary division of the animal kingdom, characterized by an external articulated cover- ing, consisting of a series of rings, correspond- ing to the internal skeleton of vertebrated animals. Articula / tioil. Articulatio ; from articu- lus, a joint. The connection of bones with each other. Articulations are generally di- vided by anatomists into three kinds, namely, d (arthrosis, synarthrosis, and amphiarthrosis. Syn- arthroses, immovable, subdivided into schindy'- leses or grooved joints, gompho'ses, in sockets, as the teeth, and sutu'ra, as the bones of the skull, di' arthroses, or movable joints, gingly'muz, or hinge-like, enarthroses, or ball and socket joints, and am' 'phiarthroses, or joints of a mixed type. In Physiology, the formation of distinct syl- lables or words by the organs of speech. Articulation, False. A false joint formed between the united extremities of a fractured bone, or between the articular extremity of a luxated bone and the parts with which it is in contact. Articulation of Artificial Teeth. The adjust- ment and arrangement of one or more artificial teeth, so that it or they, if there be more than one, when placed in the mouth, shall sustain the same relationship to the organs with which they antagonize, when the jaws are closed, as the natural teeth do previous to their loss. Articulation, Confluent. The clipping of words, or the running of syllables together — a symptom of cerebral disease. Articulation of Models. See Models foe Artificer Teeth, Antagonizing. Articulation of the Teeth. See Teeth. Articulation of. Articulation, Temporo-Maxillary. See Tem- poro-Maxillary Articulation. Articulator. An instrument used in Mechanical Dentistry for holding the models in position while the artificial teeth are being ar- ranged and antagonized upon the plates. An articulator devised by Dr. Bonwill consists of brass-wire one-eighth of an inch in diameter, and of such shape and movements as to corre- spond with the mechanism of the human jaws. Articulat/us. Artic'vlate. Jointed. Artificial. Artifici'alis. That which is formed by art. Artificial Crowns. Porcelain crowns of teeth designed to be united to the roots of natural teeth : what is commonly called by the mis- nomer " pivot tooth." Artificial Dentine. A preparation composed of pure gutta-percha, while in a softened state, mixed with mineral substances, and used for temporary fillings. See Hill's Stopping. Artificial Eye. A sort of hollow hemisphere, painted so as to represent the anterior part of the globe of the eye, and enameled, applied beneath the eye-lid. The manufacture of arti- ficial eyes has been brought to such perfection in Paris, that it is difficult for a common ob- server to distinguish the difference between them and the natural organs. Artificial Joint. A fracture united by the broken ends of the bone becoming rounded and smooth, and connected by a fibrous, ligament- ous substance ; a false joint. Artificial Lower Lip and Chin. It sometimes happens that persons are deprived of the lower lip and chin by wounds or other causes, -o as greatly to interfere with the utterance of speech and. the retention of the saliva. To remedy such loss, various contrivances have been in- vented, varied in their construction to suit the peculiarity of the cases to which they have been applied. In the construction of an appliance of this sort, the first thing to be done is to take an im- pression of the lip and chin of a person, re- sembling, as near as possible, in these parts of the face, the individual requiring such substi- tute. From this impression, suitable plaster or metallic models, dies, or casts, are obtained, upon which are constructed vulcanite or cellu- loid substitutes. An old method was to ob- tain dies and counter-dies from plaster models obtained from impressions. Between these a platina plate may be stamped, which, after be- ing fitted to the parts to which it is to be ap- plied, should be enameled and properly col- ored. Artificial Nose. As in the case of artificial lips, it is impossible to construct a substitute for the nose that can be worn without some in- convenience, yet the latter is by far more frequently called for. and happily can be made to subserve a much better purpose, as it can be more permanently and securely applied. The methods of attachment are various. The ART 65 ART simplest is by means of a slip of leather, paint- ed flesh color, passing up over the middle of the forehead, and made fast under the hair. But this method is objectionable. The leather is visible, and it does not afford a firm and secure support to the artificial appliance. An- other method consists in attaching to the inter- ior of the nose a superior and two lateral wings, which are made to act above and on each side in such a way as to retain the piece in its place ; but it has been found that these cause not only a loss of the soft tissues against which they are made to act, but that they are liable to give rise to disease. Mr. Ballif, however, reports the case of a woman who had lost her nose in consequence of a syphilitic disease, for whom j he constructed an artificial substitute with three wings, Avhich he moved by means of a spring j made to work by means of a button fixed in one of the nostrils. Although it caused a little pain at first, he states that this did not last long, j and that she did not ultimately suffer any seri- j ous inconvenience from it. The recently dis- [ covered substance Celluloid (which see), from its plasticity and natural flesh color, produces ' the best results ; the lost feature may thus be i restored in a most life-like manner. When the loss of the organ is the result of disease, as is almost always the case, it is gen- j erally complicated with the loss of other parts, j generally of the hard and soft palate, which also, as far as practicable, require replacement ; j and in this case the two may be connected to- I gether in such a way as to serve as a mutual support for each other. Artificial Palate. A mechanical contriv- ance for supplying the loss of the whole or a portion of the hard or soft palate, or both. The simplest description of substitute of this sort consists in a thin plate of gold, fitted to the gums covering the palatine portion of the alveolar border, behind the dental arch ; con- cave inferiorly, and convex superiorly, and confined by means of clasps fitted to one or more teeth on each side of the mouth. But this, while it prevents, to some extent, the pas- sage of fluids and food from the mouth into the nose, remedies but very partially the de- fective utterance of speech, while the sharp edge of the plate posteriorly, if it be extended sufficiently far back to separate the buccal from the nasal cavities, is apt to interfere with and irritate the tongue. But whatever may be the description of substitute employed, the ad- vantages derived from it will greatly depend 5 upon the accuracy of its adaptation and the extent of its surface. Vulcanite is now cm- ployed as a substitute for metal. In the application of an artificial palate, it often becomes necessary to connect with it one or more artificial teeth, which can easily be done by extending the plate over so much of the alveolar ridge as may be required for the last-named substitute. Delabarre, Desirabode, Stearns, Hullihen, Blandy and Kingsley have invented substitutes of this sort, some of which, especially Kings- ley's, answer a most excellent purpose. For a full description of the various appliances which have been employed for remedying de- fects of the palatine organs, the reader is re- ferred to Harris's Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry. Artificial Respiration. See Respiration, Artificial. Artificial Teeth. Contributing, as the teeth do, to the beauty and pleasing expression of the count enance — to correct enunciation, to the function of mastication, which they are the chief agents in performing, and to the health of the whole organism, — it is not. surprising that their loss should be considered a serious affliction, and that art should be invoked to replace such loss with artificial substitutes. So great, indeed, is the liability of the human teeth to decay, and so much neglected are means of their preservation, that few persons reach even adult age without losing one or more of these invaluable organs. But happily for suffering humanity, they can now be re- placed with artificial substitutes so closely re- sembling those planted in the jaws by the hand of nature, as almost to elude detection^ even by the most critical and practiced observ- ers. Though there is a perfection in the works of nature that can never be equaled by art, artificial teeth can, nevertheless, be so con- structed and applied as to subserve, to a con- siderable extent, in the majority of cases, the purposes of the natural organs, though not as perfectly, nor with the same convenience to the person wearing them. There are difficulties connected with the in- sertion of artificial teeth which none but an experienced practitioner has any idea of. Be- sides those of properly constructing and apply- ing them in such a manner as that they may be easily removed and replaced by the patient, and at the same time be securely fixed in the mouth, and in such a way as not to produce injury to the parts with which they are con- ART 66 ART nected or associated, there are sometimes others equally difficult to overcome. For example: the loss of a tooth in one jaw is generally fol- lowed by the gradual protrusion from its socket of the one with which it antagonized in the other, so that if that be replaced with an arti- ficial tooth of equal size, it will strike against this at each occlusion of the mouth, and pre- vent the other teeth from coming together. This tendency of the teeth in one jaw to pro- trude is always in proportion to the number lost in the other ; and if not soon counteracted by the replacement of the latter with artificial substitutes, it often gives rise to an obstacle to their proper application, which will require no little ingenuity and tact to overcome. If it were necessary, the author could mention other difficulties connected with this branch of practice, equally great, but will let it suf- fice to state that there are few, formidable as they oftentimes are, which the well-informed and skillful dentist cannot overcome. Substances Employed for Artificial Teeth. — Among the substances which have been em- ployed for replacing the loss of teeth, are: 1. The crowns of humin teeth ; 2. The teeth of neat cattle, sheep, &c. ; 3. The ivory of the elephant's and hippopotamus tusk; and lastly, mineral or porcelain teeth. Human Teeth. — The crowns of human teeth are preferable to any other osseous substance, and when used for this purpose they should be of the same class as those whose place they are designed to supply. If well selected, and properly inserted, the artificial connection with the alveolar ridge cannot easily be detected. The durability of these teeth, when thus employed, depends on the density of their structure, the soundness of their enamel, and the condition of the mouth in which they are placed. If they are of a close texture, and have sound and perfect enamel, and are insert- ed in a healthy mouth, they will last from six to twelve, or a greater number of years. Teeth of Cattle. — Of the various kinds of os- seous substance employed for dental substitutes, the teeth of neat cattle are, perhaps, after hu- man teeth, the best. By slightly altering their shape they may be made to resemble very closely the incisors of some persons ; but a configuration similar to the cuspidati cannot be given to them ; and in the majority of cases they are too white and glossy to match any of the human teeth. There are other objections to the use of these teeth. In the first place, they are only covered anteriorly with enamel, and, in the second, their structure is less dense than that of human teeth, and consequently they are more easily acted on by chemical agents. They are, therefore, less durable, seldom lasting more than from two to four years. Ivory of the Tusk of the Elephant a,nd Hippopota- mus. — The employment of ivory for artificial teeth has been sanctioned by usage from the earliest periods of the existence of this branch of dentistry, but we must not hence conclude that it has been approved by experience. On the contrary, of all the substances that have been used for this purpose, this is certainly the most objectionable. The ivory of the elephant's tusk is more permeable than that obtained from the tooth of the hippopotamus. So readily does it absorb the fluids of the mouth, that, in three or four hours after being placed there, it becomes com- pletely penetrated with them. Consequently it is liable to chemical changes; and when several teeth, formed from it, are worn, they affect the breath to such a degree as to render it exceedingly offensive. The ivory of the tusk of the hippopotamus is much firmer in its texture, and, as it is covered with a hard, thick enamel, teeth may be cut from it which will, at first, very much re- semble those given us by nature. There is, however, a peculiar animation about the natural teeth which those made from this substance do not possess. They, moreover, soon change their color, assuming first a yel- low, and then a dingy or dark bluish hue. They are also, like those just mentioned, very liable to decay, and to give to the air, return- ed from the lungs, an insufferably offensive odor, which cannot be corrected or prevented. They may be washed half a dozen times a day, and taken out and cleansed again at night, and it will still be grossly perceptible. But objectionable as this substance is, it is still employed by a few practitioners, and sixty years ago it was used by one-half of the dentists in the country. Mineral or Porcelain Teeth. — The manufac- ture of porcelain teeth did not, for a long time, promise to be of much advantage to dentistry. But, by the ingenuity and indefat- igable exertions of a few, they have almost entirely superseded every other kind of arti- ficial teeth. The French, with whom the invention of ART 67 ART these teeth originated, encouraged their man- facture by favorable notices ; and the rewards offered by some of the learned and scientific societies of Paris contributed much to their improvement. They were still, however, de- ficient in so many qualities, that they received the approbation of very few of the profession, and then only in some few cases. It is principally to American dentists that we are indebted for that which the French so long labored in vain to accomplish. A want of resemblance to natural teeth, in color, translucency and animation, was the great objection urged against the porcelain ; and had not these objections been obviated, they would have prevented them ever being extensively employed. Formerly, all that were manufactured had a dead, opaque ap- pearance, which rendered them easy of detec- tion, when placed alongside of the natural teeth, and gave to the mouth an unhealthy and sickly aspect. But so great have been the improvements in their manufacture, that few can now distinguish any difference be- tween them and the natural organs. The advantages which these teeth possess over every sort of animal substance are nu- merous. They can be more nicely fitted to the mouth, and be worn with greater conve- nience. They do not absorb its secretions, and consequently, when proper attention is paid to their cleanness, they do not contam- inate the breath or become, in any way, offen- sive. They never change their color. They are not acted on by the chemical agents found in the mouth, and hence the name "incor- ruptible," which has been given to them. Artificial Teeth, Different Methods of Applying. — The methods of applying artificial teeth are, — 1. On the roots of the natural teeth. 2. On a plate with clasps. 3. With spiral springs. 4. By atmospheric pressure. The peculiar advan- tages of each of these methods we shall point out briefly, as well as the cases in which they are particularly applicable. Artificial Teeth Placed on Natural Roots. — This method of inserting artificial teeth, on account of its simplicity, was formerly more extensively practiced than any other. If the roots on which they are placed be sound and healthy, and the back part of the jaws sup- plied with natural teeth, so as to prevent those with which the artificial antagonize from striking them too directly, they will sub- serve the purposes of the natural organs very perfectly. When thus placed, they rest on firm bases, and if they are properly fitted and secured, their connection with the natural roots cannot easily be detected. But, unfor- tunately, the incisors and cuspidati of the upper jaw are the only teeth which it is pro- per to replace in this way. The insertion of an artificial tooth on a diseased root, or on a root having a diseased socket, is always followed by injurious effects. The morbid action already existing in the root or its socket is aggravated by the opera- tion, and often caused to extend to the con- tiguous parts, and sometimes even to the whole mouth. Nor is it always proper to apply a tooth immediately after having pre- pared the root. If any irritation is produced by this preparatory process, the tooth should not be inserted until it has wholly subsided. The neglect of this precaution not infre- quently gives rise to inflammation of the alveolo-dental periosteum and alveolar ab- scess. See Bridge-Work. For the manner of preparing a root and applying a tooth to it, see Harris's Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Artificial Teeth Mounted on a Plate with Clasps. — This method of applying artificial teeth, on account of its more extensive appli- cability, may be considered as more valuable even than that of placing them on natural roots. By this means, the loss of a single tooth, or of several teeth, in either or both jaws, may be supplied. A plate may be so fitted to an aperture in the dental circle, and secured with clasps to the other teeth, as to afford a firm support to six, eight, ten or twelve artificial teeth. Teeth applied in this way, when properly constructed, may last for many years. But it is necessary to their durability that they should be correctly arranged, accurately fitted and substantially secured to the plate, and that the plate itself be properly adapted to the gums, and attached to the teeth that are firmly fixed in their sockets. Gold was, for a long time, almost the only metal employed for making the plate and clasps. This, for the former, should be from twenty to twenty-one carats fine, and from eighteen to nineteen for the latter. If gold of an inferior quality be used, it will be liable to be acted on by the secretions of the mouth. Platina, when the teeth are to be united to the plate by means of a fusible silicious ce- ART 68 ART 11:0m. answers a good purpose; but there are few dental practitioners who have the facili- ties for melting and re-converting the scraps into plate : and when this cannot be done, the use of it is attended with some loss. Artificial Teeth ivith Spiral Springs. — When attached to plates, the only difference between the method last noticed, of applying artificial teeth, and the one now to be considered con- sists in the manner of confining them in the mouth. The former is applicable in cases where there are other teeth in, the mouth to which clasps may be applied ; the latter is designed for confining whole sets and parts of sets, where clasps or other means of attach- ment cannot be conveniently employed for their retention. When plates are employed, the teeth are attached to them in the same manner as when clasps are used ; but instead of being fastened in the mouth to the other teeth, they are kept in place by means of spiral springs, one on either side of the artificial denture, between it and the cheeks, passing from one piece to the other. Atmospheric or Suction Method of Applying Artificial Teeth. — The method last described of confining artificial teeth in the mouth is often inapplicable, inefficient and troublesome, espe- cially for the upper jaw; and it is in such cases, more particularly, that the atmospheric or suction method is valuable. It was, for a long time, thought to be applicable only for an entire upper set, because it was supposed that a plate sufficiently large to afford the necessary amount of surface for the atmos- phere to act upon could not be furnished by a piece containing a smaller number of teeth. Experience, however, has proven this opinion to be incorrect. A single tooth may be mounted upon a plate presenting a surface large enough for the atmosphere to act upon it sufficiently for its retention in the mouth. For a like reason it was thought that the narrowness of the inferior alveolar ridge would preclude the application of a plate to 1 it upon this principle, and in this opinion many dentists participated ; but they have succeeded so perfectly in confining lower pieces by perfect adaptation that they rarely find it necessary to employ spiral springs for double sets. Spiral springs are now but seldom used, and only in cases where malformation exists to such a degree as to render the use of the at- mospheric method, or retention by means of clasps, impossible. The firmness of the adhesion of the plate or base to the gums, to which the teeth are at- tached, depends upon the extent of the surface which the plate presents, and the accuracy of its adaptation. It is also important that the teeth should be so arranged and antagonized, that they shall strike those in the other jaw all the way around at the same instant, This is a matter that should never be overlooked ; for if they meet on one side, before they come together on the other, the part of the plate or base not pressed on w r ill be detached, and the admission of air between it and the gums w r ill cause it to drop. The application of artificial teeth on this principle has been practiced for a long time ; but the plates formerly used were ivory in- stead of gold, and could seldom be fitted with sufficient accuracy to the mouth to exclude the air; so that, in fact, it could hardly be said that they were retained by its pressure. Unless fitted in the most perfect manner, the piece is constantly liable to drop, and the amount of substance necessary for such a base renders it awkward and clumsy ; and, besides, ivory absorbs the fluids of the mouth so read- ily that, after being w T orn for a few weeks, it becomes exceedingly offensive. Gold, Platina, Vulcanized Rubber, Aluminum and Celluloid are the bases upon which artificial teeth are now placed, and all of these materials answer an excellent purpose for plates constructed on the atmospheric or suction method. See Alu- minum, Vulcanite, Celluloid. The application of artificial teeth upon this principle originated with the late Dr. Gardette, of Philadelphia ; and we believe that soon af- ter he made his first successful experiment, Mr. John Woffendale, of New York, constructed a dental substitute for the upper jaw, which was retained in the mouth in the same way ; and at the time he did it he was not aware that it had ever been done by any one else. The adhesion may be greatly increased by the formation of an air chamber in the plate opening upon the gum or roof of the mouth. Artificial Teeth, Selection of. The principal points to be observed in selecting the teeth for artificial dentures, are the shape — whether the sides of the tooth are to be nearly parallel or divergent; the size — the width and length, es- pecially of the incisors and cuspids ; the charac- ter — whether flat or curved transversely or from gum to edge, or both, whether thin, translucent and delicate, or thick, dense and massive ; pe- ART 69 ARY culiarities — the presence or absence of transverse or longitudinal grooves or lines, cutting edges straight or round, especially at the angles ; the shade — color to match the natural teeth, and to correspond with the complexion ; position of the pins — transverse or perpendicular and their nearness to the edge of the crown of tooth. The width of the front teeth is usually determined by the position of the cuspid teeth. Artificial Teeth, Arrangement of. The princi- pal points to be observed are : the centre — as the median line of the face should exactly divide the space between the upper and lower central incisors ; the inclination — the central and lateral incisors should lean slightly toward the median line, the cuspids also, but less than the incisors, and the bicuspids and molars almost straight or perpendicular ; the lap — the anterior teeth should lap slightly, the cutting edges passing each other enough to prevent lisping ; the length — the relative length of the teeth is shown by the articulator, especially of the anterior ones. In a full upper and lower denture the length of the posterior teeth is usually left to the judgment of the constructor ; the expression — the upper lip should project slightly beyond the lower one, when the mouth is closed, and the lower lip should be more prominent at its upper edge than where it joins the chin. Ful- ness of the gum immediately under the nose should always be avoided, to prevent giving the lip a swollen appearance. The lower pos- terior teeth should rest upon the ridge and oc- cupy a perpendicular position and sufficient room should be given to the tongue. The first bicuspids of the upper set should articulate be- tween the first and second lower bicuspids, and the natural rule for each tooth to articulate with two of the opposing teeth should be fol- lowed as much as possible. The anterior teeth should form a somewhat flattened arch and fill the full width of the jaw, and the first bicuspids should be placed slightly inside the cuspids, so as to bring the anterior teeth well in view. The posterior teeth should form straight lines, and diverge as they extend backwards ; the articulation — the anterior teeth of both jaws should be so arranged that the point of the up- per cuspid will come directly between the lower cuspid and first bicuspid, and the teeth so placed that no spaces are left through which the air will pass in the act of speaking, and produce a whistling or hissing sound. Artificial Upper Lip. In the construction of an upper lip, the method of procedure is very similar to that for supplying the loss of the lower; the only difference consists in the method of attachment. Besides the straps cov- ered with beard, two plates are fastened to it, which pass up along the nose, and secured to a pair of preservers, whose branches serve as a means of attachment. We should think the best method of retaining an artificial upper lip in its place, would be to fix means of attach- ment on the inner side, which might be secured to the teeth. But a substitute for either the upper or lower lip cannot be so constructed as to be worn with- out inconvenience, and it is fortunate that they are seldom required. The method of procedure consists, first, in taking an accurate impression of the void oc- casioned by the destruction of the natural organ, then making a model to fit the inequalities of the parts ; and afterwards obtaining a metallic model and counter -model, between which a thin plate of gold or platina is swaged. After fitting this accurately to the parts, it should be enameled and painted to correspond with the rest of the face ; or celluloid may be employed instead of metal. Artocar'pus Integrifolia. The Jack fruit tree. Caoutchouc. Arvi/na. Old name for hogs-lard. Ar'vuin. Yulva. Arytayiio. Belonging to the arytenoid cartilage. Arytaeno-Epiglottidae / us, or Arytceno-Epiglot- ticus. That which belongs to the arytenoid cartilages and epiglottis. Al'yt/seiioid. Arytamoi'des. From auvr- atva, a funnel, and eidog, shape. A term applied in Anatomy to two cartilages of the larynx, and the muscles, glands, &c, connected with them. Arytcenoid Cartilages. The name of two cartilages of the larynx. Arytcenoid Glands. Small glandular whitish bodies, anterior to the arytenoid cartilages. Arytseiioide'us. The name of a muscle which passes from one arytenoid cartilage to the other. It is divided by some anatomists into three portions. Arytaenoideus Major. See Aeyt^exoedees Tka^ t syersus. Arytaenoideus Minor. See Aryt.exoideus Obliques. Arytaenoideus Obliquus. The mime of a muscle of the glottis. Arytaenoideus Transversus. An azygos or single muscle of the glottis. ARY 70 ASP Aryth'muS. Apvduog; from a, priv., and pvtiuog, rhythm, measure. A term some- times applied to an irregular pulse. Asafoe / tida. Assa/os'tida; from the He- brew word asa, to heal. A gum-resin; the concrete juice of the Ferula asafoetida. An Um- belliferous plant. It is antispasmodic, expec- torant, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic when injected into the rectum. Dose in pill, gr. x to £ss. As'agin. Dragon's blood. Asaplia'tlim. From q, priv., and oaQr/g, clear. A cutaneous affection, consisting of col- lections in the sebaceous follicles of the skin, which, when pressed out, look like small black- headed worms. Asaplli'a. From a, priv., and oa^rjg, clear. Defective utterance or articulation resulting from disease of the palate. Asaram Canaden / se. Asarum Caroli- nia/num. Canada snakeroot ; wild ginger. Asbes / tos. Asbes'tus. A mineral more or less flexible and fibrous. The ancients manufactured cloth from it for wrapping up dead bodies when exposed on the funeral pile. In consequence of its being a non-conductor of caloric, the application of it to the bottom of cavities of very sensitive teeth was first recom- mended by Dr. S. Brown, in the American Journal of Dental Science, to prevent the painful sensation sometimes produced in cases of this sort, by cold or hot fluids, or air, when taken into the mouth. As a non- conductor of caloric it possesses every desira- ble property, and it is as indestructible in a tooth as gold. It is also used in Mechanical Dentistry, mixed with plaster, as a substitute for sand, to form the investment preparatory to soldering. Ascar'ides. See Ascaris. As / caris, plural Ascarides. From aaKapt^a, to leap. A genus of intestinal worms, compre- hending a great number of species. Ascar/s Lumbricoi'des. The long round worm. Ascar/s Verm'/cula'ris. The thread or maw- worm, found in the rectum. Asceil / dens. From ascendere, to ascend. Ascending. A term applied in Anatomy to parts which have their origin lower than their termination. Ascen'sus Morbi. The ascent or in- crease of a disease. Ascites. From aoKog } a sack, or bottle ; so called because of its bottle-like protuberance. Dropsy of the abdomen, or rather of the peri- toneum, characterized by fluctuation, increased size of the abdomen, &c. Ascle'pias. Milkweed. A genus of plants of the order Asclepiadacece. The juice of this plant, when compounded with sulphur, is vul- canizable, and has been successfully used as a substitute for caoutchouc. Asco'ma. From an K og, a bottle. The eminence of the pubes of females at the age of puberty is so called from its shape. Asepsis. From a, and 'iims. :.:; and mag- ,i. magnetism. Another name for ani- mal magnetism. Bi 'op la Sill. From ^wc, life, and vlaa/ia, form. Any living matter; matter possessing reproductive vitality. Bi oplast. A mass or cell of bioplasm which is a unit of living matter. Bi OSOOpy. From : ; and OKtmeit, to examine. An examination of the body to de- termine if life is extinct. Bi'ote. Fr:m .:.-.:. life. Li: which is necessary for its preservation. Biotic. From $3tos, life. Pertaining to life or to the laws of animal and vegetable jrese md evolution. Biotlian ati. From /fca, violence, fiioc life, and daiaroc. death. A violent or sudden death, as if there were no space between life and death. Biped. Bipes; from i :'. two, and pes, foot. Two-footed. A term in Zoology, applied to all two-footed animals. Bird liiiie. A glutinous substance pre- 1 from the middle bark of the holly. Bis'euiT. Biscuiting. From bis. twice, and cait. baked. A name applied to porcelain paste, which, after having been moulded or carved, has been subjected to a red heat in the muffle of a furnace or a charcoal fire, for the purpose of hardening it sufficiently for trim- ming, and to receive the enamel. This process is termed biscuiting or crucing porcelain. See K TZZTH. Bi" muTli. Symbol Bi. Atomic weight. 'ram; xck-mutham; regulus of bis- muth; mareasita; tin glass. A metal of a red- dish-white color : highly crystalline, hard and rittle : it is somewhat dizierent from lead, pos- sessing but little malleability, and fusible at -v : Fahrenheit. "SVhen combined in the proper proportion with tin and lead, the alloy is known by the name of D "A reefs metal fusible at the temperature of boiling water, and was at one time used for filling teeth See FlTSIBLE A T.T.PT. D'ArCETS MkFAL.^ It possesses remarkable power of reducing the fusing point of metals. The insoluble salts of bismuth are employed in dysentery, gas- tralgia, gonorrhoea, and gleet. Locally, bismuth is employed in various akin ibeaseSj and in aphtha? and stomatitis. Bismuth. Butter of. Chloride of bismuth. Bismuth, Flowers of. Sublimed oxide of bismuth. Bismuth Subnitrate. BismmUmm alburn. Bis- muth tri» An in- tnl ie. inodorous, taste- less, beautifully white powder, called pearl powder. Spanish white, and magisterv muth. It is tonic and antispasmodic. Dose. gr. j to gr. xv. Bismuth. Valerianate of. A salt of bismuth and valerianic acid. It is a nervine medicine. Dose, gr. h to gr. ij. in a pilL Bis Torta. Polygonumbistorta. Snake weed. Bi> toury. From PSm wn once celebrated for the manufacture of these instru- A small knife with a straight or curved blade, plain or guarded at the point, used in surgery. Bisul 'phas. Bisulphate. A combina- tion of two equivalents of sulphuric acid with one of the base. Bi>ul phite. A combination of two equivalents of sulphurous acid with one of the base. Bitar TraTe. A supersalt with twice as much tartaric acid as the corresponding neu- tral salt. Bit ter. See A>iap.u5. Bitter Almonds. Water of. A preparation of minims of the oil of bitter almonds to two pints of water, or half a minim to a fluid ounce. Used as a vehicle for other medicines in nervous coughs and spasmodic affections. Bitter Salt. Sulphate of magnesia. Bitter Spar. A term applied to carnite, crystallized varieties of dolomite, or double car- bonates of lime and magnesia. Bitter Wood. Quassia. Bit 'tern. The mother water which re- BIT 87 BLE mains after the crystallization of the salt in sea or salt spring water. Bit'ters. Medicines of a bitter taste. Bitu'men. Asphaltum, of which there are several varieties. Mineral pitch. See Asphaltum, Naphtha, and Petroleum. Bituminous. Of the nature of bitu- men. Biveil/ter. From hi, two, and venter, a belly. A name applied to muscles which have two bellies, as the digastricus and biventer cervicis of the lower jaw. Blac/ciiie. Rubeola ; measles. Bla / cid. Debility. Blackberry. The fruit of the Rubus fruticosus. Astringent. Dose, gr. x to xx. Black Draught An infusion of senna with Epsom salts. Black Drop. A fermented aromatic vinegar of opium. One drop is equal to three of laudanum. Black Flux. A mixture of carbonate of potash and charcoal, obtained by deflagrating cream of tartar with half its weight of nitre\ Black -Jack. A name applied by miners to sulphuret of zinc. Black Lead. Plumbago. Black Mustard. The seed of the Sinapis Nigra. It is an emetic, stimulant and counter- irritant. It relieves pain when topically applied. In dental practice, when placed in a small bag, it is applied to the gum over a tooth affected with acute periodontitis. Black Naphtha. Petroleum. Rock oil. Black l/omit. One of the fatal symptoms of yellow fever ; also, a name by which a disease that sometimes prevails during the months of August and September, in some of the Western and Southern parts of the United States, is designated. Black Wadd. One of the ores of manganese. Black Wash. A lotion of calomel and lime water. Blad/der. See Urinary Bladder and Gall Bladder. Blae'sitas. From blcesus, one who stam- mers. Inaccurate enunciation of articulate sounds. A distortion. Blain. An elevation of the cuticle filled with a watery fluid ; a blister. Blan'card's Pill. A pill of Iodide of Iron made directly from its elements, protected by honey, brought to the pilular consistence with powder of marshmallow, rolled in powder of iron reduced from the oxide, and varnished with a thin coating of resin by dipping it once or twice in an ethereal solution of the balsam of Tolu. It is employed as atonic for anaemic children. Blanc de Troyes. Spanish White. Prepared chalk, or the Creta 'pra'parata of the Pharmacopoeias. Blanc-Mange. An animal jelly to which has been added sugar, milk of almonds, and an aromatic. Blanch. To whiten. Blaste'ma. From fthaoTavu, to germi- nate. The formative lymph or pabulum of capillary exudation ; the rudiment of an organ in a state of development. Blast / oderm. From fi'AaoravG), to ger- minate, and (tep/ua, skin. The germinal mem- brane formed by the cells of the morula, lying on the internal surface of the vitelline mem- brane of the impregnated ovum. A minute thin membrane on the surface of the yolk of an egg. Blastodermic* Vesicle. A distinct granular envelope immediately surrounding the yolk of a bird's egg, and covered by the vitelline membrane. Blastogen'esis. pAaarog, a sprout, and yeveac, generation. The multiplication of plants by means of buds. Blasto / mere. See Morula. Blastopore. See Blastoderm. Bleach'ing. A chemical process of whitening linen or woolen cloths. Bleaching Liquid. Oxymuriatic alkaline water. Bleaching Powder. Chloride of lime. Bleaching- Teeth. The restoration of the color in teeth which have become dis- colored by any of the causes producing such an effect, is dependent on the preliminary measures instituted. Chlorine free, or in some of its combinations, is the most effectual agent for bleaching purposes. Chlorine is liberated more or less rapidly, from chlorinated lime by all the acids, but rapidity of action is not always desirable, and hence a 50 per cent, solu- tion of acetic acid gives more satisfactory re- sults, than tartaric acid, the action of which on chlorinated lime is more rapid, unless it is reduced to a comparatively weak solution. No steel or iron instruments must be employed, for the reason that the salts of iron formed will rapidly discolor the tooth. Oxychloride of zinc, oxyphosphate of zinc, oxalic acid, sodium sulphite combined with boracic acid BLE 88 BLO in the form of a powder and forming sodium borate, sulphurous acid, peroxide of hydrogen, and compressed warm air, have-also given sat- isfactory results when properly employed. Blear Eye. A chronic catarrhal inflam- mation of the eyelids. Bleb. A bulla, or bladdery tumor, or small vesicle of the skin. Bleed/nig". The operation of blood- letting ; also, the discharge of blood. Blende. The native sulphuret of zinc in black crystals. The term is sometimes applied to other ores. Bleii'na. BTisvva. Blenna. Mucus. Blenna Narium. Mucus from the nose. Bleimadeiii / tis. Inflammation of mu- cous follicles. Bleiuielyt/ria. From ffaewa, mucus, and e/.vrpov, a sheath. Same as Leueorrhoea. Bleiineiiie'sis. Mucous vomiting. Bleiniente'ria. Dysentery. Blen / 110g , eilic. BAevva, mucus, and yevvau y to generate. Generating mucus; muciparous. BleimoplitliaFlllia. Purulent oph- thalmia, Bleimop'tysis. From j3/ievva, and rcruw, I spit. Expectoration of mucus. Catarrh. BleiDLiiorrlia / gia. Gonorrhoea. Bleiinorrlice/a. From j3'Aewa, mucus, and peo), I flow. Discharge of mucus from any of the mucous surfaces, but particularly from the urethra. Bleimo / sis. A generic term for diseases of the mucous membrane. Bleimu'ria. Cystorrhcea. Bleimy'meil. A mucous membrane. Bleiiiiymeiii/tis. Inflammation of a mucous membrane. Blepliaraderri'tis. Ophthalmia tarsi. Blepharitis. From B'Aeoapov, the eye- lid, and itis, a terminal signifying inflamma- tion. Inflammation of the eyelid. B I epliar otoleiuiorrlice 'a. Purulent ophthalmia. Blepll'aron. BXeonpov. The eyelid. From this word various others are compounded. BlepliaroplltliaFima. From 3 Xeeapoi ■, the eyelid, and otyfiaAuia, a disease of the eye. Inflammation of the eyelid. Blepliaropla S 'ty. Formation of an eye- lid from the neighboring integument, Blepliaroptosis. From 3/.e0apnv } the eyelid, and -tooic, fall. Prolapse or falling of the upper eyelid. Blepliarospas'inus. From [3/.e6anor } the eyelid, and o-aojuog, spasm. A spasmodic action of the eyelid. Blestris'inus. Eestlessness of the sick. Ble'ta Al ba. Milky urine. Bligllt. A partial paralysis of certain facial nerves resulting from sudden or extreme cold. Blindness. Ccecitas. Deprivation of the power of vision. Blis'ter.' Yesicatorium. Any substance which, when put on the skin, raises the cuticle in the form of a vesicle, and occasions a serous secretion. The cantharides, or blistering flies, are most frequently employed for this purpose, but there are other substances which will pro- duce this effect on the cuticle. Also, elevation of the cuticle with a deposition of serous fluid underneath. Blistering 1 Fly. See Caxthaeis. Block. A mass of gold foil for filling teeth, made by folding a tape of foil upon itself several times by means of the pliers. Block Teeth. Two or more artificial teeth carved from a piece of ivory, or carved or moulded from a mass of porcelain paste and afterwards baked and enamelled. The former substance, at present, is seldom used for this purpose. The latter has been brought to a very high state of perfection. The introduc- tion of Vulcanite has created the necessity of making teeth in sections. They are made in sections of 2, 3, or 4, and when nicely jointed ! present a uniform appearance more closely ! resembling the natural gum than can be I attained by the use of single teeth. These ; moulds are made and worked as described under Pobceeaxx Teeth, which see. Block Teeth, Biscuiting or Crucing of. The i teeth, after being moulded or carved, are placed on a slide and put in the muffle of a furnace and subjected to a bright red heat, by which | process the particles become sufficiently agglu- , tinated and hardened to receive the enamel. This is called biscuiting or crucing. The blocks should now be removed from the furnace, and after they have become sufficiently cool, are ready for the enamel. Block Teeth, Carving of. When dentists carved the teeth they used in making sets, the following is a description of the process pur- sued : A plate of the proper form is first struck up, to serve as a base for the blocks. Fpon this a sufficient quantity of the paste for the body | is rudely modelled, and platina rivets inserted BLO 89 BLO opposite the back of each tooth, or the inser- tion of the rivets may be delayed until the blocks are biscuited. After it has dried suffi- ciently, it must be carved with a small knife so as to represent as nearly as possible the shape of the natural teeth. This part of the process must be conducted with great care to prevent crumbling the body. The block is now removed from the metallic base and placed upon finely pulverized silex on a slide or tile, permitting only the surface, which is to rest upon the plate, to come in contact with the silex. In carving blocks for an entire dental circle, some are in the habit of making three pieces, one with the incisors and cuspidati, and each of the others with two bicuspids and two molars ; others divide the arch into six pieces or blocks. Blocks are sometimes attached to a base by means of gold pins soldered or riveted to the plate and passing through each tooth, at other times by means of pins passing only about two-thirds through. But the last-mentioned method will not hold the blocks sufficiently secure to prevent them from loosening and coming off. Block Teeth, Enamelling of. Having a quantity of the enamel paste prepared of the consistence of cream, and in several parcels of different tints of color, it is to be applied to the face of the tooth, previously well cleaned, with a camel's-hair pencil, in a regular, uniform coat. It should extend beyond the cutting edge of the tooth, so as to give that part of it its appropriate transparency. Great care must be taken to prevent the rosy gum enamel from getting on the tooth, a well-shaped festoon being formed around each. The tints on the crown of the tooth must be incorporated care- fully, so as to blend or shade off into the other enamel, whilst the gum forms a sharp, well- defined festoon. To do this well, the colored enamels should be placed on the tooth and covered by a thin layer of enamel, mixed with an increased quantity of water so as to render it fluid. " It is usual to color the part of the crown next to the neck of the tooth yellow, and the tip blue. If the predominant color of the teeth to be imitated is yellow, the thin coat may be of yellow enamel, and on the contrary, if they are to be blue, this layer may be put on with the blue enamel. "The body of the tooth should always be colored to harmonize with the enamel, or the effect will not be good." — Godda/rd. After the enamel has become dry, the blocks are again placed on finely pulverized silex on a slide in the manner before described. This done, they are ready to be put into the furnace. See Porcelain Teeth. Blood. Sanguis. A red homogeneous fluid, formed chiefly from chyle, of a saltish taste and glutinous consistence, circulating in the cavities of the heart, arteries, and veins, and supplying nutritive material to all parts of the body. The average quantity of this fluid in an adult is estimated at twenty-eight pounds, and the veins are supposed to contain nearly four times the quantity that the arteries do. The blood in the arteries is of a florid red ; in the veins it is of a dark brownish-red, except in the pulmonary vessels. Here the color is reversed, the arteries containing the dark and the veins the "red blood. Blood is composed of water, albumen, fibrin, an animal coloring matter, a little fat, and several salts, forming a colorless plasma in which are suspended white and red corpuscles. Blood, after being drawn and left to itself, becomes solid and separates into two distinct parts,— the serum, or watery supernatant fluid, and the cruor, coagulum, crassamentum, or clot. The serum is chiefly water holding albumen in solution, and the salts of the blood. The clot contains the fibrin, coloring matter — hoemato- sin, a little serum, and a small quantity of salts, Healthy blood consists of 79 per cent, of water, and 21 per cent, of solids. Blood Corpuscles. Small, circular bicon- cave dies floating in the blood. Ked corpuscles are circular and about g-^Vo °f an i nc ^ * n diameter, and T ^oo °f an i ncn thick. White corpuscles are fewer in number, one-third larger in diameter. The coloring matter of the blood exists in a substance known as haemoglobin, and is due to minute quantities of the salts of iron. Blood Crystals. Crystals of the substance known as hsematoidin. Blood Heat. A temperature varying from 98° to 100° F. Blood Plasma. The liquor sanguinis, or fluid part of the blood. Blood Plates. Discs, pale and colorless, and of a round or lenticular form of variable size, found in healthy blood. Their function is unknown. Blood Pressure. The force of compression BLO 90 BLO exerted by the blood upon the walls of the vessels under the influence of the heart's action, the elastic walls, etc. Blood -Letting. Every artificial discharge of blood procured for the prevention or cure of disease. An operation which consists in open- ing- a vessel for the extraction of blood. It is divided into general and topical. Venesection and arteriotomy are examples of the first, and the application of leeches, or cupping glasses, after scarification, of the latter. Blood -Root. Sanguinaria Canadensis. Blood-Stone. Haematite. A dark green sili- cious mineral, variegated by red spots. It is a native oxide of iron, and being susceptible of a very high polish, it is sometimes used by jewellers and mechanical dentists as a burnisher. Blood- Vessel. A vessel containing and con- veying blood. Blood/shot. Distension of the vessels of the eyeball with red blood. Blood/y Flux. Dysentery. Blow'-pipe. A cylindrical tube from twelve to eighteen inches long, about half an inch in diameter at one end, and gradually tapering to a fine point or nozzle, which may be straight or bent at right angles, according to the purposes for which it is to be used. With an instrument of this sort, " a jet of air may be injected into the flame of a lamp or candle, so as to divert it into a long and slender cone upon a piece of charcoal or other sub- stance placed to receive it." The greatest heat of a flame when thus urged is just beyond the extremity of the inner flame, for the reason that the greatest amount of combustion is at this point. A more useful form of mouth blow-pipe has a small hollow ball or cylinder to receive the condensed moisture, inserted within three inches of the flame end. Other forms of blow-pipes, worked by artificial blast, are in use, and are divided by Prof. Austen into four classes: 1. Alcoholic, or self-acting blow-pipes ; 2. Mechanical, or bellows blow- pipes; 3. Hydrostatic blow-pipes; 4. Oxy- hydrogen, or aero-hydrogen blow-pipes. The latter produce intense heat by burning hydro- gen or illuminating gas at the end of a com- pound nozzle which permits air and the gas to mix. For a description of the different classes, see Harris's Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry, 12th edition. Blow-pipe, Automaton. Especially designed for crown and bridge-work, into which the air is admitted and conducted through a small tube to the upper end of another which admits illu- minating gas. The supply of both air and gas being regulated by the pressure of the thumb or fingers on the rubber tubes of the appliance. Blow-pipe, Elliot's Compound Self-acting. A combination of the common with the self-act- ing blow-pipe. Blow-pipe, Hook's Self-acting. A brass globe composed of two hemispheres firmly fastened together, having an orifice at the top for the purpose of introducing alcohol, and a tube leading from the upper to the flame of a spirit- lamp placed underneath the brass globe. When this is partly filled with alcohol, and a lamp placed underneath it, the alcohol is soon con- verted into vapor, which, finding no vent, excepting through a small tube, rushes directly against the flame of the lamp, which ignites it and forms a jet of flame of great intensity. Blow-pipe, Knapp's. See Kxapp's Com- pound Blow-pipe. Blow' -pipe. Oxy-hydrogen. See Oxy-hydro- gen Blow-pipe. Blow-pipe, Parmly's Self-acting. An appa- ratus invented by Dr. Jahial Parmlv, of Xew York, consisting of a copper globe, about five inches and a half in diameter, and two alcoholic reservoirs, arranged in a small portable japan- ned tin case. One of the reservoirs is placed beneath the globe on the floor of the case, which it completely covers. This is about an inch and a half deep, and in its centre, immedi- ately beneath the globe, a burner is placed. The other reservoir is of the same size, and placed immediately above the globe. In the top of one side of this, one extremity of a curved tube or siphon, provided with a stop- cock, enters, while the other extremity passes down through a protuberance on the top of the globe, to near the bottom of the globe. Through this tube alcohol is introduced from the upper reservoir into the globe, and when a sufficient supply has been let in, the stop-cock is closed, and the communication between the two cut off. In the top of the other side of the upper reservoir, a burner is fixed. A little above this, a tube, communicating with the protuberance in the top of the globe, terminates. When both burners are lighted, the vapor, generated in the globe from the alcohol by the heat from the lower burner, rushes through the tube last described, into the flame from the upper burner, ignites, and throws off a jet of flame laterally five or six inches in length. Each burner is provided with an extinguisher, which can be BLO 91 BOM so managed as to increase or diminish the volume of flame projected laterally by the blow-pipe or vapor-tube. Accompanying the blow-pipe is a small sheet- iron furnace, for heating a piece of work before soldering, and also for melting metals for cast- ing models. Blow-pipe and Furnace, Somerby's. An ap- paratus invented by Dr. R. Somerby, of Louis- ville, Ky., consisting of a furnace and blow- pipe, arranged in an iron frame, supplied with air from a bellows. Blow- pipe, Snow's Gas. This form has a connection for both gas and air, made with rubber tubing, to give facility in directing the flame. The gas mixes with the air in its pas- sage through the blow-pipe, and burns without smoke. Motion is given the air-pipe by a trigger, and a pointed flame obtained at pleas- ure. A valve in the gas-pipe opens and closes automatically, so that when the blow-pipe is hung up by its ring it will partially shut off the gas. When the instrument is held in the proper position for use, the passage of gas is unobstructed. Blow-pipe, Warm Air. Consists of a small blow-pipe, with a cylinder an inch long, and half an inch in diameter, made of heavy metal, or filled with wire to retain heat ; on the other end is an India-rubber ball, with an opening one-fourth inch in diameter. Used for drying cavities in teeth, preparatory to filling them. Blue Disease. See Cyanosis. Blue John. A name given by miners to fluor spar. Blue Mass. Blue Pills. Mercurial Pills. Composed of Mercury, confection of roses, and liquorice root. They are much employed for producing the sialogogue and alterative action of mercury, and are among the mildest of the mercurials. Dose, gr. v to x. Blue Ointment. Unguentnm hydrargyri; strong mercurial ointment. Blue Stone. Cupri sulphas. Sulphate of copper. Blunt Hook. An instrument used by obstetricians to draw down the foetus. Bod'y. Generally, every substance which is cognizable by our senses. It is applied by the manufacturers of porce- lain teeth to the paste composing the principal portion of the artificial organ. Body. In Anatomy, the collection of organs which compose the animal body, or the main part, or the trunk of such body, as distinguish- ed from the head and limbs; also the principal portion of a bone or muscle. In Physics, a portion of matter consisting of molecules united by cohesive attraction, the existence of which can be perceived by any of our senses. Bodies are solid, liquid, or gaseous, according to the forms in which they exist. Boetlie / llia. From purfieo), to aid. Me- dicament. Bofarei / ra. The ricinis communis, used as a galactagogue or stimulant to the flow of milk. Boil. See Furuncultjs. Boil'mg'. The vaporization of a liquid when it gives off vapor having the same tension as the surrounding air. The temperature of boiling water at the level of the sea is 212° F. (100° C); it decreases with increasing altitude. Bole. BwAoc, a mass. An argillaceous earth, used as an absorbent and alexipharmic. Bole, Arme'nian. Bolus Armenian. A red, clayey earth, supposed to possess astringent and styptic properties. It formerly constituted a principal ingredient in many of the tooth-pow- ders vended in the shops. Bolet/ic Acid. Acidum Boleticum. An acid obtained from the juice of the Boletus pseudo-igniarius. Bole / tus. A genus of fungi, characteriz- ed by numerous vertical tubes arranged beneath the pileus of the plant. Boletus ignia'rius. The systematic name of the agaricus of the Pharmacopoeias. Agaric of the oak ; touchwood boletus ; female agaric. It was formerly much used as a styptic by surgeons. Boletus Pur'gans. Boletus laricis. Larch agaric, a drastic purgative, in the dose of from one to two drachms. Bolog'nian Stone. A native sulphate of baryta, found at Bologna. It becomes a powerful solar phosphorus when heated Avith charcoal. Bo / lllS. BcoTiog, a bole. A bolus. Any medicine having the shape of a large pill. Bolus Armenia. Bole, Armenian. Bolus Gallicus. French bole. Bolar earth, of a pale, red color, with irregular variegated veins of white and yellow, possessing absorbent and antacid qualities. Bom'bic Acid. An acid obtained from the silkworm chrysalis. Bom' bus. Bo/tj3og. A ringing or buzzing in the ears, sometimes accompanied by a sensa- tion like what might be supposed to be pro- BON 92 • BON duoed by blows repeated at certain intervals. See Tinnitus Aurium. Bonan'nia Officinalis. White mustard. Bone. Os, oareov. The hard tissue which forms the framework or skeleton of the body. Bones are hard, insensible organized parts of the body, of a whitish color, and a spongy, compact structure. They constitute the solid framework of the bodies of animals of the su- perior classes. They serve as a support and pro- tection to other organs, and give attachment to muscles. With the exception of the crowns of the teeth, they are covered with a fibrous and vascular membrane, called the periosteum, from which they are liberally supplied with vessels for their nutrition. The bones of an animaL united, constitute the skeleton ; artificial, when united by artificial means, such as wires, &c, and natural, when connected by their own ligaments. The texture of bones varies. The middle portion of long bones is compact, with a cavity in their centre : their extremities are spongy, " and the central cavity is occupied by a long network, formed of thin plates and fibres, called the reticulated tissue of the bones."* "The greater number of bones have several processes and cavities, which are distinguished from their figure, situation, use, &c. Thus, processes extending from the end of a bone, if smooth and round, are called heads and condyles when flattened either above or laterally. That part which is beneath the head, and which exceeds the rest of the bone in smallness and levity, is called the neck. Bough, unequal processes are called tuberosities, or tubercles, but the longer and more acute, spinous or styloid processes, from their resemblance to a thorn. Their broad processes, with sharp extremities are known by the name of cristce or sharp edges. Other pro- cesses are distinguished by their form, and called alar or pterygoid, maxillary or mastoid, den- tiform or odontoid, &c. Others, from their situa- tion, are called superior, inferior, exterior, and interior. Some have their names from their direction; as oblique, straight, transverse, &c, and some from their use, as trochanters, rotators, &c. Furrows, depressions and cavities, are des- tined either for the reception of contiguous bones to form an articulation with them, when they are called articular cavities, which are sometimes deeper, sometimes shallower; or they receive hard parts, but do not constitute a joint with them, &c." f * Wistar's Anatomy. t Hoopar's Med. Die. Bone, as shown by a transverse section, is composed of a number of nearly circular zones, each having a central tube called the Haversian Canal, through which the blood cir- culates. Surrounding this canal are oblong cells concentrically arranged, called lacinve. each lacuna being the outlet of a number of small canals called canaliculi, through which the nutrition is conveyed to all parts of the bone. The covering of bone is called the per- iosteum, and the central cavity of the long bones contains the marrow. According to some anatomists, there are two hundred and forty-eight bones in the human adult, namely : r Bones of the cranium or skull, Bones of the face, Denies or teeth. Bone of the tongue, . . Bones of the ear, within the temporal bones, . . f Frontal, . . . Parietal, . . . Occipital, . . Temporal, . . Ethmoid, . . . Sphenoid, . . Sup'r maxill., Jugal, . . . . >~asal, .... Lachrymal, . . Palatine, . . . Infe'r Spongy, Vomer, . . . I Infe'r maxill., f Incisors, . . . j Cuspidata, . . j Bicuspids, . . [Molars, . . . Hyoides os, . Malleus, . . . Incus, .... Stapes, .... Orbiculare os, «' f ( Cervical, I I Vertebrae, < Dorsal, . 5" -| ( Lumbar, £ | Sacrum, E- t Coccygis os, The S f +i-™„^ f Sternum, . . . thorax > JRibs,. . . . . The pelvis, Innom'ata ossa, The shoulder, ( Clavicle, . . . \ Scapula, . . . The arm, Humeri os, . . ™» forearm , { ^ ; • • • f Naviculars os, Lunare os. . . Curie i forme os, Orbiculare os, Trapezium os, Trapezoides os. Magnum os. . [_ Unciforme os, Carpus or icrist, The The Metacarpus, i Phalanges, . thigh, . . . . leg *3 f Tarsus or imtep, Metatarsus, Phalanges, Femur, .... (Patella, . . . -s Tibia, .... ( Fibula, .... f Calcaneus, . . I A-tratralus, . . ■{ Cuboides os. i Naviculare os, [ Cuneiforme os, I- I Sesamoid bones of the thumb and great toe, occasionally found Total, BON 93 BOR The teeth are included in the above table. Gray, excluding the teeth, makes the number 204, as follows : Vertebral column (sacrum and coccyx included) 26 Cranium 8 Ossicula auditus, or bones of the ear, . 6 Face 14 Os hyoides, sternum and ribs .... 26 Upper extremities 64 Lower extremities 60 In this enumeration the patella? and other sesamoid bones, as well as the Wormian bones, are also excluded. According to Berzelius, every one hundred parts of bone in man contain, — Cartilage (gelatin) completely soluble in water 32.17 Vessels 1.13 Neutral phosphate of lime . . . . 51.04 Carbonate of lime 11.30 Fluateof lime . . 2.00 Phosphate of magnesia 1.16 Soda, with a small proportion of chloride of sodium 1.20 100.00 Bone Black. Ivory black ^ charred bones. Bone Earth. The inorganic basis of the bones of animals, consisting of phosphate of lime. Bone Nippers. Forceps with cutting edges, furnished with strong handles, used by sur- geons for cutting off splinters of bone, and by dentists for the excision of the decayed crowns of teeth. Bone Spirit. Impure ammonia, obtained in the process of manufacturing animal charcoal from bones. Bone'set. Eupatorium perfoliatum ; thor- oughwort. Bones, Softening' of. Mollities os- sium. Bonwill Crown. An artificial crown of all porcelain to be engrafted on a natural root. The incisor crowns are so shaped as to form a dove-tail, which allows the strain out- ward to come high up near the cutting edge, and not depend on the palatal wall for sup- port. The molar and bicuspid crowns have recessed bases ? leaving a shell with under-cuts for amalgam filling to act as dove-tails. The dowels or pions are made of alloy, and are thin and angular or square, and attached to both crown and root by amalgam. Bonwill's Method of Articulating Teeth. A method devised by Dr. Bonwill, which he claims is based upon geometrical and mechanical laws. (See Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry.") Bon will's Method of Transient Anaesthesia. See Rapid Breathing. Borac'ic Acid. Acidum boracicum. Now called Boric Acid. The acid of borax. It was regarded as a sedative dose, gr. v. to gr. x. See Boric Acid. Bo / racite. Native borate of magnesia. Bo'ras. Borate. Boras Sodce. Borate of Soda. See Borax. Borate. A salt of Boracic acid and a salifiable base. Bo'rax. Boras sodce; sodce biboras. Bi- borate of Soda. A saline compound of boracic acid and soda found in a native state ; but can be prepared artificially by boiling together in proper proportions boracic acid and carbonate of soda. When purified, borax is white, trans- parent, presenting in its fracture a greasy ap- pearance, and affecting the form of six-sided prisms, terminating in three sided or six-sided pyramids. Borax is a mild refrigerant and diuretic, and is much used as a detergent in aphthae, stomatitis, mercurial salivation, etc., applied in sugar, or rubbed up in honey, called Mel Boracis, honey of borax, composed of powd. borax, 5 j ; clarified honey, Jj. Combined with glycerine in the proportion of borax, ^j, glycerine, f^iv, called "glycer- inum boracis," it forms a valuable lotion. Borax is also used as a flux in metallurgy. In soldering, or uniting pieces of gold or silver, it is the principal one employed. Added to plaster, it hardens it. For other dental uses, see Gorgets' Dental Medicine. Bor'der, Alve / olar. Alveolar arch. Bo / ric Acid. Acidum Boricum. For- mula: H 3 B0 3 . It was formerly known as boracic acid, and occurs in white, shining crys- tals, soluble in water and alcohol. It has but weak acid properties and slightly irritant ef- fects. It is antiseptic and germicide. Inter- nally it is employed for vomiting and septi- caemia, and as a local application to ulcers, burns and parasitic skin diseases. In dental practice it is employed for aphthous and other ulcerations of the mouth, abrasions, fissured tongue, etc. See Gorgets' Dental Medicine. Bor / neen. The name given to a com- BOE 94 BKA pound of carbon and hydrogen found in val- eric acid, which acquires the properties of Borneo camphor on being exposed to moisture. Borneo Cam'plior. A white, folia- ceous, crystalline solid, somewhat translucent, of an odor analogous to that of common cam- phor, found in longitudinal fissures of the Dryobalanops trees, of the Islands of Sumatra and Borneo. These trees also yield a fragrant liquid, called oil of camphor. Bo'roil. Bori'um. A solid substance of a greenish-black color, forming the combusti- ble base of boracic acid and of the mineral borax. Bor'uret. Borium ; which see. BotaF Fora'men. The foramen ovale of the heart. Bot/anist. Botan'icus. One who under- stands the nature and history of plants ; one skilled in everything pertaining to plants. Bot/any. Botan'ica, BoraviKr?, from por- avr], an herb or grass, which is derived from j3oo, or (Souko), to feed, because grass is the chief food of animals most useful to man. The science of plants ; a knowledge of every- thing relating to the natural history of the vegetable kingdom, embracing the terminol- ogy, classification, synonyms, sensible quali- ties, anatomy, physiology, etc., of plants. Both'rion. (3o$pwv. A little pit. A small cavity ; the socket of a tooth ; a small, deep ulcer of the cornea. Bo'tium. A bronchocele. Bougie'. Literally, a wax candle. A slender, flexible instrument, designed to be introduced into the bladder through the ure- thra. Bougie, Armed, or Bougie, Caus'tic. A bou- gie with a piece of lunar caustic fixed in its extremity. Bougie, Soluble, Medicated. A bougie med- icated with different remedies for use in gon- orrhoea and gleet. They are introduced and left to dissolve, which occurs in one or two hours. Bow'-Drill. A drill turned by a stock with a bow and string or cord. Box Plate. A metallic plate with an air-tight chamber, used as an obturator, or in connection with artificial teeth, for the replace- ment of the loss of natural structure. See Kaised Base. Brache'rium. From brachiale, a brace- let. A truss or bandage for hernia. Brachiie/us. Same as Brachial. Brachial. Brachials. That which be- longs to the arm. Brachial Aponeurosis. An aponeurosis en- veloping the muscles of the arm. Brachial Artery. Arteria brachialis. A continuation of the axillary artery, running down on the side of the arm to the bend of the elbow, where it divides into the radial and cubital arteries. Brachial Glands. The lymphatic glands of the arm. Brachial Muscle, Anterior. A muscle situat- ed on the anterior and inferior part of the arm. Brachial Plexus. Plexus brachialis. A nerv- ous plexus, seated deeply in the hollow of the axilla, extending to the inferior and lateral part of the neck. Brachial Veins. Two veins, which frequent- ly anastomose with each other, and accompany the artery. BracliiaFgia. Brachium, the arm, and alyoc, pain. Pain of the arm. Brachials Exter'nus. See Triceps EXTEXSOR CUBITI. Brachialis Internus. A muscle of the forearm. Braclli'ate. Brachia'tas ; from ,3 pa x^ v , J an arm ; armed ; brachiated. A term in Bo- tany, applied to the branches of a plant or tree, which go off at nearly right angles from the trunk or stem. * Bra / clilo-Cu / bital. Belonging to the brachium and cubitus or ulna. Brachio-Radial. Brachio-radialis. Belong- ing to the brachium and radius. Braehiocyllo'sis. From 3pax«ov, an arm, and kv/./cogu; curvature. Paralysis or loss of power from curvature of the arm. Bracllioil'cus. From fipaxiur, the arm, and o; koc, a swelling. A tumor of the arm. Braeliio'poda. From 3pax«ov, an arm, i and ~ovc, afoot. Arm-footed animals ; an order i of headless bivalve Molluscous animals. Bra'cllium. Bpa^ttw, the arm. The I arm from the shoulder to the wrist. Brachium Arterius and Brachium Posterius. j Two rounded processes which pass from the i tubercula quadrigemina into the optic thalamus. Braelm'na. Nymphomania. Satyriasis. Brachyau'ehen. Short -necked. Braeliygna'tlms. From v-7 in", short, and yvadoc, a jaw. A monster with too short an under jaw. Braehypnoe'a. From Spa ; : ;. short, aud ttveu, to breathe. Difficulty of breathing; shortness of breath. BRA 95 BRI Brachypot'ic. Persons who drink rarely. Bradyresthe'sia. From (Upadvc, diffi- cult, and aio&rjcig, sensation. Impaired sensa- tion. Bradyecoi'a. Deafness. Bradylog'ia. Difficulty of speech. Bradymase'sis. Bradymasse'sis; from fipadvc, difficult, and pnayaic, mastication. Difficult mastication. Dysmasesis. Bradypep'sia. From ppadvg, slow, Ti-firrw, to concoct. Slow digestion. Bradysn'ria. From fipadvc, difficult, and ovpeiv, to pass the urine. Painful evacua- tion of urine ; dysuria. Braid'ism. The hypnotic state caused by fixation of the eyes upon a shining object. Brain. The cerebrum ; the highest and largest portion of the encephalon ; but accord- ing to the popular acceptation of the word, the entire contents of the cranium. Brain, Little. The cerebellum. Bran. Furfur tritici. The proper coat of wheat, rye, or other farinaceous grain, separa- ted from the flower. Branch. From (3paxiuv, an arm, because branches of a tree, &c, go off like an arm. Generally applied to the principal division of an artery or nerve. It is usually employed as synonymous with ramus. Branch's Apparatus. An instrument for producing local anaesthesia, by means of a mixture composed of two parts of ice and one of salt, applied to the gum and tooth to be ex- tracted, invented by Dr. Branch of Chicago. It consists of a hollow tube, about an inch and a fourth in diameter, with about five-eighths of an inch cut out at one end on either side, that it may readily be placed over a tooth. To this is attached a sack of finely prepared membrane large enough to hold a tablespoonful of the freezing mixture. The hollow of the tube is occupied by a steel wire spiral spring. Just before using it, a sufficient quantity of the freez- ing mixture is put in the tube ; the end of the latter is placed over the tooth, when the ice and salt are forced up gently around it by press- ing on the spring at the other extremity of the instrument. Two tubes are employed; one straight, for teeth in the front part of the mouth, the other bent near one end, for the more convenient application of the mixture to a molar tooth. Bran'chse. From fipnyxog, hoarseness. Swelling of the tonsils and thyroid gland. Bran / chise. From fipayxia, the gills of a fish. Gills. The respiratory organs of those animals which extract oxygen from air con- tained in water. Branchio'poda. From ftpayxia, gills, and rrovg, a foot. An order of crustaceans in which the gills perform the functions of feet . Bran / chus. From fipayxog, hoarseness. Sore throat; overstraining of the voice. Bran / dy. Spiritus Gatticus. A powerful and diffusible stimulant, obtained by distillation from wine. Branks. Mumps. Brasilia. Brasmos, From ppaGou, to boil. Fermentation. Brasque. A French term to denote the lining of a crucible or a furnace with charcoal. Brass. A yellow metal ; an alloy of cop- per and zinc. Copper alloyed with 25-40 per cent, of zinc. Brazil'-Wood. The wood of the Ccesal- pinia Brasiliensis. It is used in dyeing. Break'-Bone Fe'ver. Common name for Dengue. Breast. The mamma ; also the fore-part of the thorax. Breath. The air exhaled from the lungs, which has lost a portion of its oxygen, and gained a varying amount of ammonia, aqueous vapor, and carbon-dioxide from the oxidation of the waste matter of the blood. The term is also applied to air inspired as well as that ex- haled. Breg ,/ ma. From (3pex a , to moisten. The sinciput or upper part of the head ; the junction of the parietal bones. Bre / via Va / sa. Short vessels. Applied to several branches of the splenic arteries and veins. Bre'vis Cu'biti. The anconeous muscle. Brev^'simus Ocuii. The obliquus inferior. Brez / ilin. The coloring matter of Brazil wood. Brick, Oil of. Oil of spike. Bridge- Work. The adaptation of arti- ficial crowns of teeth to and over spaces made by the loss of natural teeth, by connecting such crowns to natural teeth or roots for anchor- age by means of a bridge, and thereby dispens- ing with plates covering more or less of the roof of the mouth and the alveolar ridge. See Bridge-Work, Systems of. Bridge-Work, Systems of. Bridge-work dent- ures of a most primitive character were em- ployed at a very early period, as evidences of BKI 96 BRI such prehistoric dentistry constructed in the Etruscan age, live hundred years B. C. and also other specimens by the ancient Phoenicians can be found in the Museums of the Louvre, France, and the Corneto, Italy. Bridge-work in France dates from 1805, as described by J. B. Gariot, and also Delabarre in 1820. In this country bridge-work was described by Dr. S. S. Fitch, in 1829, and by Dr. W. H. Dwindle, in 1856. In 1871, Dr. B. J. Bing, formerly of Maryland, and Dr. M. H. Webb, of Pennsyl- vania, again brought the system to the notice of the dental profession, by improved methods of supporting and securing artificial crowns, by using adjoining or intervening natural teeth for points of anchorage, and thus bridging vac- ant spaces. Many improved methods have since been devised under the term of " bridge- work," in the use of which are provided not only the means of mastication, but also the cleanliness of such dentures, the want of which was an objectionable feature in the earlier de- vices of the more improved methods. Dr. George W. Evans, in his excellent treatise on "Artificial Crown- and Bridge- Work," gives the following rules which govern the number and position of the teeth or roots that are re- quired as foundations or points of anchorage for this style of dentures : " One central root will support two centrals, and if spurs or bars from the sides of the bridge rest upon or are anchored in the adjoining teeth, a lateral (incisor) in addition." "Two central roots will support the four incisors, spurs or bars resting on or anchored in the cuspids to be used additionally, if the case re- quires them." "The cuspid roots alone or with the aid of a central root, will support the six anterior teeth." " One molar or bicuspid on one side, and a bicuspid or molar on the other, with one or two roots in an intermediate position, will support a bridge between them." " One right and one left molar, with the assist- ance of the two cuspids, will support a bridge comprising the entire arch." "A bridge on one side of the mouth can be supported by two or three teeth or roots on that side. The cus- pids always afibrd the most reliable support." Ordinary plate-teeth are selected for the in- cisors and cuspids, and sections of teeth, known as "porcelain facings," for the bicuspids and molars of a bridge denture. Bridge-work is cemented on with a slow-setting oxyphosphate of zinc, and the end of a spur or bar is attach- ed to slots cut in the natural teeth, by either a | gold or amalgam filling. Shoulders on the anterior teeth, especially the cuspids, are often useful, and can be made by melting gold plate- scraps into a small mass or globule and then flattening it by the hammer, and soldering it to the backing : or gold can be flowed by the blow-pipe on the backing. Bridges are either detachable and removable, or immovable and permanent, the former in many cases being preferable. Low's system of bridge-work pre- sents a denture with self-cleaning spaces, and consists in attaching artificial teeth to continu- ous bands fitted and cemented to the adjoining permanent teeth, some of the crowns being of the " step-plug " character for attachment to the roots of natural teeth. A peculiar metallic socket or shell is employed, into which is fitted a porcelain front or facing, and it is of such a form as admits of self-cleansing. Melotte's method consists in the construction of bridges j supported by gold crowns, and shells or partial gold crowns, and the use of " moldine ", in con- nection with fusible metal in crown- and bridge- work. Litch's method consists of a bridge, known as a " pin and plate bridge ", construc- ted by using a plain plate-tooth which is backed with pure gold or platinum, and connected to adjoining teeth by backings or linings of gold, accurately fitting the palato-approximal sur- faces of such teeth, and secured to them by small platinum pins which pass through holes in the linings, and also into holes drilled in the nat- ural teeth, the free ends of the pins being ce- mented into the openings or holes. Parr's method consists of a bridge supported by two shoulders on the abutment crowns, which slide into grooves formed in the artificial crowns. The supporting shoulders and slots are made by shaping two pieces of gold plate in such form that one shall telescope the other. Another form of the Parr bridge is so constructed that the crowns forming the abutment- are perma- nently cemented in position, each section of the bridge between them being removable. A third form by the same inventor, consists in forming a socket attachment, with a section composed of a cap having a spring flange. The flange enters the socket, which the cap incloses on the top and sides. The spring is made by bending open a little, a part of the flange. Winder's method consists in the construction of crowus forming the abutments in sections, the bridges being attached to the detachable section. The collar section of the artificial crown is capped and cemented on the natural BRI 97 BRI crown or root, the gold forming the occluding portion of the crown, when the bridge is ad- justed in position, being secured to it with a screw. The screw may be made to enter the body of the crown, or it may be soldered to the cap on the collar, passing through the occlud- ing section of the crown, and being secured by mils on the screws. Waters' methods consist of a gold crown fitted to and sliding on a cap attached permanently to the root or natural crown : also a box cap and split post, the box cap being fitted permanently to the root, and the split post being soldered to the plate bear- ing the teeth : still another device consists in soldering to the side of the gold crown, cover- ing the natural tooth, a split pin or post, which is inserted into an open tube attached to the bridge. Starr's Method consists of detachable bridges attached to anchorage natural teeth by gold cap-crowns made to fit over such teeth, and gold crowns to telescope the cap-crowns, the latter to be firmly cemented to the teeth by oxy- phosphate cement. Suitable plate-teeth are fitted and backed, and attached to the telescoping crowns, thus supplying the lost natural teeth on a bridge between such teeth or roots. C. M. Kichmond's method is the construction of a removable bridge, by forming a collar of plat- inum faced with gold and a gold cap, for the anchor tooth, made by means of a zinc die, the collar being made somewhat smaller than the tooth-cap. The die is driven into the collar so far that the extra sixteenth of an inch can be hammered over and burnished down on the die-end to form a flanged collar. Outside of this in the same manner, another flanged collar is made, and the two collars soldered together, so that a close fitting, stiff collar is formed, that will not stretch in being telescoped on and off the anchorage, and is kept by the flange from being forced too far over the tooth-cap. The Mandrel system consists in the shaping and adapting of the collar fitting around one or more anchorage teeth. The configuration of the necks of all the teeth is first determined, and a set of mandrels made for this style of bridge-dentures, are used to shape seamless collars of gold plate, 22 carats fine, which are made tapering to provide for all required varia- tions in size, and are adapted to removable or detachable bridges. The size and form of the collars are determined by a piece of No. 26 binding-wire twisted by fiat-nose pliers closely around the necks of the natural teeth, and the 7 ends twisted together. The wire ring thus formed is carefully removed from the tooth, laid on a lead anvil and a piece of flat metal placed over it, when a smart blow with a ham- mer will drive the wire into the lead, and thus give an accurate impression of the ring in the lead anvil. The wire is removed, cut, and straightened out, and a collar of the size and form portrayed by the ring of wire, is selected, these collars being on hand of different sizes and forms. A half round gold or platinum wire is so bent as to conform to the alveolar ridge of the space to be bridged, the two extrem- ities of which are fitted into the roots of the anchorage and collared teeth : to this wire the collars and artificial teeth are soldered, and the bridge-denture connected by the collars attached to the wire entering the roots, attached perma- nently by quick-setting oxyphosphate cement. Browns method consists of a porcelain and iridio-platinum bridge-denture. It is formed entirely of porcelain, with an iridio-platinum bar running through the denture as a sustain- ing shaft, and presents a perfect continuity of porcelain surface. Knapp's method consists in the formation of a gold collar crown, with a porcelain front or facing. Twenty-two carat gold is used for the collar, which is adapted to the root by pliers ; a cap of pure gold is made to this collar, and a gold pin is soldered in posi- tion for the root-canal ; a plate tooth is fitted and backed with pure gold and fastened with wax, and the piece removed from the mouth, when the side and incisive portions of the wax, including the edges of the backings and con- tiguous portions of the cap, are enveloped with pieces of pure gold. The crown is then in- vested, so that when the wax is removed the backing on the tooth, with the gold on the sides, form a small mould. The flame of the Knapp blowpipe is then applied, after proper heating up, until the solder melts and fills every part of the mould with gold, the excess of which enables contouring in the finishing process. The term "extension bridges" is applied to such dentures as are chiefly sup- ported by one abutment or point of anchorage. Shell anchorage or crown bridge work, accord- ing to Williams' method, consists in so form- ing a gold band around the crown of one or more natural teeth, that it may pass a little beneath the margin of the gum and show as little of the gold as is possible ; on the inner surface of the tooth the band covers crown extending very nearly its full length. To BRI 98 BRO such a shell crown or crowns, the bridge con- taining the artificial teeth is soldered. Bright's Disease. A granular degene- ration oi" the kidney, generally attended by the presence of albumen in the urine and a train of other morbid phenomena. The important symptom is albuminous urine. Nephritis Alb urn ino sa, or Albuminen' Brim of the PeFvis. The Uiopectineal line leading from the tuberosities of the ossa pubis, outward and backward, to the promi- nent point of the sacrum, dividing the cavity of the pelvis from the cavity of the abdomen. Brim'stone. Sulphur. The sublimed sulphur of the Pharmacopoeia is termed flowers of brimstone or of sulphur. Brit'ish G-uill. Starch reduced to a gum-like state by being heated to 700° Fahr. British Oil. Common petroleum; also a rubefacient liniment, for the preparation of which there are various formulae. Broacli, Watchmaker's. A five- sided steel instrument, three or four inches long, with a flattened point, very gradually in- creasing in size toward the extremity intended for the handle. It is sometimes used by den- tists for enlarging the canal in the root, and the opening into a decayed cavity in the crown of a tooth. Bro / clms. According to some, a person whose teeth project, or one who has a promi- nent upper lip. Bro / ma. /3ij3pcjuKco, to eat. Food ; any- thing masticated. Bro mal Hydrate. An oily fluid with a structure like chloral hydrate, but more irri- tating and narcotic. Dose, gr. j — v. Bro'mate. Bromas. A combination of bromic acid with a base. Bromatog 'raphy . Bromaiograph' ia . From j3pojpa, food, and ypa^f, a description of aliments. BromatoFogy. Bromatolog'ia, siti- oVogy. From j3pupa } food, and ^oyoc, a dis- course. A treatise on food. Bro / mic Acid. A combination of bro- mine and oxygen, obtained by decomposing bromide of baryta with sulphuric acid. Bro / mide. A compound formed by the union of bromine with a base. Bro'mide of Potassium. Potassii Bromidum; which see. Bromide of Ethyl, or Hydrobromic Ether. (C 2 H 5 Br). It is prepared by distilling together absolute alcohol and bromide in the presence of amorphous phosphorus. It is a colorless, transparent liquid, with an ethereal odor and a warm, sweetish taste. It is used as a general anaesthetic, but, like chloro- form, it greatly depresses the circulation, and diminishes the force and frequency of the movements of the heart. It destroys life by paralysis of the respiratory centres. Bromi / dum. Bromine. Bro / mme. Bromum. From i3pcj.ua, a strong odor. A dark-red liquid, non-metallic element obtained from sea-water and saline springs of a very volatile nature, offensive smell, and suffocating odor, resembling chlorine and iodine. In its pure state it is a caustic irritant, but when properly diluted it is tonic, diuretic, and resolvent. "With oxygen it forms I the bromic acid. Bro'mimn. See Bromixe. Bro / moform. A combination of bro- mine and formic acid, somewhat analogous in its effects to chloroform. A powerful anes- thetic. Bron / chia. Bronchia?; bronchi; from 3poyx<>c, the throat. The two tubes which arise from the bifurcations of the trachea, with their ramifications. Brouch / ial. Bronchia'lk. Belonging to the bronchia. Bronchial Arteries. The arteries given off by the thoracic aorta which go to the lungs and accompany the bronchia in their ramifica- tions. Bronchia/ Cells. The air-cells at the termi- nation of the bronchia. Bronchial Glands. Numerous blackish glands, seated in the course of the bronchia and trachea. Bronchial Nerves. The nerves of the bron- chia, furnished by the two pulmonary plexuses. Bronchial Tubes. The minute ramifications of the bronchia, terminating in the bronchial or air-cells of the lungs. Bronchial Veins. The veins which arise from the left division of the bronchial arteries. Bronchiectasis. Dilatation of one or more of the bronchial tubes. Bronchiosteno'sis. Contraction or narrowing of the bronchi. Bronchitis. Inflammation oi the lining membrane of the bronchial tubes. Bronchlemmi'tis. Croup. Bronchoce le. From v, a tumor. The Derbyshire neck ; wen ; goitre. A tumor on the forepart BRO 99 BUC of the neck, resulting from an enlargement of the thyroid gland. Brmielionli'ony. Bronchial resonance of the voice. The sound of the voice, heard by means of the stethoscope, in the bronchia. Bron / cho - Pneumonia. From fip°YX C, bronchus, and pneumonia. Inflamma- tion of the bronchia and lungs. Bronchorrhoe'a. From Bpoyxog, bron- chus, and pew, I flow. Increased secretion of mucus from the air-passages. Broiicliot/oiny. Bronchotom'ia ; from Bpoyxor, the windpipe, and TEfxvu, to cut. Tracheotomy ; an operation which consists in making an opening into the larynx or trachea for the removal of foreign bodies, or the ad- mission of air to the lungs. Bron'clms. The trachea, or windpipe ; also its first divisions. Bronze. An alloy of copper and tin. Brown Crown. An artificial, all- porcelain crown, which is attached to a natural root by means of an iridio -platinum pin baked in position. The pin has the greatest strength at the neck of the tooth, where the strain is heaviest, and this strength is further increased by extending the porcelain up on to the pin. Brown Spar. Pearl Spar. Siderocalcite. A white, red, brown, or black spar, harder than the calcareous. Bru'cia. Brucine. A vegetable alkali, extracted from the bark of the false angustura, or brucea antidysenterica. Dose gr. j. Bruissement. A French term for the purring tremor ; same as Bruit. Bruit. Sound. A term from the French, applied in Pathology to the sounds heard on auscultation and percussion. Brun / ner's Glands. Brunneri glan- dular. The muciparous follicles situated be- tween the villous and cellular coats of the small intestines. Bruns / wick Green. Friesland Green. An ammonio-chloride of copper, used as a pig- ment. Brush. An instrument for cleansing the teeth, for finishing metallic appliances for the mouth, and for the application of a solu- tion of borax to pieces of metal that are to be united by soldering. See Tooth Brush, Polishing Brush, and Pencillus. Brushes are also used for other purposes, as rubbing the surface of the body, painting, &c. Bru / ta. Juniperus sabina. The Savin plant. Bru'tia. A resinous pitch, obtained from Brutia, in Italy, and used to make tin; Olium Picinum. Bryg 1I1US. Bpvy/iog, Stridor dentium. Grinding of the teeth. Bryo'nia. From Bpvo, to abound, from its abundance. Bryony ; also a genus of plants of the order Cucurbitaceee. Bryonia Al'ba. White bryony. The root is purgative, hydragogue, emmenagogue, diuretic, and, when fresh, emetic. Bryonia Mechoacan'na Nigricans. Convolvu- lus jalapa. The jalap plant. Bu'bo. From BovBuv, the groin. A tumor of the glands of the groin, and also of the axilla, resulting from local absorption of irritating matter, such as venereal poison, or it may be symptomatic of constitutional dis- ease. Bu/bon. In Botany, a genus of plants of the order Umbelliferce. Bubon Gal'banum. The name of the plant from which the officinal galbanum, at first a gummy resinous juice, but which soon becomes concrete, is obtained. Bubonal'gia. From BovBov, the groin j and aXyoc, pain. Pain in the groin. Bubonocele From BovBuv, the groin, and Krfkri, a tumor. Inguinal hernia, or rup- ture of the groin. Bubonorex'is. From BovBcov, the groin, and pv^C, a rupture. Bubonocele accompanied by division of the peritoneum. Bubon'nius. A painful swelling of the lymphatics of the penis extending along the dorsum of that organ to the groin. It occas- ionally accompanies gonorrhose. Buc / ca. Gnathos. The mouth. The hollow of the cheeks. Also, the vulva. Buc / cal. Buccalis, from bucca, the mouth, or rather cheek. Belonging to the mouth, and especially the cheeks. Buccal Artery. The submaxillary artery. Buccal Glands are small round racemose or compound tubular glands, smaller than the la- bial glands, and situated between the mucous membrane and the buccinator muscle, their ducts opening on the mucous membrane. Buccal Membrane. The mucous membrane which lines the cavity of the mouth. Buccal Nerve. Called also the Bwcco- Labialis. A branch of the inferior maxillary nerve going to the Buccinator muscles. Buccal Teeth. The teeth behind the canines are so called because they are situated on the BUC 100 BUP inside of the cheeks. In the human subject they are the bicuspids and molars. Buc'cca. From Bucca, the cheek. A polypus of the nose, because it was supposed to come from the mouth ; also, a morsel, a mouthful. Buccella'tio. A method of arresting hemorrhage, by the application of small pieces of lint to the bleeding vessels. Buccinator. From buccina, a trumpet; so named from its agency in forcing the wind into the trumpet. The buccinator, or trump- eter's muscle, which is broad and flat, forming a large portion of the walls of the cheek. Buc'CO. Blub-cheeked or wide-mouthed. Bucco-Facial Obturator. An instrument for closing an opening caused by a wound or dis- ease, through the cheek into the cavity of the mouth. The inconvenience resulting from a very considerable opening from the mouth through the wall of the cheek, is a very serious one, and the closure or replacement of it with an artificial substitute that can be worn with convenience, becomes an object of great im- portance. When it can be done with natural integument, by means of a plastic operation, it is certainly better than any mere mechanical appliance, but inasmuch as it cannot always be closed by means of a surgical operation, an artificial obturator sometimes becomes indis- pensable, and in France it has been success- fully applied. In treating upon bucco-facial obturators, M> Delabarre says : " In order to construct a proper and capable instrument for filling this indication, it is only necessary to take an im- pression of the wound with soft wax. From the model procured from this, a gold, platiua [or celluloid] cap is formed, composed of two parts, entering the one within the other, cov- ered with a shield or plate. That for the mouth should be slightly concave, whilst that for the face should be slightly convex. If the loss of substance embraces the duct from the gland, it will be necessary, for the escape of the saliva in the mouth, to form a new chan- nel, by making it pass through a pipe formed in the appliance, and opening through the buccal plate. Finally, the surface of the facial plate [if of metal] may be rendered unequal by cutting it with a knife, and afterwards cov- ering it with enamel," of a pale rose color, slightly tinged with yellow, so as to make it resemble the natural skin. Bucco-Labial. Bucco-Labialis. Belonging to the cheek and lips. A name sometimes applied to a nerve of variable origin, but generally a branch of the inferior maxillary. See Buccal Nerve. BuC 'co-Pharyngeal. Belonging to the mouth and pharynx. Buc / Cllla. From bucca, the mouth. A small mouth ; the fleshy part under the chin. Bucll/u. Diosma crenata, a South African plant. Leaves of the Barosma crenata are stimulant and diuretic. Used in irritation of the bladder. Dose of powder, gr. xx to xxx ; of infusion, ^ j to ij ; of fluid extract, 5 j. Buck'honi. Powdered. Calcined. Used by dentists for polishing enamel, and fillings, and for removing light deposits of tartar. Bucne / mia. From fSov, a Greek aug- mentation, and Kvr]UT] y the leg. A diffuse in- flammatory swelling of the leg. Bucnemia Spargano'sis. Phlegmasia dolens. Bucnemia Trop'ica. Elphantiasis Arabum. Bllf'fy Coat. Corium Phlogisticum. The grayish crust or buff which appears on the sur- face of the coagulum of blood drawn in certain states of disease. Bugan'tia. Chilblain. Bulb. Parts of the body which have a bulbous shape, as the bulb of a tooth; the bulb of the urethra ; the bulb or root of the hair ; the bulb or globe of the eye. &c Bulb of the Ure'thra. The bulb-like com- mencement of the corpus spongiosum penis : hence the included urethra is called the bulb- ous portion. Bulbif'erous. From bulbus, and fero, to bear. Bulb-bearing. Having one or more bulbs. Bul'bo-Caveruosus. So called from its origin and insertion. The accelerator urina* muscle. Bul'bous. A bulb. In Anatomy, parts of the body which bear some resemblance to the root of a bulbous plant. Bulim'ia. Boulimus. Canine appetite. Bui 'la. A clear vesicle arising from burns, scalds, or other causes ; a blister. BiuVodontS. Those ungulates in which the surfaces of the molar teeth are covered by rounded or conical cusps. BluVYOll. Bun' ion : from j&wwf ; an eminence. Inflammation and swelling of the bursa mucosa at the inside of the ball of the great toe. Bupeiim. See Bulimia. BuplitliariUUS. From 3ovc, an ox. and BUR 101 BYT ocb&aX/xor, an eye. Hydropthalmia. Dropsy of j the eye. Bur Drills. Dental instruments for opening and forming cavities, of spherical, cone-shaped, cylindrical, and wheel forms. Flexible burs and drills having spring-temp- ered stems are used for opening and preparing nerve canals. These instruments are generally used in connection with a socket handle or bur thimble, or in the hand-piece of the dental engine. Bur'gundy Pitch. The prepared resin of the Plrius abies. Bu'ris. A scirrhous hernia, or hard abscess. Burn. Ainbmtio. An injury or lesion produced by the action or application of too great heat. Bur'nea. Pinus sylvestris ; pitch. Burnett's Disinfects ug Liquid. See Disinfecting Liquid, Burnett's. Bur'nisher. An instrument used in polishing different kinds of metals, and in the laboratory of the dentist, for finishing pieces of dental mechanism. The burnishers used by dentists are generally made of steel, and have differently shaped, rounded, and highly pol- ished points, so that they may be readily applied to any part of the surface to be pol- ished. Burnishers are also sometimes made of firm, fine-grained wood, bone, agate, or other stone. Burnt Al'um. See Alumen Exsic- catum. Burnt Sponge. Spongia usta. Sponge cut into pieces and burnt in a close iron vessel until it becomes black and friable, then rubbed into very fine powder. Blurring' Engine. A dental appliance for the use of burs, etc., in forming cavities, etc. See Dental, Engine. Burring Engine, Electro-Magnetic. A dental engine, the motive power of which is elec- tricity. See Dental, Engine. Bur'sa. From j3vpaa, a leather bottle. A bag or purse. Bursa Cor'dis. Pericardium. Bursa Tesfium. The scrotum. Bui^sse Mucosae. Small membra- nous bags or sacks, situated about articular cavities, filled with an oily mucus for lubri- cating the tendons, muscles and bones. Bursa? Synovia' les. Bursae mucosae. Bur'sal. Relating to the bursas mucosae. Bur'sula. Scrotum. Bur Tllim'ble. An open ring for the middle or index finger, with a socket attached, in which rests the end of the handle of the drill used in excavating a cavity in a tooth, preparatory to filling it. Bu / tea Gum. A gum from natural fis- sures and wounds made in the bark of the Butea frondosa, a leguminous plant of India. Bu'tiga. Gutta rosea. But'ter of Ant'imony. A sesqui- chloride of antimony. Bu / tua. See Pareiba Brava. Butyl Chloral. Formula: C,H 5 C1 3 0. It is analogous to chloral, and forms a hydrate, but is weaker. It is similar in its physiologi- cal action to chloral. ButyraK Oxyhydrate of Butyryl. A clear, thin liquid obtained by the dry distilla- tion of butyrate of lime. Butyric Acid. A clear, thin acid liquid, obtained by saponifying butter. Butyrin 7 . The fatty matter of butter. It is a butyrate of oxide of lipyl. Butyrone'. A colorless fluid, of pecu- liar penetrating odor and burning taste, ob- tained with butyral by cautiously heating butyrate of lime. Buty / rum. Butter. Butyrum Antimonii. 3Iurias Antimonii. But- ter of antimony. Butyrum Unci. Chloride of zinc. Buty / ryl. The base of butyric acid, etc. C 8 H 7 . By'ne. Bwtj. Malt. Byretli / runi. A sort of cap filled with cephalic substances. Byr'sa. From (ivpaa, a hide. A leather skin to spread plasters upon. Bysau / clien. From jSvu, to stop up, and avxnv, the neck. Morbid stiffness of the neck. Bys / Solite. From (Hvocog, flax, and litioc, a stone. A fibrous mineral found on the Alps. By s 'sos. The vulva. In Italy it is woven into clothes, which are worn, it is supposed, with benefit by rheumatic patients. By'thus. Bv&og, depth. The fundus of the stomach. 102 CAC C. C. Chemical symbol for carbon; also an abbreviation for Congius, a gallon, and for Cathode. Ca. Symbol for calcium. C. M. Abbreviation for eras mane, to- morrow morning. C. N. Abbreviation for eras node, to-mor- row night. Caape / ba. Pareira brava. Cab. Alchemical term for gold. Cab'alline. A coarse kind of aloes. Cabaret/. Asarum. CacaVmia. CacJwemia ; from name, bad, and aifia, blood. A bad condition of the blood. Cacsestlie / sis. From Kuicog, and aiG$7j- cic, feeling. Morbid sensation ; indisposition. Caca'o. The chocolate nut. See Theo- beoma. Caca / tion. Defecation. Cacepliebote^ia. From kukoc, bad, and etyefioTTjc, puberty. Morbid puberty. Disease occurring at the period of puberty. Cacliec / tic. Pertaining to cachexia. Caclielco / llia. KuKog, bad, and eakoc, an ulcer. A malignant ulcer. Cacliex'ise. An important class of dis- eases in the Nosology of Cullen and Sau- vages, depending upon a depressed habit of body. Cachexia Splenica. The cachexy accompanying enlarged spleen. Cachexia Vene'rea. Syphilis. Cacliex'y. From kcikoc, bad, and e$ig, a habit. A depravid habit or condition of the body, as scorbutic, cancerous, etc. Cachiiina / tion. From cachinno, I laugh. Excessive laughter, a symptom of hysterical and other affections. CaclFolong'. A species of quartz. Ca'chou. Catechu. Cacoclio'lia. From kcikoc, bad, and x°^V, bile. A vitiated or depraved condition of the bile. Cac / OCliroi. From kukoc, bad, and xP oa , color. Diseases in which the complexion is changed. CacocliyFia. From kukoc, bad, and x v ~ ?»og, chyle. Depraved chylification. Cacocliym / ia. From kcikoc, bad, and Xv/noc, juice, humor. A morbid or depraved condition of the humors. Cacocne'mos. From kukoc, bad, and Kpqjur?, the leg. A defect in the legs. CaCOCOFpia. From kcikoc, bad, and koa- 7roc, the womb* or vulva. A putrid condition of the vulva and vaginal entrance. Cacocore / ina. From ko.k.oc, bad, and Kopeu, I purge or cleanse. A medicine which purges off morbid or vitiated humors. Caco'dia. From KUKog, bad, and a<>, to smell. Anosmia, or defect in the sense of smelling. CacodyF. From kcikoc, bad, and odvc, odor. A limpid, ethereal liquid of a fetid odor, resembling arsenical compounds derived from acetyl. CacodyFic Acid. Alcargen; an acid obtained by oxidation of cacodyl and its oxide. Cacoe'tlies. From kclkoc, and ydoc, dis- position. A bad habit of body, or a malig- nant sore. Cacogalac'tia. From kcikoc, and ycika, milk. A bad or vitiated condition of the milk. CacogeiFesis. From kukoc, bad, and yevEotc, origin. A morbid, monstrous or pa- thological growth or product. Cacomor'pliia. From kukoc, and uop bhto, to cover. The outermost of the enveloping organs of a flower. The flower-cup. The membranous cup or sac surrounding one or two of the pap- illa? of the kidney. Cam'billill. In Physiology, the nutritious humors supposed to be elaborated from the blood to repair the losses, and accomplish the increase of the various organs of the body. In Botany, a colorless, viscid juice, found in the spring between the bark and wood of trees, which, it is supposed, becomes gradually organ- ized, assuming the vegetable structure. In Dental Physiology, a layer of roundish cells with processes internal to the outer part of the peri- osteum about the root of a tooth ; and. forming a part of it. Cambodia. From Cambodia, in the East Indies, where it is obtained. Gamboge, which see. Caillbll'ea. Cambucca Membrata. A bubo or ulcer in the groin or near the genitals. Camera. A chamber or cavity. Applied to the chambers of the eye. Camera luci'da. An instrument making the image of any object appear on the wall in a light room. Camera Obscura. An optical apparatus for CAM 107 CAN throwing the image of external objects on a white surface, in a dark room, and representing them in their proper colors and shapes. Campa'na. A bell. In Chemistry, a dish or cover shaped like a bell, used in making sulphuric acid. Campan'ulate. Bell-shaped. Camphene', or Camphine. A sub- stance procured from common turpentine; with an equivalent of oxygen it forms camphor. Camplio-Plienique. A limpid, volatile fluid with a hot, aromatic taste, and the odor of camphor. Obtained from the chemical union of carbolic acid and camphor. It is antiseptic, anaesthetic, and germicide. Cam'phor. From the Arabian Caphur or kampkur. Camphor ; a concrete substance, derived from the Laurus Carnphora, and puri- fied by sublimation ; of a crystalline texture, strong fragrant odor, and possessing narcotic and diaphoretic properties. In Dental Practice the tincture, or " spirits of camphor," is used to allay pain arising from a near exposure of the dental pulp, and of sensitive dentine ; and for the pain following the extraction of teeth affected with periodontitis ; also in periosteal inflammation, combined with creasote or car- bolic acid, it is thought to have the power of modifying the escharotic action of these agents. The oil is preferred by some. Camphor, Borneo. See Borneo Camphor. Camphor, Liquid. Camphor oil ; the fluid obtained from the young camphor tree, Dryo- balanops Carnphora, by incision into the tree. Camphor, Oil of. Nitrate of Camphor. A solu- tion of camphor in dilute nitric acid; also applied to liquid camphor, and liniment of camphor. Cam'phor Water. Aqua Carnphora. U. S. Mistura Camphorce. Camphor mixture ; a mixture of camphor, alcohol, carbonate of magnesia, and distilled water. Cam'phora Officina'mm. The Laurus Carnphora, or camphor tree, a native of China and Japan. Camphorae Flo'res Compos'iti. Camphor sublimed with benzoin. Camphora'ta. See Camphorosma. Cam'phorate. Camphoras. A salt re- sulting from the union of camphoric acid with a salifiable base. Camphorated. Relating to, or con- taining camphor. Camphorated Tincture of Opium. See Pare- goric. Camphoric Acid. Acidum camphori- cum. An acid obtained by repeated distillation of nitric acid from camphor. Cam'pliroiic. A light oily substance obtained by dropping pieces of camphor into a porcelain tube containing quick lime, heated to redness and condensing the vapor. Campylo'tis. From Kafirrv/,or y bent, a preternatural incurvation of a part; also a distortion of the eyelids. Cam'wood. A red dye-wood, the product of the Baphia nitida, a native of Sierra Leone. Canadensis. Canadian; the name of a balsam. See Canada Balsam. Cail / adol. A transparent liquid, very volatile, and resembling benzine in odor, which is an effective local anaesthetic in minor surgical operations. Canal. Canalis ; ductus ; meatus. A chan- nel or passage for fluids or solids ; a tube ; a duct ; the prolongation of a foramen for some distance in a bone. Canal, Alimentary. The canal leading from the mouth to the anus. Canal, ArachnoFdian. A canal, supposed to have been discovered by Bichat, formed by the extension of the arachnoid over the transverse and longitudinal fissure of the brain, and which surrounds the vena magna galeni. Cruveilhier denies the existence of this canal. Canal, Arte' rial. Ductus arteriosus. Canal, Hy'aloid. A cylindrical body formed by the reflection of the hyaloid membrane into the interior of the vitreous body. Canal, Intestinal. That portion of the ali- mentary canal formed by the intestines. Canal, Medullary. The cylindrical cavity in the shaft of a long bone. Canal, Na'sal, Lachrymal canal. Canal of Fonta'na. The minute vascular canal situated within the ciliary ligament. It is also termed the ciliary canal. Canal of Ja'cobson. Tympanic canal. Canal of Nuck. A cylindrical sheath formed around the round ligaments of the uterus by a prolongation of the peritoneum into the inguinal canal. Canal of Petit A triangular canal, situated immediately around the -circumference of the crystalline lens. Canal of Sch/emm. A minute circular canal at the junction of the sclerotica and conjunctiva. Canal, Spi'nal. Vertebral canal. Canal, Tympa'nic. A canal opening on the lower surface of the petrous portion of the temporal bone, containing Jacobson's nerve. CAN 108 CAN Canalic'llfate. Canalic' ulatus. Chan- nelled ; furrowed ; grooved. Canaliculus; plural, Canaliculi. Diminutive of canalis, a canal. A small canal. Applied in Anatomy to some large lacunae which secrete mucus in the urethra. In bone, the small canals through which nutrition is con- veyed to all parts of the structure. Each lacuna is the outlet of a number of canaliculi. Cana/lis Arteriosus. Arterial duct; a vessel through which the blood passes in the foetus from the pulmonary artery into the aorta, but which is obliterated after birth. Canalis Semicircula'ris. The semi-circular canal. There are three in the posterior por- tion of the labyrinth of each ear, which open by five orifices into the vestibulum. Canalis, Veno'sus. A canal which conveys the blood in the foetus from the porta of the liver to the ascending vena cava, but it ceases to exist after birth. CanceUa/tllS. Cancellous, Cancellus. From cancelU. Having a latticed appearance ; cancellated ; formed of cancelli. CanceFli. Lattice-work. The reticular or spongy texture of bones, consisting of num- erous cells communicating with each other. They contain a fatty matter like marrow. Cair'cer. Kapnu-'og. Literally, a crab. In Zoology, a genus of crustaceous animals. In Pathology, a scirrhous tumor, generally termi- nating in a fatal ulcer, called by the Greeks carcinoma, from xapKcvoc, a crab, from the resemblance of the affected part and the sur- rounding raised veins to that animal. The disease is ordinarily attended with severe lan- cinating pain, and the texture of the affected part is exceedingly variable. The following are the species enumerated by Dr. Bayle : 1. The Chondroid ; from x 0l 'dp°C, cartilage, and etdoc, likeness, or cartilaginiform. 2. The Hyaloid; from va?Mg, glass, and eifioc, likeness, or vitriform. 3. The Larinoid ; from lapivog, fat, and etdog, likeness, or lardiform. 4. The Bunio'id; from ftvvcov, sl turnip, and eidog, likeness, or napiform. 5. The Encephaloid; from eyas^a/ioc, the brain, and ei6oc, likeness, or cerebriform. 6. The Colloid ; from koa/m, glue, and eiduc, likeness, or gelatiniform. 7. The Compound cancerous, the Mixed can- cerous, and the Superficial cancerous. Cancer Cell. The cell which is supposed to characterize cancer. Cancer, Gale'ni. A cancer bandage, or a bandage with eight tails for the head. Cancer, Mundito'rum. Cancer Scroti. Chim- ney-sweeper's cancer. An irregular, super- ficial, painful ulceration, occurring in the scrotum of chimney-sweepers. Can / cerous. Pertaining to cancer. Can / croid. Cancroideus ; from cancer, and eidoc, form. Having the appearance of a cancer. Can / cnun O'ris. Gangrenous Stomaii'tis. Phagedena Oris. Canker of the mouth; a spreading ulceration of the gums, inside the lips and cheeks, and it may occur in any part of the buccal cavity or fauces, attended with a preternatural flow of saliva — inflammation and tumefaction of the neighboring parts — fetid breath, fever, and constipation. The disease is usually confined to children of from two to six years of age, and is supposed to result from a debilitated state of the body, induced by want ; of cleanliness and improper food. The disease evidently has some of the ! characteristics of gangrenous inflammation of the gums, as well as of other affections, which I consist of ulceration of the gums and exfolia- j tion of the alveolar processes ; yet it differs I from both of these in many particulars, and therefore should not be confounded with either. j The last-named affection, we believe, never oc- curs among the wealthy, but seems always to be confined to children of the poor, and to be dependent upon defective nutrition, bad air, and a cachectic habit of the body ; whereas | cancrum oris is occasionally met with among : children of the wealthier classes of society. In the treatment of the disease, as soon as the affection is recognized, the ulcer should be destroyed with fuming nitric acid ; any I delay will insure fatal consequences. Disin- fectant washes should be constantly employed, and the strength maintained by the free use of stimulants and tonics. Hydrochloric acid is recommended by some, instead of nitric acid, for application to the ulcer. Astringent : washes are also serviceable in the after treat - i ment. Caii'didum Ovi. The white of an egg. Canel'la. A genus of plants of the order Meliojceoz. Cane I la Al'ba. The laurel-leaved canella, the bark of which is a stimidant and pungent aromatic. It is added to bitters and cathar- I tics. Dose, gr. x to xxx. Can / icae. Meal containing much bran. CAN" 109 CAO Canic'ida. Aconite. Canine 7 . Pertaining to or partaking of the nature of a dog. Canine Fos'sa. A depression in the outer surface of the superior maxillary bone, above the canine or cuspid tooth. Canine Teeth. Denies canini; cynodontes ; denies laniard; denies angularcs ; cuspidati; con- oi.des ; eye-teeth. See Cuspid Teeth, Cani'nus. From canis, a dog. A cuspid tooth is so called because, it resembles that of a dog. See Cuspid Teeth. It is also the name of a muscle, the levator anguli oris, be- cause it is situated near the canine tooth. Cailiram. Stryclmos mix vomica. Cam/ties. Grayness of hair. Can'ker. A corroding ulcer in the mouth. See Cancpum Oris. Can / iia. A reed or hollow cane. The fibula has been so called from its resemblance to a reed. Canna Fis'tula. See Cassia Fistula. Canna In'dica. See Sagittaria Alexi- PHAPMICA. Canna Ma'jor. The tibia. Canna Mi'nor Cru'ris. The fibula. Cail / na"bine. Cannabi'na. Cannabis hemp. A resin extracted from the Canna- bis Indica. Cannabis. A genus of plants of the order Urticacece. Hemp. Cannabis In'dica. India Hemp. The hemp cultivated in the East is thought to be different from the common hemp ; but the two plants are regarded by most botanists as identical. It is admitted, however, that the former is more powerful in its action upon the system. An intoxicating liquor is prepared from the leaves, under the name of bang, or ganga, in India. It is a true cerebral stimulant, and may be emplojed when opium cannot be. One-half to one grain will produce sleep. In dental practice it is applied to exposed pulps to relieve the pain. Dose of tincture, gtt. xx to xxx. Cannabis Sati'va. Common hemp. The tops of this plant have a strong narcotic smell, causing giddiness, dimness of sight and a species of intoxication. Can / nel Coal. A bituminous substance, which yields on combustion a bright flame, with little or no smoke. Cannula. A tubular surgical instru- ment, consisting of a tube or sheath obliquely pointed and a stiletto or stylet, introduced into a cavity or tumor, to drain or draw off the fluid. Canthar'idal Collo'dion. Collodium cum Cantharide. Is composed of cantharides, sulphuric ether and acetic acid, in two ounces of which mixture twenty-five grains of gun cotton are dissolved. It is an effectual vesi- cant, and in Dental Practice is a valuable application in periodontitis, relieving the inflammation by counter-irritation. It is ap- plied by means of a camel's-hair brush to the gum over the root of the affected tooth, and the blister which results is punctured with a needle. See Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." Canthar'idine. From eanthaiis, Span- ish fly. The active principle in Cantharides, on which their vesicating quality depends. Can/tharis. Cantharis vesicatoria ; nav- ■&apic, a beetle. The blister-beetle ; Spanish fly. A genus of Coleopterous insects contain- ing many species. Cantharides, when taken internally, are powerfully stimulant, produ- cing a peculiar effect upon the urinary and genital organs ; applied externally, they ex- cite inflammation of the skin, and a copious secretion of serum under the cuticle. Dose, gr. ss to gr. j, in a pill, with opium or extract of henbane and camphor, twice a day. Dose of the tincture, gtt. x. See Cantharldal Collodion. Cantlli / tis. Canthus. Inflammation of the angle of one or both eyes. Can'tlioplasty. Kav&oc, the angle of the eye, and irAaocu, to form. The operation of transplanting a portion of the conjunctiva of the eye-ball to the external canthus of the eye-lids. Can / tlius. Kavftoc. The angle or corner of the eye. Can / ula. Diminutive of canna, a reed. Cannula. A. small tube used in surgery. See Cannula. Caoiit/cliine. A volatile oil obtained by the destructive distillation of caoutchouc. Caoutchouc Indian rubber; gum- elastic. The milky, concrete juice obtained principally from the Siphonia elastica, or Si- phonia cahuchu, a South American tree. It is remarkable for its elasticity, and, being insol- uble in water and alcohol, is applied to va- rious valuable purposes. It is used as a base for artificial teeth, etc. ; also in the manufac- ture of catheters, bougies, pessaries, and in the prosthesis of the velum palati. It did not, however, answer very well at first for this lat- CAO 110 CAP ter purpose, as the secretions of the mouth and nasal cavities soon destroyed it. But this objection has been completely obviated by the discovery of a peculiar method of preparing it, vulcanizing the rubber. See India Rub- ber, and also Vulcanite. Ca'oiltchoucill. Caoutchouc^ 'na. The principle on which the properties of caout- chouc depend. Caphopic'rite. From mcpeu, to inhale, and ~!Kpoc, bitter. The bitter principle of rhubarb. Caph/ora. Caphura. Camphor. Capillaire. A syrup employed as a de- mulcent in coughs. Cap'illary. Capillar is ; from capillus, the hair. Resembling a hair; hair-like; small. It is applied to the extreme radicles of the arteries and veins. A minute blood-vessel, connecting the smallest ramifications of the arteries with those of the veins. Also a very minute fissure in the skull ; also the intercel- lular biliary passages. Capillary Attraction. The power by which a liquid rises higher in a fine tube than the surface of the liquid iu which one end of it is placed. Capiliic / ulllS. Capillus, the hair. The arterial and venous radicles pervading more minutely than the capillaries, the ultimate elements of every organ. Capil / lus. The hair. Capis'trum. Literally, a bridle. The single split-cloth bandage used in fractures and other injuries of the lower jaw. Capital. Capitalis. Belonging to the head. Applied to surgical operations ; it de- notes those of greater magnitude, as amputa- tions, excisions, etc. Cap'itrite. From cap ut, the head. Headed; terminated in a head or sudden enlargement. Capit/llliuil. Diminutive of caput, head. A term applied to any protuberance of bone received into a hollow part of another bone. Capitilu / vilUll. From caput, the head, and lavarre, to wash. A lotion or bath for the head. Capitit/ralia. Instruments to draw down the head of the foetus. Capito'iies. Foetuses whose heads are so large as to interfere with delivery. Capit/lllum. Diminutive of caput, the head. A small head or knot. In Chemistry, an alembic. Capi/vi Oil. See Copaiba. Capiiis'mos. Fumigation. CapilO / lliar. From kottvoc, smoke, jioipa, part. A volatile, transparent liquid, obtained from tar, and having the property of dissol- ving caoutchouc. Capping the ^Nerve of a Tooth. An operation first recommended by Dr. Koecker for the purpose of protecting an exposed den- tal pulp from injury in filling a tooth. See Dental Pulp, Exposed. Cap'rate. A combination of capric acid with a base. CapreohVris. From capreolus, a ten- dril. Capreolatus. Twisted, contorted; ap- plied by some to the spermatic vessels. Cap'ric Acid. A volatile acid of a dis- agreeable odor, obtained from butter on its conversion into soap. CapryFic Acid. An acid combined with glycerine to form a glyceride existing in vari- ous animal fats. Caprilo / qiiium. JEgophony. Cap rill ic Acid. An acid with a sweet- like odor, obtained from butter in fine acicular ] crystals. Cap'rinyl. The organic radical of the ! foregoing. Oil of rue is supposed to be its oxyhydrate. Its formula is C, H 19 . Capro / ic Acid. See Capponic Acid. Caproii/ic Acid. A clear, oily, unpleas- j antly smelling fluid, obtained from cocoanut oil, 1 butter, and Limburg cheese. Cap'ronyl. The basis of the foregoing. Formula C 12 H n . Cap'siciil. An acrid resin obtained from Cayenne pepper. Cap'sicum. From Ka-ru, to bite; be- cause of its effect on the mouth. A genus of plants of the order Solanaceiv. Capsicum An 'nuum, Cayenne pepper : Guinea pepper. It is a powerful stimulant, and pro- duces, when taken into the stomach, a sense of heat and a glow upon the skin. It is used as a condiment, and is valuable as a medicinal agent. Dose, gr. v. In Dental Practice, the tincture, Tinctura Capsici, is useful in acute | periodontitis, when it is necessary to hasten suppuration, also in the chronic form to resolve the inflammatory products. It is also useful to stimulate the gums in chronic inflammation | and ulceration, and in chronic alveolar abscess, and in recession of the gums from the necks of the teeth. As a local stimulant and counter- irritant, it may be placed in a small bag, or be applied in the form of a capsicum plaster CAP 111 CAR applied to the gum over the root of the affected tooth. For other dental uses see Gorged Den- tal Medicine. Cai> / Slila. Diminutive of capsa, a chest or case. A capsule. A membranous bag in- closing a part of the body, as the capsular ligament, the capsule of the crystalline lens, &c. The matrices or sacs of the teeth are sometimes called capsules. In Botany, the mem- branous pericardium or seed-vessels of a plant. Capsu/a Atrabilia'ris. The supra-renal cap- sules, or supra-renal glands ; two flattened tri- angular bodies, one on each side, surmounting the corresponding kidney. Capsu/a Cordis. Capsule of the Heart. The pericardium. Capsu/a Lumba'ris. The receptaculum chyli. Capsular. Capsularis. Having the form, or partaking of the nature, of a capsule. Capsular Lig 'ament. A kind of ligamentous bag surrounding every movable articulation, aud containing the synovia. Capsule. Capsula. A tunic or bag which encloses a part of the body. Capsule, Gelatinous. An envelope of gelatin inclosing copaiba and other disagreeable oils, to conceal their taste. Capsule of G'isson. A dense cellular mem- brane surrounding the vena portae in its most minute ramifications in the liver, described by Glisson. Capsule, Renal. Supra-renal capsule. See Capsula Atrabiliaris. Capsule, Seminal. A name given by Bartho- line to the dilatation of the extremity of the vas deferens. Some anatomists give this name to the vesiculce seminales. Capsule, Sy no' vial. A membranous bag en- veloping an articulation, and secreting a lubri- cating fluid. Capsulitis. Capsula, a capsule. Inflam- mation of the capsule of the eye. Ca'put. The head, cranium, or skull ; the upper extremity of a bone, as the head of the femur. Also, the origin of a muscle, as the long head of the biceps ; and it is sometimes applied to a protuberance resembling a head, as also to the beginning of a part. Caput Gallinag'inis. Verumonta'num. A pro- tuberance in the urethra in men, situated before the neck of the bladder. Caput Ob'stipum. Wry neck. Caput Pur' gum. A remedy which causes a defiuxion from the head, as an errhine, siala- gogue, &c. Caput Scapulas. Acromion. Caput Succeda'neum. A swelling of the head of the foetus, which occurs in certain cases of labor. Caput Tes / tis. The epididymis. Car'abllS. A genus of Coleopterous in- sects. Two species, the Crysocephalus and Fer- rugineus, were at one time much vaunted us a remedy for toothache, and even quite recently they were highly recommended in Germany for this purpose. They were first rubbed be- tween the thumb and finger, and then applied to the affected tooth and gum. See Coccinella Septempunctata. Carail / na. Caran'nozgummi; caragna. A concrete resinous substance, having an aromatic smell and bitter taste. Car'at. From the Arab kyrat, a weight, or from nepaTiov, a small weight, or, according to some, from kuara, an African term for the bean used by the natives of the Gold Coast for weighing gold dust. A weight of four grains, used in weighing diamonds. It is also used in reference to the fineness of gold. For example, suppose the mass spoken of "to weigh 24 carats, of twelve grains each ; and the pure gold is called fine. Thus, if gold is said to be 22 carats fine, or standard, it is implied that \ | are pure gold, and 2 \ alloy. In the process of assaying gold, the real quantity taken is very small, generally from six to twelve grains ; and this is termed the assay pound. It is sub- divided into 24 carats, and each carat into four assay grains, and each grain into quarters ; so that there are three hundred and eighty -four separate reports for gold. When the gold assay pound is only six grains, the quarter assay grain only weighs l-t)4 of a grain. This will give some idea of the accuracy required in the weights and scales used for such delicate operations." * The still further division of the carat brings it to ^. 2 of the original weight. This method of exposing the fineness of gold, however, is gradually yielding to the more scientific decimal mode. Caraway. See Carum. Car bo Auima'lis. Carbo camis. Ani- mal charcoal. Ivory-black. See Charcoal, Animal. Carbo Foss.'lis. Stone coal. Carbo Ligni. Charcoal of wood. Carbohydrates. Hydrates of carbon. Organic substances composed of nearly equal parts of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. Cel- * Brand's Encyclopedia. CAR 112 CAR lulose, starch, and sugar belong to this class. Carbol'ic Acid, or Plienole. Phenic acid. Obtained from coal-tar, and when per- fectly pure is a colorless crystallized solid, and of a taste at first pungent, and then sweet. Its odor is like that of tar. It is very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzole. For dental use it is rendered fluid, by diluting it with a little Cologne water. It is, chemically, an alcohol rather than an acid. It is used in Dentistry as an application to the exposed pulp of a tooth, preparatory to filling it, when without its aid the general practice would be to destroy the pulp ; also, to sensitive dentine. Diluted, it is allowed to remain in contact with the pulp of a tooth for ten minutes in the conservative treatment of the organ. Some regard the superficial eschar caused by the strong acid Avhen applied to the exposed surface of the pulp, as an important factor in its treatment for preservation. When applied to sensitive dentine it is allowed to remain from five to fifteen minutes. Combined with glycerine in the proportion of 1 part to 30 parts of glycerine, it is a valuable injection for chronic forms of alveolar abscess. Carbolic acid is also used for putrescent pulps, but has given place to agents possessing greater germ- icidal power. It is also employed in inflam- matory conditions of the oral mucous mem- brane. It is also used for the same purpose as creasote, which see. For dental uses, &c, see G or gas' Dental Medicine. CarbometliyPic Acid. An acid re- sulting from the action of carbonic acid upon pyroxylic spirit. Car'boil. From carbo, coal. Charcoal. Symbol C. Atomic weight, 12. A non-metal occurring in various forms of diamond, graph- ite, or black lead, and charcoal. In Chemistry this term is used to signify a pure combustible base of the varieties of charcoal and other carbonaceous substances. The diamond is the purest form of crystallized carbon. Carbon, Min'eral. A term applied to char- coal with various proportions of earth and iron, without bitumen. It has a silky lustre, and the fibrous texture of w T ood. It is found stratified with various kinds of coal. Carbon, Sesqui-lodide of. A yellow precipi- tate, obtained by adding water to an alcoholic solution of iodine deprived of its color by potassa. It has been used in glandular and cutaneous affections. Carbon, Su/phuret of. A transparent, color- less fluid, of an unpleasant taste and smell. It was formerly supposed to be diaphoretic, diu- retic, emmenagogue, and antispasmodic. Carbon Tetrachloride. The formula is CC1 4 . An anaesthetic resembling chloroform, but is very dangerous. Carbonaceous. Carbo, coal, carbon. Of the nature of carbon. Car'bonas. Carbonate. Car / bonate. A salt formed by the union of carbonic acid with a salifiable base ; a com- bination of carbonic acid. Carbonate of Sodium. Sodii Carbonis. Xa., C0 3 , 10H 2 O. Dose, grs. v-xxx. The physiolog- ical effects and therapeutic uses are analogous to those of potassium — antacid and diuretic. It is employed as a mouth- wash, and also to relieve the pain of pulpitis, and obtund sensi- tive dentine. It is also employed in the treat- ment of devitalized pulps as a disinfectant and antiseptic. Carbonate of Ammonia. Ammonii Carbonas. Formula : NH 4 HC0 3 NH 4 CO,. Dose, grs. ij-x. One of the preparations of ammonia. See Ammonia. Car bonated. Carbonatus. Aeratus. That which is combined with carbonic acid. Carboil/ic Acid. Ac'idum carbon' 'icum. Fixed air ; caibonaccous acid; mephitic acid. A transparent, colorless, gaseous acid, without smell, irrespirable, and incapable of supporting combustion. It is a compound of carbon and oxygen, CO. In the form of carbonic acid gas it constitutes a small proportion of atmospheric air. It is often found in mines, dry wells, ^e. Breathing it is often fatal to animal life. See Poisons. Carbonic Acid Water. Mineral or soda water, used as a vehicle for saline cathartics. Carbonic Oxide. Gaseous oxide of carbon ; the protoxide of carbon, CO. It is a colorless gas formed when carbon is burned with an im- perfect supply of oxygen. Carbon'icum Na/trum. Carbonate of soda. Carbo / nis Sulphur e' turn. Sulphuret of carbon. Carbo'nium. Carbon. Carbonization. The conversion of organic substances into charcoal or carbon by heat until the volatile products are driven off. and the carbon only remahis. Carbun / cle. Carbun'culus. See An- thrax. CAR 113 CAR Car 'buret. Carburetum. A compound of carbon with any simple combustible sub- stance. For example, carburetted hydrogen is hydrogen holding carbon in solution. Steel is a carburet of iron. . Carburet of Su/'phur. A liquid compound of carbon and sulphur. It was formerly called alcohol of sulphur, and is now obtained by passing the vapor of sulphur over ignited char- coal. Carburet/ted Hj'drogen. Carbon and hydrogen ; light inflammable air ; olefiant gas. Hydroguret of carbon. There are two gaseous compounds of carbon and hydrogen, olefiant gas or oil-making gas, so called because it forms an oily compound with chlorine, and light carburet- ted hydrogen, found in some coal mines, which is known by the name of fire damp, and is the cause of the explosions Avhich sometimes took place previously to the invention, by Sir Hum- phrey Davy, of the' safety lamp. It is also evolved from the mud of stagnant pools and ditches. Olefiant gas is obtained by distilling a mixture of one part of alcohol and two in bulk of sulphuric acid, and collected over water, which is said to absorb more than one seventh of its volume of the gas. Car'byls. A term used by Lowig, in his classification of animal substances, to denote those radicals which consist of two or more atoms of carbon. Carcilio'ma. From KapKivoe, a crab, a cancer. A painful scirrhous tumor terminat- ing in malignant ulcer. See Cancer. Carcinoma Mcemato / des. nematodes. Fungus liuematodes. Most authors use the term in the same sense as cancer. Some apply it to incip- ient cancer, and some to that species of cancer which resembles cerebral substance. Carcinomatous. From carcinoma. Be- longing to carcinoma. Car'clamom. Cardamo'mum ; from Kapdia, the heart, because it was supposed to strengthen this organ. The fruit of Alpina cardamomum is a warm and grateful aromatic, but chiefly employed as an ingredient in compound medi- cinal preparations. Dose, gr. x to xxx. Cardamo'mum. See Cardamom. Car'dia. Kapdia, the heart ; also the up- per orifice of the stomach. Cardiac. Cardiacus, from Kapdia, the heart. Relating to the heart. Also, to the superior opening of the stomach. Also, applied to in- vigorating medicines. Cardiac Arteries. Coronary arteries. Two arteries given off by the aorta above the free edges of the sigmoid valves, and distributed to both surfaces of the heart. Cardiac Ganglion. A ganglion situated be- neath the arch of the aorta. Cardiac Nerves. The nerves of the heart. They are distinguished into right and left, and arise from the cervical ganglia. Cardiac Plex'us. A network formed by the cardiac nerves at the back part of the aorta, near the heart. Cardiac Veins. The coronary veins. They are four in number, two anterior and two post- erior, and open by one orifice into the right auricle of the heart. Cardia'gra. Gout of the heart. Cardiag-'raphy. Cardiagra' 'phia, from Kapdia, the heart, and ypatyr/, a description. A description of the heart. CardiaFgia. From Kapdia, the heart, and alyog, pain. Pain of the stomach. Heartburn. Cardialog -/ ia. From Kapdia, the heart, and "koyog, a discourse. A treatise on the heart. CardiatOlll/ia. From Kapdia, the heart, and rspvew, to cut. Dissection of the heart. Cardiatropli'ia. Atrophy of the heart. Cardiec'tasis. From Kapdia, the heart, and eKTaaig, extension. Dilatation of the heart. Cardielco'sis. From Kapdia, the heart, and e%Kog, an ulcer. Ulceration of the heart. Car'diocele. From Kapdia, and KijTirj, a tumor. The protrusion of the heart through a wound of the diaphragm. Car'diodynia. From napdia, and odwrj, pain. Pain in the heart. See Cardiagra. Cardiomala'cia. . From mpdia } the heart, and piaXaKia, softness. Softening of the heart. Cardion'cllUS. From Kapdia, the heart, and oyKog, a tumor. An aneurism of the heart, or of the aorta near it. Cardis-pneumatic. From Kapdia, the heart, and nveppia, the breath. Pertaining to the heart and breath. CardiopaFmus. From Kapdia, the heart, and na^uoc, pulsation. Palpitation of the heart. Cardiopathy. Cardiopath' ia, From Kapdia, the heart, and Tca&og, disease. Disease of the heart. Car'diopericardi'tis. Inflammation of the heart and pericardium. Cardiorrhex'is. From Kapdia, the heart, and pr/^/c, rupture. Rupture of the heart. Cardiosteno'sis. Contraction of the openings of the heart. CAR 114 CAR Cardiofromus. From napdia, the heart, and rpouocj tremor. Feeble palpitation, or fluttering of the heart. Cardiot'rotus. One wounded in the heart. Carditis. From napdia, the heart, and Uis, inflammation. Inflammation of the heart. Car 'do. A hinge. The articulation called ginglymus. Careba'ria. From Kapij, the head, and fiapog, weight. Heaviness of the head. Care'lia. The twenty-fourth part of a drop. Car'enm. Carum. Caraway seed. Caribae'an Bark. The bark of Exost- ema caribceum ; a false cinchona. Ca'ries. From carlo, to rot. A chronic inflammation of bone with absorption of bony tissue attended usually by pus-formation, or according to some authors, from the Chaldee word Karah, to dig in. Ulceration of bone. Caries Dentium. See Caeies of the Teeth. Caries of Bone. A bone ulcerated from the surface. Caries of the Teeth. A chemical decomposi- tion of the earthy part of any portion of a tooth, accompanied by a partial or complete disorgan- ization of the animal framework of the affected part. The elements of the tooth chemically disin- tegrate particle by particle, the disease always beginning on the surface, in some depression or irregularity, and very often at the point of contact of proximal surfaces and about the necks of the teeth. The fermentation of par- ticles of food which find lodgment on the teeth or in the interspaces develops products, such as acids, for example, which decompose the tooth structure, and the destructive process extends towards the interior, advancing more or less rapidly according to the nature of the constituents of the enamel and dentine. The enamel, on account of its greater resistance to the disintegrating process, is undermined by the dissolving away of the dentine beneath. until it is left unsupported, and, breaking away, an irregular cavity is formed, which in- creases until the entire • crown of the tooth is destroyed. The occurrence of the disease is ordinarily first indicated by an opaque or dark spot on the enamel ; and, if this be removed, the sub- jacent dentine will exhibit a black, dark brown or whitish appearance. It usually commences on the outer surface of the dentine under the I enamel ; from thence it proceeds towards the i centre, until it reaches the pulp-cavity. If the diseased part is of a soft and humid character, the enamel, after a time, usually i breaks in, disclosing the ravages the disease has made on the subjacent dentine. But this does not always happen ; the tooth sometimes remains nearly perfect until its whole interior structure is destroyed. There is no portion of the crown or neck of i a tooth exempt from the disease; yet some ! parts are more liable to be first attacked than others ; as, for example, the depressions in the j grinding surfaces of the molars and bicuspids. | the proximal surfaces of all the teeth — the l posterior or palatine surfaces of the lower in- cisors ; and, in short, wherever an imperfec- ! tion in the enamel exists, it may develop it- self. In teeth that are very hard the decayed part i is of a much firmer consistence and of a darker color than in soft teeth. Sometimes it is black ; at other times it is of a dark or light brown ; I and at other times again it is ashy-gray or nearly white. There are many intermediate shades, some of which have a yellowish hue. As a general rule, the softer the teeth, the lighter, softer and more humid the decay. The color of the decayed part, however, may be. I and doubtless is, in some cases, influenced by ; other circumstances — perhaps by some pecu- liar modification of the agents upon the pres- ence of which the disease is dependent. The causes of dental caries are divided into predisposirjg and exciting. The predisposing causes are such as render the tooth more liable to attack, but are not capable of directly disin- tegrating the tooth structures. The exciting causes, on the other hand, are such as directly inaugurate the disease. Among the promi- nent predisposing causes are faulty formation of the teeth, the manner in which the proxi- mal surfaces come in contact, hereditary influ- ences, diseases of various kinds which impair or diminish the vitality. A:c. The exciting causes of dental caries may be ascribed to the action of agents which possess the power of directly disintegrating the enamel and dentine, and which have their source in the vitiated secretions of the oral cavity due to the pro- cesses of fermentation and putrefaction, as- sisted by micro- organisms, the invasion of which is always preceded by the extraction of lime salts by the more powerful disintegrating agents, such as acids. CAR 115 CAR This theory of the cause of dental caries explains the rationale of the treatment at pres- ent adopted for arresting its progress. By the removal of the decomposed part and filling the cavity with an indestructible material, the presence of those agents, upon the chemical action of which the disease depends, is pre- vented and its further progress arrested. Dental caries is most active from the eighth to the thirtieth year, and again when senile changes occur from a diminution of vital force. In middle life, owing to the secretions becom- ing acidulated, the power of resistance to this disease is often overcome, and similar condi- tions to those of senility occur. Caries occurring in the deciduous teeth is also regarded as an indication of the disease mak- ing its appearance in the permanent teeth at an early period of their existence. All acids do not act alike on the teeth. Some may exert but little influence, while others act with great energy. Some may have a greater affinity for the earthy portions, as hydrochloric acid, or for the animal portion, as sulphuric acid, while others, such as nitric acid, act readily on all the constituents of the tooth. All teeth are not equally liable to decay, or, in other words, not equally susceptible to the action of the causes that produce the disease. Teeth that are well formed, well arranged and of a compact and close texture seldom decay, and even when attacked by caries, the pro- gress of the disease is less rapid than it is in imperfectly-formed teeth, or teeth which are of a soft texture, or irregularly arranged. Ca'rious. Affected with or pertaining to caries. Carious Teeth, Effects of. Carious teeth may occasion facial neuralgia, facial paralysis, sci- atica, hemiplegia and spinal irritation, para- plegia, tetanus, headache, epilepsy, hysteria, chorea, insanity, etc. Carmin'rin / tia. See Carminative. Carmin'ative. Carminativus ; from car- men, a verse or charm ; because their operation was ascribed by the ancients to a charm. Med- icines which allay pain and dispel flatus from the alimentary canal. Calamine. A beautiful red pigment pre- pared from cochineal. Car'nese Colum'nae. The fleshy fas- ciculi in the ventricles of the heart. Car / neoilS. Cameos; camosus; fromcaro, Fleshy. Resembling flesh. Car'nicula. Diminutive of euro, flesh. The gums. A small fleshy substance. Carilifica'tioil. Carnijicatio ; fromcaro, flesh, and fieri, to become. Becoming flesh; conversion into a substance resembling flesh ; a term applied in Pathology to a morbid alter- ation in which certain organs assume the ap- pearance of flesh, as in hepatization of the lungs. Carnifor'mis. From earo, flesh, and forma, likeness. Having the appearance of flesh ; usually applied to an abscess having a hardened orifice. Carniv / ora. An order of animals which subsist on flesh. Carnivorous. From caro, flesh, and voro, I eat. Feeding on flesh. Anything which eats flesh. Applied also to substances which destroy fleshy excrescences. Car / nose. Resembling, or of the consist- ency of flesh. Carno'SUS. Carneous; fleshy. Ca'ro. Caro, carnis. Flesh ; the red part or belly of a muscle ; the pulp of fruit. Caroli/na Pink. Spigelia Marilandica. Anthelmintic. Dose of the powder, gr. x to xx. The fluid extract is best, the dose of which, for children, is t ^j ; for adults, ^ss, given with senna. Carol/a. The carrot. Carot/ic. Kapow, to stupefy. Having power to stupefy ; carotid. Applied in the plural neuter {carotica) to narcotics. Caro'tid. From tcapoa, to cause to sleep. The carotid artery is so called because, when it is tied with a ligature, the animal becomes comatose. Carotid Artery. Arteria carotidea. A large artery on each side of the neck for carrying the blood to the head. The right arises from the arteria innominata, and the left, from the arch of the aorta. Each is divided into an external and internal. The superior thyroideal, the sublingual, the inferior, external, and internal maxillary, the occipital, the external auditory, and the temporal, are branches of the external carotid. The anterior cerebral, the posteriori the central artery of the optic nerve, and the internal orbital, are given off within the cavity of the cranium by the internal carotid. Carotid Canal. A canal in the temporal bone traversed by the carotid artery, and sev- eral nervous filaments. Carotid Foram'ina. The foramina at each extremity of the carotid canal. They are dis- tinguished into external and internal. CAR 116 CAR Carotid Ganglion. See Carotid Nerve. Carotid Nerve. A branch from the superior cervical ganglion of the great sympathetic, ascending by the side of the internal carotid artery, and forming, in the carotid canal, with branches of other nerves, the carotid plexus. The carotid ganglion is a small gangliform swelling on the under side of the artery. Caro'tin. A peculiar, crystallizable, ruby- red, neutral principle, inodorous and tasteless, obtained from carrots. Car'pal. Belonging to the wrist. Carpathian Balsam. A product of the Pinus cembra. Carpliolog'ia. From KapQoc, the nap of cloths, and Ae) «, I pluck. Delirious picking of the bedclothes, a dangerous symptom in disease. Car / po-Pe / dal Spasni, A spasmodic affection of the larynx and chest occurring in young children, with croupy cough and spas- modic contraction of the thumbs and toes. Carpot/ica. Diseases affecting impreg- nation. Cai^pilS. Kapirnc, the wrist. The wrist, consisting of eight bones, viz. : the scaphoides, lunare, cuneiform, pisiform, trapezium, trapezoids, magnum, and unciform. Car'rageen Moss. Irish Moss; the Glumdrus crispus. Carragee'niii. The mucilaginous mat- ter obtained by boiling carrageen moss ; vege- table jelly. Car'ron Oil. The Linimentum Aquas Calcis, or Linimentum Calcis ; which see. Car'rot. An esculent root of the genus Daucus. See Daucus Carota. Car'tliamin. A brilliant red, or rouge coloring matter, obtained from saf-flower. Car'thamus. A genus of plants of the order Compositor. Carthamus Tinctorius. The systematic name of the saffron flower, or bastard saffron. The seeds are cathartic, emetic, and diuretic. The flowers are used for dyeing, under the name of saf-flower. Car'tilage. Cartilago. A white, hard, and elastic part of the body, which in the foetus serves as a substitute for bones, but in the adult is found only in the joints and at the extremity of the ribs. It is one of the three groups of connective tissues of the body, and is made up of cells imbedded in a matrix, which yields, on boiling, chondrin, the basement sub- stance. The principal function of cartilage in the higher vertebrates is its physical property of elasticity. Cartilages, Artic'ular. Cartilages which surround surfaces that are in contact 1 with each other. Cartilages, /nterarticular. Cartilages situ- ated within the joints. Cartilages of Ossification. The tempo-rary cartilages of the foetus, which are turned to bone. Cartilaginous. Cartilagin' 'eus. Par- taking of the nature of, or resembling car- tilage. Cartila / g , o Axmula'ris. The ring- like, or caricoid cartilage. Cartilago Arytcenoidea. Two cartilages of the larynx. Cartilago Cricoidea. The cricoid cartilage. A cartilage of the larynx, situated between the thyroid and arytenoid cartilages. Cartilago Ensiformis. The ensiform cartil- age, attached to the lowest part of the sternum. Caru / en. Non-oxygenated oil of Car- away, obtained by distilling the crude oil with hydrate of potassa. Ca'rum. Kapog, from Caria, a province in Asia. Caraway. A genus of plants of the 'order TJmhelliferai. Carum Carui. The Caraway plant. The seeds have a warm, aromatic, and spicy taste. They are used as a carminative and stomachic. Dose, gr. xx to xl. Car'imcle. Caruncula. Diminutive of caro, flesh. A small, fleshy excrescence, or abnormal growth. Carun 'cnla. Caruncle. Caruncula Lachrymalis. A small, red glandular body, at the inner angle of each eye. Carim'cuhTe Cuticula'res. Xynipha?. Caruncula? Myrtifor'mes. Several small, red- dish tubercles near the orifice of the vagina, supposed to be the remains of the hymen. Carunculce Papilla' res. The papilla? with- in the pelvis of the kidneys. Car 'US. Kapoc, from napa, the head, as being the part affected. Insensibility and sleep. Coma. Torpor. Carus Apoplex'ia. Apoplexy. Car us Asphyx'ia. Asphyxia. Carus Catalepsia. Catalepsy. Carva'crol. Is a product of the essential oil of caraway, and is obtained by treating this oil with iodine and washing the product with pot- ash. Carvacrol is also found among the products of the action of iodine on camphor. "When pure CAR 117 CAS it is a colorless, viscid oil, lighter than water, in which it is nearly insoluble. The odor is somewhat like that of creasote, and the taste is persistent, strong, and acrid. It is a mild antiseptic, carminative, sedative, disinfectant, and escharotic. In Dental Practice, it is em- ployed as a substitute for creasote, carbolic acid, and glycerole of thymol in odontalgia, sensitive dentine, alveolar abscess, and as an antiseptic in pulp canals. In the form of a gargle it is applied to inflamed mucous mem- brane. It is very effective in relieving the pain arising from an inflamed and exposed dental pulp, and it is thought to be less irritat- ing than creasote. It has also been employed successfully to lessen the pain produced by friction in the use of the dental engine. For other dental uses, see Gorged Dental Medicine. Carving' of Teeth. See Block Teeth, Carving of. Caryophyl'lic Acid. Eugenie Acid. Heavy oil of cloves. Caryophyl'lin. A sub-resin extracted from cloves by alcohol. CaryophyFlus. A genus of plants of the order Myrtaeeoe. Also, the clove, or unex- panded flower buds of the Caryophyllus aromati- cus. Dose gr. v to x. Caryophyllus Aromat'icus. The clover tree. Caryopsis. The fruit of Graminace, as of wheat, oats, rye, &c. Cascaril'lse Cortex. The bark of the Croton Eleutheria and some of the other species. It is in quills ; has an agreeable smell, and a slightly bitter taste, with considerable aro- matic warmth. It is aromatic, tonic, and feb- rifuge. Dose, gr. xx to xxx. Caseation. From caseum, cheese. The precipitation of casein during the coagulation of milk. Also a fatty degeneration of pus. Ca'seic Acid. Acid extracted from cheese. Ca / sein. Casseine. Caseum ; from caseus, cheese. A derived albumen. A protean com- pound, the only nitrogenous constituent of milk. It is obtained by precipitating milk with dilute sulphuric acid, dissolving the pre- cipitate in a solution of carbonate of soda, re- precipitating with acid, and washing out the fat and extractive with alcohol and ether. When dry it is an amber yellow mass, slightly soluble in water, but very readily so in an alkaline solution. Ca / seous. Cheesy. Cashew. Catechu. Cass'a. Thorax. Cassa'va. A fecula separated from the juice of the root of Janipha Manihot and ex- posed to heat. The same substance, differently prepared and granulated, constitutes tapioca. Casse'rian Ganglion. Gasserian. The ganglion of the fifth nerve, from which pro- ceed the ophthalmic, the superior and inferior maxillary nerves. Cas / sia. A genus of plants of the order Leguminosce. Also, the cassia bark. Cassia Caryophylla'ta. The clove bark tree. See Myrtus Caryophyllata. . Cassia Chamcecris'ta. A small prostrate shrub, common in the United States, resem- bling Cassia Marilandiea in its medicinal properties. Cassia Fistu'la, The purging cassia; the fruit of the Cassia fistula. The pulp of the pods of this tree is generally laxative. Dose, § j to ^ ij as a purge. Cassia Marilandi'ca. American senna. A native cassia, resembling the foreign in its medicinal qualities, but less active. Cassia Oil. The common oil of cinnamon procured from Cassia. Cassia Senna, One of the plants which pro- duce senna. Cas / siae Fistulfe Pulpa. The pulp of purging cassia. Cassins' Precipitate. A purple pow- der used as a coloring ingredient in gum enamel for porcelain teeth, it is commonly called purple powder, and the following is Thenard's method of preparing it : " Make an aqua regia of one part of muriatic or chlorohydric acid, and two parts of nitric, to dissolve the gold. When it is dissolved, di- lute it with water and filter it, then make it very dilute by the addition of a large quantity of water ; make also an aqua regia to dissolve the tin, of one part of nitric acid, and two parts of pure water, to which is to be added one hundred and thirty grains of muriate of soda, or common salt, to each pint of the dilute acid. The tin should be very pure, and must be added to the acid, a small piece at a time. When the first piece is dissolved, add a second, and so on, until the acid is saturated. The so- lution should be of a yellow color, and the operation carried on very slowly, and in a cool place. W T hen it is finished, filter the liquid and dilute it by the addition of about one hundred times its volume of water. " Now place the dilute solution of gold in a CAS 118 CAT glass vessel, and add the solution of tin, drop by drop, stirring with a glass rod incessantly, until the liquid takes the color of Port wine, suffer it to stand, and large flocks of the purple will fall to the bottom of the vessel ; decant the solution, wash and dry the precipitate, which will be of the most splendid purple color." Cas / SOnade. Raw sugar; the crystal- lized and dried portion of sugar. Cassumu'niar. A bitter aromatic root, brought in irregular slices from the East Indies. Casta / nea. A genus of trees and shrubs of the order Cupuliferce. The chestnut. Castile Soap. Hard, olive-oil soda soap. Casting". In Dental3fechanism, running fused lead, tin, zinc, or brass, into a mould made in sand with a plaster transfer of any portion, or the whole, of the alveolar border and so many of the teeth as may be remaining in it and the palatine arch when it becomes necessary to adapt a plate to it. The castings employed in mechanical dentistry are some- times made by pouring fused metal directly upon the plaster r model, and afterwards into the mould thus formed. See Harris's Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Cas / tor. A peculiar concrete substance, having a strong and unpleasant odor. Castor Oil, Oleum Ricini. The oil obtained from the seeds of the Eicinus communis. Purgative. Dose, ^ssto ^jss. Castration. Castra'tio. The opera- tion for the removal of the testicles. Castrensis. Camp fever. Cata. After. Used in reference to time. Catab / asis. From Kara.pat.vo, to descend. An expulsion of humors downwards. Also, a descent, as of the testicle. Catacail / ma. From KaraKaao, to burn. A burn or scald. Catacail / sis. From KaraKaio, to burn. Combustion. Catacausis Ebrio'sa. From KaraKato, to burn, and ebriosus, full of strong liquor. Gen- eral combustibility of the body. Catac / lasis. From KaranXao, to break or distort. Distorted eyelids. Catacleis 7 . From Kara, beneath, K?iei^ the clavicle. The first rib beneath the clavicle. Also applied to the acromion and the connec- tion of the sternum with the ribs. CataclyS / lIlUS. Catachjs'ma ; from naraKXv&iv, to submerge, inundate. A clyster. Also applied to a shower-bath and ablution. Catag^ma. From nara } and ayu, to break. A fracture. Catagmat'ics. From Karay^a, a frac- ture. Remedies supposed to promote the for- mation of callus. Cat / alepsy. Catalep'sia ; from Kara?Mfi^~ avu, to seize, to hold. A disease characterized by sudden suspension of motion and sensation, the limbs and trunk remaining in any position in which they may be placed. Catalot / ic. To break, or grind down. CataFysis. From naraXvu, to dissolve. A force or power which decomposes a com- pound body by mere contact ; decomposition by the catalytic force or the action of presence. Catalytic. Relating to catalysis. Some- times applied to medicines supposed to destroy a morbific agency in the blood. Catalytic Force. That modification of the force of chemical affinity which determines catalysis. CatamaSSe / sis. From KaTa/iaooaojua/, to manducate. Grinding of the teeth and bit- ing of the tongue, as is often the case in con- vulsions and epilepsy. Cataine / liia. The menses, or monthly discharge from the uterus of females between the ages of fourteen and fifteen and forty-five. Catapas^lia. From Kararraaao), a sprinkle. A dry compound medicine pow- dered, to be sprinkled on ulcers. Cataplion / ica. Reflection of sound. Cataph'ora. From Karafapo, to make sleepy. A term applied by some to a disposi- tion to sleep, and by others to profound sleep. Cataphoric From Kara, and (popeu, to carry. Relating to the transference of cur- rents through membranous septa in the direc- tion of a galvanic current. Cataplirac'ta. From Karadpnaaa), I fortify. A bandage for the thorax and shoulders. Cat / aplasill. Cataplasma, from nara- irXaoou to spread like a plaster. A poultice or plaster. Cataplasma Alu' minis. An alum plaster. Catap/asma Coni'i. A hemlock poultice. Cataplasma Dau'ci. A carrot poultice. Cataplasma Fermen'ti. A yeast poultice. Cataplasma Lini. A linseed poultice. Cataplasma Sinapis. A mustard plaster. Cataplex / is. From tara, and -/.t}a, to detain. A spasmodic disease in which the body is held in an upright position ; a species of catalepsy. Catoptric Examination of the Eye. A means of diagnosis in cataract, founded on the phenomena of reflected light. Thus, when a lighted candle is held before the eye, if the cornea, the crystalline lens and its capsules are transparent, three images will be seen ; the first from the cornea, and the other two from the anterior and posterior sur- faces of the crystalline lens, but opacity of any of these surfaces will destroy their reflecting property. Cato / tica. Cato'ticus ; from mro, below. Diseases which affect internal surfaces and pro- duce a morbid condition of the fluids. Catfs Eye. A variety of chalcedony or quartz, so called from the resemblance of the opalescent reflections from Avithin to those ob- served in the eye of a cat. CaiuVate. From Csuda, a tail. Having or resembling a tail. Cauda Equina. The spinal marrow, at its termination about the second lumbar vertebra, gives off a large number of nerves, which, when unraveled, resemble a horse's tail, and hence the -name. Caul. The omentum. Caule / don. From navhoe, a stock. A transverse fracture. Cauliflower Excrescence. Excres- centia syphilitica. An excrescence which occurs in syphilitic diseases, chiefly about the anus and vulva. Cau / ma. Kav,ua, heat, and mtw, to burn. The heat of the body in fever ; burning heat. Cause. That which produces an effect. An act preceding another and in which the former is necessary to the latter. Cau / sis. From naio, to burn. To burn. Act of combustion. Causo / ma. From Kato, to burn. Great heat. Inflammation. Caus / tic. Causti'cus ; from naio, to burn. A substance which, when applied to the body, produces a burning sensation, and disorganizes animal substances by destroying their texture. Caustic Alkali. Pure alkali. Caustic Holder, Co/burn's An instrument intended to prevent fluid caustic, such as crea- sote or fluid nitrate of silver from running down and cauterizing the lips when being ap- plied to the gums. It is constructed of a piece of wire two inches long, inserted in a handle, and over the wire is a glass tube one inch long. The tube slides over part of the handle to keep it firm, and a small cork, half-way up the tube, keeps the wire in the centre of it. When the caustic is taken up on a small piece of cot- ton, if any should run down, it is caught in the tube and prevented from touching the lips. Caustic Lunar. Nitrate of silver. Caustic Soda. Soda caustica. Protoxide of So- dium. The impure subcarbonate, treated with quicklime and consequently deprived of its carbonic acid. It may be employed as a caus- tic, and is by some preferred to the Potassa fusa as it does not deliquesce and run. It is also used for purifying nitrous oxide gas. Caustic Volatile Alkali. Ammonia. Caust / icuin. A caustic. CailSUS. A name applied by Hippo- crates to an ardent fever, from its extreme heat, supposed to be a variety of bilious inter- mittent. Cauterization. The act of cauterizing. Caiv'tery. Caute'rium ; from kukL, to burn. An instrument used for burning or disorgan- izing the part to which it is applied. Formerly, cauteries were divided into actual, the hot iron, and potential, which consists of some eseha- rotic ; but is now restricted to the first, or hot iron. Potential was then applied to kali purum, or potassa, but this term is now used synonymously with caustic. Electricity fur- nishes the electric cauterv. The Gas cautery CAU 121 CEL is produced by instruments heated by ordinary burning gas. Cautery, Actual. The application of the white-hot iron. Cautery, Button. Iron heated in hot water. Cautery, Dento-Electric. Consists of a looped wire, held by set-screws, in contact with metal conductors which pass through a hard rubber handle. The battery wires are coupled to two terminals. This appliance is held in the hand like a pencil in writing, and the current is closed by pressing a spring with the forefinger, when the resistance of the loop of wire causes it to become heated. It is employed for ob- tunding sensitive dentine. Cautery, Gas. The direction of a stream of burning gas on a part. Cautery, Galvanic. The use of a platinum wire heated by electricity. Cautery, Thermo. A hollow platinum point kept at a uniform temperature by a current of benzone vapor. Cautery, Potential or -Virtual. The applica- tion of caustic substances. Ca'va, Ve / na, A name given to the two great veins of the body which meet at the right auricle of the heart. Caver'na. From cavus, hollow. A cav- ern, an antrum. Applied to the female organs of generation. Cav / eniOUS. Caverno / sus. Filled with small caverns or cavities. Cavernous Sinus. A sinus on the base of the cranium. Cav / itas Pulpse. The pulp-cavity of a tooth. See Dental Cavity. Cav / ity. Cavitas, from cavus, hollow. Any hollow. Cavity Plate. A term applied in Mechan- ical Dentistry, to a metallic base for artificial teeth, so constructed as to have one or more vacant spaces between it and the gums, which, when applied, and the air exhausted, con- tributes very greatly to the firmness of its adhesion. See Harris's Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Ca'vum Den'tis. See Dental Cavity. Cavum Nar'ium. The nares. Cavum O'ris. The mouth. Ca / VUS. A hollow ; a cavity. Cawk. A name for sulphate of barytes or heavy spar. Cayenne Pepper. The ground seeds of Oapsicum annuum. Guinea pepper. See Capsicum. C. C. Abbreviation for Cathodal closure in Electro-therapeutics. C.C.C. Abbreviation for Cathodal closure, contraction. C. C 7 . C 7/ . Abbreviation for various Degrees of contraction in electro-therapeu- tics. Ceas'llia. From keu, to split or divide. A fissure. Cebadil'la. The seeds of the Asagrea officinalis, a plant of the order Melanthaceve. See Veratria. Ce / cal. Belonging to the caecum. See Cecal. Ce'cum. See Cecum. Ced/ma. Aneurism. Varix ; also chronic rheumatism of hip joint. Ced'mata. KeSfiara. Pains in the joints, particularly those of the hips. Cedrele'um. From neSpoc, the cedar, and eAacov, oil. The oil of cedar. Ce / dreil. The liquid portion of juniper oil. Cedriret/. A substance, crystallizing in red needles, obtained from the empyreumatic oil of the tar of beech-wood, by treating it with caustic potassa, and distilling. Ce / drium. Tar. Cedrole / . The solid portion of juniper oil. CeFandine. See Chelidonium. Ce'le. K77A7, a tumor; a swelling. A tumor caused by the protrusion of a soft part, and hence the compound terms, hydrocele, bubonocele, &c. CeFery. The cultivated species of Apium. See Apium Graveolens. Ce / lia. Cerevisia. Cell. Cella. A cavity or chamber. A minute cavity in the tissues, devoted to purpo- ses of nutrition, growth, development, or secre- tion. A mature cell consists of a protoplasm and nucleus. The nucleus is the part first formed from the germinal matter, and of various shapes, as round oval, rod-like or irregular. It encloses central points known as " nucleoli ". The cell-body or protoplasm is the formed material which surrounds the nucleus. The existence of a cell-wall is denied, as there is no abrupt demarcation between the cell body and its outer edge, the one passing grad- ually into the other. Cells derive their nourishment from the pro- toplasmic substance which circulates in the intercellular space. CEL 122 CEL Cell-Body. The mass of a cell, consisting of two substances, m itoma or cytomitoma, and para- mitoma. The nucleus is composed of Karyo- mitoma, or nuclear network, called chromatin, the substance in the meshes of chromatin called achromotin : and the nuclear membrane of two layers. The nucleoli are composed of more refractile matter. Cell, Calcig'erous. See Calcigerous Cells. Cell, Epidermic or Epithelial. The cells which cover the free membranous surfaces of the body, and which form the epidermis and epithelium. They are developed from germs furnished by the subjacent membrane. Cell Formation. Cytogeny. The continuous development of cells in tissue formation ; called by Yirchow "Proliferation of cells." See Cytoblast. Cell, Germinal. See Cytoblast. Cell- Gro wth. Growth by the agency of cells. Cell Life. The life which is possessed by the separate cells that form the tissues, and by which the nutrition of the tissues is thought to be perfected. Cell, Nucleated. See Cytoblast. Cell, Pigment. Cells in various parts of the body, secreting pigment. Pigment cells are mingled with the epidermic cells and are most manifest in the colored races. They are best seen on the inner surface of the choroid of the eye, where they form the pigmentum nigrum. Cell Territory. According to Yirchow the district of intercellular substance which is ruled over by the cell that lies in the middle of it, and exercises influence on the neighboring parts. Cel / le. Hernia. Cel'loid. Celloides. Eesembling a cell or cellule. Cells, Bronchial. The air-cells of the lungs, in which the finest ramifications of each lobular bronchial tube terminate. Cells, Mastoid. The irregular cavities in the substance of the mastoid process of the temp- oral bone. CeFlular. Cellula'ris. Composed of cells or cellules. Cellular Membrane. Jlembrana cellulosa. Cel- lular tissue. It contains irregular areolae — not cells, and is more properly called areolar tissue — between the fibres, as well as serum, fat, and the adipose tissue. See Animal Tissue. Cellular System. The whole of the cellular tissue of the body. Cellular Tissue. The areolar tissue. See Cellular Membrane, and Animal Tissue. Cellular Tissue of Bones. See Cancelli. CeFlule. Cellula; diminutive of cella, a cell. A small cell. Cellulitis. Diminutive of cella and itis. A diffuse inflammation of the cellular tissue, caused by a wound, or the presence of septic matter. CeFluloid. From cellulose, the fundament- al material in the structure of plants, and aid, like. A plastic base for artificial teeth, known under various names in different stages of its development in use, as " Rose Pearl," " Pyroxy- lin," "Celluloid," &c. Cellulose may be ob- tained from any plant, but is most convenient- ly procured free from lignite and other associa- ted substances, by the treatment of cotton fibre, or preferably flax with nitro-sulphuric acid, converting the fibre into an explosive substance known as gun-cotton, which is soluble in a mixture of sulphuric ether and alcohol, and also in camphor. The former method was the first practiced, producing an article known as " collodion," the volatile fluids being afterwards evaporated, leaving the celluloid a firm but i somewhat plastic substance, of the color and ; almost the consistency of horn, capable of being moulded by pressure between metallic dies. The difficulties in the way of managing the material by this method (to which much credit is due Dr. A. J. McClelland, for its patient evolvement), and* the subsequent warping of the plates, in many cases, by the evaporation of the remaining solvent, led to its abandon- ment and the substitution of camphor, an equal- ly perfect solvent, the bulk of which remained in the plate permanently. Celluloid plates are prepared under patents, and are manufact- ured of various shapes and sizes, and of a very natural gum color, the transluceney and beauty of which are nearly if not equal to porcelain, and are made use of by the dental niechani-t either in combination with plain or gum teeth, though the former are mostly used as less liable to fracture, the pressure upon the teeth and plaster investment being much greater than in vulcanite work. Any vulcanite teeth will an- swer for celluloid, though many prefer teeth made specially for this style of work — teeth resembling in shape those employed for contin- uous gum. The case is waxed up and invested as for vulcanite, a larger and stronger flask be- ing used ; only the best quality of plaster being admissible. Vents are cut for the surplus, and the case being thus prepared, it is ready for the shaping of the plate. Celluloid is CEL 123 CEM rendered sufficiently plastic to mould into shape by exposure to a temperature from 270° to 300° Fahr. ; above this last degree of heat it takes fire, and is rapidly consumed with copious flames and smoke, and the evo- lution of camphor. A variety of apparatus is in use, for which different patents have been j obtained, the general preference being for those in which dry heat is used, although oil, glycerine and water (super-heated) are also employed. The advantage claimed for the dry process is that it allows the welding to- gether of any imperfections, celluloid possess- ing this welding property in a considerable degree. The flask is closed slowly, as time must be allowed for the material to " flow," as it does this quite sluggishly, and the temper- ature should be watched quite closely. The plate will now be found to have perfectly conformed itself to the varying inequalities of the plaster mould, copying the finest outlines with minute fidelity. The flask being per- fectly closed, it must remain under pressure until cold ; otherwise the plate will be warped. Celluloid is finished as is vulcanite ; but if pains be taken in finishing the wax plate, and in the formation of the plaster or metallic matrix, the gum portion can be moulded so as to require no finishing, the slight roughness of the plas- ter giving it a finish which is more natural in appearance than a fine polish. Celluloid can be repaired by investing the broken parts, scraping the surface to be united clean, and coating it with tincture of camphor, and also the pieces used in repairing, and heating and pressing as usual. It does not appear to lose its plasticity or to be injured by reheating. Its disadvantages are, — the color fades in many cases to a dingy white ; there is some liability to subsequent change in shape (warp- age), and at least, in partial cases, the teeth are held less strongly by the material, though the latter itself is quite tough, exceeding, in this respect, rubber. What appears to be specially wanted to perfect this exceedingly beautiful and desirable base is some solvent of cellulose which is not volatile, and a more durable color. Possessing these qualities, it will become a valuable and unequaled base for artificial teeth. What is termed "new- mode continuous gum" consists in vulcanizing a rubber denture and filling up the gum por- tion on the outer face of the alveolar arch about the bases of the teeth, and as high as the edge of the rim, with celluloid or zylonite. Celluloid is also employed for attaching teeth to a metal plate. See ZYLONITE. Celluloid Heater. A miniature oven for packing while heating Celluloid plates. Celluloid Steam Apparatus. An apparatus for moulding celluloid plates in which steam, instead of oil, is used for the heating me- dium. CeFllllose. The fundamental substance of which vegetable tissue is composed, left after all products of secretion are dissolved out. Its formula is Qi 2 H 10 O 10 . It is like starch. See Celluloid. Celotom / ia. From kijItj^ a hernia, and re/JVC), to cut. The operation of ligating for the cure of hernia. Celot/oinus. A hernia knife. CeFtic Nard. See Valeriana Cel- tic a. Cement/. The name of substances em- ployed by chemists for uniting things together. It has also been applied to Amalgam, a substance used for filling teeth. See Amal- gam. Cement Gui/foi's. A preparation for filling teeth, similar to oxychloride of zinc. Cement Organ. The dental sacculus. See Teeth, Development of. Cement Plomb. A German cement for fill- ing teeth, similar to oxychloride of zinc. Cementation. A chemical process which consists in surrounding a solid body with the powder of other substances, and ex- posing the whole to a red heat in a closed vessel for a length of time. It is in this way that iron is converted into steel. It is also a process adopted in some of the mints for re- fining gold. See Gold, KEFLNrNG of. Cemente / riiim. A crucible. Cement/ininca'tion. The formation of the cementum covering the roots of the teeth. It is analogous to the subperiosteal formation of the cortical substance of long bones. Cemento'blasts. The cells which form the cementum of the roots of teeth. They are analogous to osteoblasts or bone-forming cells. Cement/urn. One of the substances or parts of a tooth. It covers the root, and is thickest at the extremity of the root, and be- comes gradually thinner as it approaches the neck of the tooth. It is confined to the roots, and, resembling ordinary bone, consists of a gelatinous base combined with calcareous salts, and traversed by vascular canals. It is, CEN 124 CEP therefore, regarded as a modification of bone, containing lacunae and canaliculi. See Teeth, Development of. Cementurn also joins to- gether the plates of compound teeth, like those of the elephant, and fills up the cavities and folds in the teeth of ruminants. It is of a cellular and vascular texture. According to Professor Owen, cementurn " always closely corresponds in texture with the osseous tissue of the same animal, and wherever it occurs of sufficient thickness, as upon the teeth of the horse, sloth or rumi- nants, it is also traversed, like bone, by vascu- lar canals. In reptiles and mammals, in which the animal basis of the bones of the skeleton is excavated by minute radiated cells, forming with their contents the 'corpuscles of Pur- kinje,' these are likewise present, of similar size and form in the ' cement,' and are its chief characteristic as a constituent of the tooth. The hardening material of the cement is partly segregated and combined with the par- ietes of the radiated cells and canaLs, and is partly contained in aggregated grains in the cells, which are thus rendered opaque." With regard to the manner of the formation of the cementurn, which is the last to appear of the dental tissues, it is supposed to originate from the periosteum, which, if fully formed, consists of an outer and inner layer, both highly vascular. The outer wall becomes the dental periosteum or peridental membrane, while the inner wall in the vicinity of the roots presents osteoblasts which calcify into cementurn, as in the formation of ordinary bone. CeneangePa. From nevog, empty, and ayyeiov, a vessel. Deficiency of blood in the Cenembate'sis. From Kevog, empty, and efj.l3i.avo), to enter. Paracentesis ; also, the act of probing a cavity. Ceneo / iies. The flanks. Ceno'sis. From nevoc, empty. General evacuation ; also, sometimes applied to inani- tion. Ceiiot/ica. Cenot'ieus ; from kcvuoic, evac- uation. Morbid or excessive discharges. Cen'tigrade. Centum, a hundred, and gradus, a grade. Having a hundred grades or degres. Centigrade Thermometer. A ther- mometer with zero as the freezing point and 100° as the boiling point of water. To reduce Centigrade to Fahrenheit registration, the following formula may be employed : 9 -° C -p- 32 = F. See Thermometer. Centigramme. From centum, a hun- dred, and ypafiua, gramme. Centigramma. The hundredth part of a gramme, which is equal to about the fifth part of a French grain, or gr. 0.1544 troy, or £ of a grain troy. Centilitre. The hundredth part of a litre, equal to about 2.7053 fluid drachms. Equal to 0.6102 of an English cubic inch. Centimetre. Centimetre. The hundredth part of a metre, which is about four lines, 0.3937 English inch, or about f . Central. Toward the centre or median line. Centradiapli'anes. Cataract due to opacity of the centre of the crystalline lens. Centrifugal. Receding from the centre. Centrifugal Nerves. Mostly motor nerves conveying impulses towards the peripheral portion of the body. Centripetal. From centrum, the cen- tre, and peto, to move toward. Approaching the centre. In Botany, an inflorescence in which the marginal flowers open first, and the central last. Cen'tre of Attraction. Centre of gravitation. The point to which bodies tend as a consequence of gravitation. Centres, Xervons. Xervous centres. The organs, as the brain and spinal marrow, from whence the nerves originate. Centrifugal. Flying from the centre. Centros taPtie. The action of the vis nervosa in the spinal centre. Cen'trum. From nevreu, to prick. The centre ; the middle point or place of any- thing. Centrum Commu'ne. The solar plexus. Centrum Ovale Ma'jus. The large, white, medullary mass, surrounded by cortical sub- stance, seen in each hemisphere of the brain, when divided to a level with the corpus cal- losum. Centrum Ovale Minus. The white central mass, surrounded by a stratum of gray, seen in each hemisphere of the brain, when a horizon- tal section is made about half an inch above the corpus callosum. Centrum Tendinosum. Centre of the dia- phragm. Ce / pa. From ny-ac, a wool card, from the likeness of its roots. The onions. Cephahe'a. From usqa'/r;. the head. The fleshy covering of the skull ; also headache. CEP 125 CER Cephalhematoma. A bloody tumor under the scalp. Cephalae'mia. Accumulation of blood in the vessels of the brain. Cephalago'gus. An instrument for drawing down the foetal head. Ceph'alagra. Gout in the head. Cephalagra'phia. From Kef the head. Cephalalgia. From Ke^alrj, the head, and a?~.yoc, pain. Cephekea. Heachache. Cephalo'gia. An anatomical treatise on the head. Cephalar'tica. Cephalic remedies. Ceplialato'mia. Anatomy; dissec- tion or opening of the head. Ceph'ale. ¥LenArj y the head, and perpov, a measure. An instrument for measuring the head. Ceplialon / OSUS. From K£, to be hoarse. Wheezing. Cer'cis. A sort of pestle. Also, the radius. Cerco'sis. From kspkoc, a tail. A term applied in Pathology to elongation of the clito- ris ; also to polypus of the uterus. The clito- ris. Ce'rea. From cera, wax. The cerumen aurium, or wax of the ear. Cerea'lia. From Cfems, the goddess of harvest. Those species of Graminece, as Avheat, corn, barley, and rye, from the seeds of which bread or any nutritious substance is made. Cerebelli/tis. Inflammation of the cere- bellum. Cerebellum. Diminutive of cerebrum, The little brain, which is that portion of the medullary mass of the cavity of the cranium situated in the inferior part of the occipital fossa^, below the tentorium. It is divided by a septum into a right and left lobe, and. like the other part of the brain, is composed of cortical and medullary matter. Cer'ebral. ■ Ccrcbra'lis; from cerebrum, the brain. Belonging to the brain. Similar to the brain. Cerebral Apophysis. The pineal gland. Cerebral Arteries. The arteries of the brain. CER 127 CER There are three on each side, namely, the anterior, or artery of the corpus callosum, the middle, or arterior syloiana, and the posterior, or posterior and inferior. The first two are fur- nished by the internal carotid, and the other by the vertebral. Cerebral Nerves. The nerves which arise within the cranium. Cer'ebric Acid. A phosphorized acid found in the fatty matters of the brain and nervous system. Cerebrif'orm. Encephaloisd. Cere / brin, or Cere'brine. Cerebrum, brain. A reddish, fatty substance found in the brain. Cerebri/tis. Inflammation of the brain. Cere 7 bro- Spi'nal. Pertaining to the whole of the cerebrum or brain, and spinal structure. Cerebro-Spinal Fluid. The fluid found be- neath the arachnoid membrane of the brain and within the sheath of the spinal marrow. Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. A very fatal form of fever, attended with painful contrac- tions of the muscles of the neck, retraction of the head, headache, vertigo, delirium, coma, pain in back, hyperesthesia of the skin, &c. Cerebro-Spinants. Narcotics have been so called from their effects upon the cerebro-spinal system. Cere'brum. The greater part of the brain. " The cerebrum is divided into a right and left hemisphere, vertically separated from each other, and inferiorly into six lobes — two anterior, two middle, and two posterior — situ- ated within the cranium, and surrounded by the dura and pia mater and tunica arachnoides. It is composed of a cortical substance, which is external, and a medullary, which is internal. It has three" distinct " cavities, called ventricles ; two anterior, or lateral, which are divided from each other by the septum lucidum, and in each of which is the choroid plexus, formed of blood-vessels ; the third ventricle is a space between the thalami nervorum opticorum. The principal prominences of the brain are the corpus callosum, a medullary eminence, conspicuous upon laying aside the hemispheres of the brain ; the corpora striata, two striated protuberances, one in the anterior part of each lateral ventricle ; the thalami nervorum optico- rum, two whitish eminences behind the for- mer," from " which the optic nerves" were said to originate ; the corpora quadrigemina, four medullary projections, called by the ancients nates and testes ; a little cerebral tubercle lying upon the nates, called the pineal (/laud ; and, lastly, the crura cerebri, two me- dullary columns, which proceed from the basis of the brain to the medulla oblongata. The cerebral arteries are branches of the carotid and vertebral arteries. The veins terminate in sinuses, which return their blood into the internal jugulars. The use of the brain is to give off nine pairs of nerves, and the spinal marrow, from which thirty-one more pairs proceed, through whose means the various senses are performed and muscular motion ex- cited." The brain " is also considered as the organ of the intellectual functions." " Vauquelin's analysis of the brain is in 100 parts ; 80 water, 4.53 white fatty matter, 0.7 reddish fatty matter, 7 albumen, 1.12 osmazome, 1.5 phosphorus, 5.15 acids, salts, and sulphur."* Cere'brum Elongatum. Medulla oblongata and medulla spinalis. Cerelse'um. From n?jpoc, wax, and elatov, oil. Cerate composed of wax and oil. Also, oil of tar. Cere'olus. A bougie made of wax. Ce'reilS. From cera, wax. Having a waxy appearance or texture. Ce'ria. From cereus, soft, pliant. The fiat worms found in the intestines. Celtic Acid. Cera, wax. An acid pro- duced by the fixed alkalies on wax. Ce'rin. Cereotic acid. Beeswax consists of this acid united with miricin. Cer'ion. From Krjptov, a honeycomb. A species of porrigo ; also, a honeycombed ulcer- ated affection of the head, Ce'rite. A silicious oxide of cerium. Ce'rium. Symbol, Ce. Atomic weight, 140. A white, brittle metal, difficult of fusion, but volatile when intensely heated, found in a Swedish mineral called cerite. The oxalate is the only salt used medicinally. Useful as a gastric sedative. Dose, gr. iv-v. Ce'roma. From «vpoc, wax. A term applied in Pathology, to a fatty, waxy, or lar- daceous tumor. Ceroplas'tic. From Krjpoc, wax, and irXaariKri rexv??, the art of the modeller or car- ver. The art of modelling in wax. This art is of great antiquity, and to the dental surgeon who is anxious to preserve a transfer of the various cases of irregularity of the teeth which may come under his notice, is particularly valuable. * Hoopei'a Med. Diet. CER 128 CHA CerOS'sic Acid. An acid obtained from I sugar-cane wax. Cero'tum. Cerate. Ce'rous. Waxlike. Cer'uline. Indigo dissolved in sulphuric acid. Coloring matter of indigo. Cerumen. From cera, wax. See Ceru- men AUBIUM. Cerumen Au'rium. The unctuous secretion, which is of a waxy consistence, found in the meatus auditorius externus. Ceru'minous. Eelating to, or having the properties of cerumen. Ceruminous Glands, The follicular glands, situated beneath the membrane lining the meatus which secrete the cerumen. Ceruse'. Cerussa. Carbonate of lead ; white lead. Cerus'sa Acetata. Sugar of lead. Cer'veaii. The brain ; cerebrum. Cer'velet. Cerebellum. Cer'vieal. Cervicalis ; from cervix, the neck. Belonging to the neck ; also, everything that concerns it. Cervical Arteries, The cervical arteries are three in number, namely, the ascending, anter- ior, or superficial, derived from the inferior thyroid ; the transverse, or cervico-scapulare, given off from the axillary artery; and the posterior, which is a branch of the subclavian. Cervical Gan'g/ions. The three ganglions of the great sympathetic nerve. The first is situated opposite the second cervical verte- bra : the second, or middle cervical ganglion, is opposite to the interval between the fifth and sixth cervical vertebra? ; and the third, which is sometimes called the first thoracic, is situated between the transverse process of the last cer- vical vertebra and the head of the first rib. Cervical Lig'aments. The cervical liga- ments are two in number. The first is called the anterior, and extends from the basilar pro- cess of the occipital bone to the anterior part of the first cervical vertebra ; and the second is denominated the posterior, and extends from the outer occipital protuberance to the spin- ous process of the last cervical vertebra. Cervical Nerves. The eight pairs of nerves first given off from the spinal marrow. Cervical P/ex'us. The network of nerves formed by the first three cervical nerves. Cer'vical Veins. These veins have nearly the same distribution as the cervical arteries. Cervical Ver'tebrce. The seven uppermost vertebrae of the spinal column. Cervica'lis Descend/ ens. The upper continuation of the sacro-lumbalis. Cer'vico-Fa'cial Nerve. A branch of the facial nerve, distributed to the neck and face. Cer'vix. CoUum. The neck. Applied also to organs or parts, as the cervix uteri, neck of the uterus, &c. Cer'vus. A genus of ruminantia. Cervus El'aphus. The stag, from the horns and hoofs of which hartshorn shavings are ob- tained. Cestoi/cleans. From neoroc, a girdle, and etdoc, likeness ; ribbon-like. The order of Sterelmintha, or parenchymatus entozoa, to which tape-worm belongs. Ceta'ceum. Spermaceti. From ktjtoc, a whale. A white, insipid, unctuous substance, obtained from the brain of the spermaceti and other varieties of whale. It resembles paraffine in its physical properties. Employed as an emollient. Cetic Acid. The result of the action of alkalies upon cetine. Ce'tilie. Pure spermaceti. Cetra'ria Island'ica. Lichen Island icus. Iceland moss. It is demulcent, nutritive, and tonic. The dose is 3 j to 3 iv, being first steep- ed in water holding in solution some carbon- ate of potassa to extract the bitter, and then boiled in milk. Ce 'trarin. The bitter principle of Iceland moss. Cetyl. A hypothetical radical of a series of compounds obtained from spermaceti. Its formula is C39H33. Cevad'ic Acid. An acid resulting from the action of potash on the oil of the Verabnm sabadilla. Cevadil'la. See Veratrum Sabadieea. Cey'lailite. The name of a mineral of an indigo blue color. Cey'lon 3Ioss. A cryptogamic plant of the order Alga, which has been introduced in Europe as an article of food. Chabazite'. A crystallized silicate, of a faint rose color. Cna'nng". The red excoriations which oc- cur in consequence of the friction of parts, or between the folds of the skin. Washing in cold water and dusting with zinc-powder is the best preventive. Chain SaAV. A saw made of a watch- spring, having serratures on one side. One end is attached to a handle and the other to a CHA 129 CHA hook. It is used in the operation for the re- moval of the lower jaw. Chala'sis. From x a ? Mi0 , to relax. Ee- laxation. Chalas'mus. Xalaafiog. Relaxation. Chalas'ticus. From x a " Aau , I relax. A relaxing medicine. Cliala/za. In Botany, a vascular disk at the base of the nucleus of an ovule. The cica- tricula of the egg. With the ovologists, the ehcUazoe or poles are the spirally twisted bands of the dense internal layer of albumen in the egg, adhering to the yolk and extremities of the egg. Cliala / zium. From x aAa ^ a , a hail-stone. A species of hordeolum or movable tumor on the margin of the eyelid, commonly called a stye. Chalcan'thum. From x a ^ K °Q, brass, and avBog, a flower. Red calcined vitriol, or the flowers of brass. Chalcecl'oiiy. A mineral, so called from having been found by the ancients in Chalce- don, in Asia Minor, supposed to be pure silica with a little water. ChaFcites. Colcothar, or the red oxide of iron. Clialcoi / deum Os. The cuneiform bone of the foot. Chalk. A calcarous earth of a white color. Carbonate of lime. See Creta. Chalk, Black. Drawing slate, used in crayon drawing. Chalk, Red. A clay, colored with oxide of iron. Chalk-Stone. Earthy concretions found in the hands and feet of persons affected with gout. Chalybeate. Chalybeatus; from chalybs, iron or steel. Of, or belonging to, iron. Any medicine into which iron enters, as chalybeate mixture, pills, waters, <&c. Chalybeate Waters. Any mineral water con- taining iron. Chalybs. From Chalybes, a people of Pont us, who dug iron out of the earth. Acies steel, or the protocarburet of iron. In its me- dicinal virtues, steel does not differ from iron. Chalybs Rub/go. Subcarbonate of iron. Chalybs Tartarizatus. Ferrum tartarizatum. Tartrate of iron and potash. Chamaenie'lum. See Anthemis No- BILIS. Cham'bar. Magnesia. Chamber. Camera; a term employed 9 in Anatomy, in speaking of the eye, in which there are two chambers, an anterior and a pos- terior. The space before the iris is termed the anterior chamber, and that behind it is the posterior. Chame'leoii Min'eral. A compound of manganesic acid and potash, presenting a variety of tints when dissolved in water. Chamomile Drops. Alcoholic spirits, impregnated with essential oil of chamomile. Chamomile Fiow'ers. The flower heads of the Anthemis nobilis. They possess mild tonic properties, and in large quantities act as an emetic. They are also valuable as a febrifuge. Chamomile, German. See Matricaria Chamomilla. Chamomile, Wild. See Anthemis Cotula. ChamomiPla. Chamomile. Chan / cre. From mpjuvog, cancer. A sore resulting from the direct application of the venereal poison to any part of the body. It is almost always seated, in men, on the penis. The term is never applied to sores occurring in other parts of the body from absorption or general contamination of the system. The French apply the word chancre to cancerous ulcers, and malignant aphthae of children. Chapman's Mixture. Copaiva Bal., Sp. iEtheris Nitrici, da % ss ; Pulv. Acacia, 3;ij; Saccharum £j ; Destill. aquae, ^iv; Sp. Lavendulae Compositus, gij. Misce. Dose 3 ss, three times a day. A remedy much used in gonorrhoea. Character. XapaiiT7j() } a mark of im- pression. In General Medicine the term is used synonymously with stamp or appearance. Thus, " a disease is of unfavorable character," or " has a bilious character," &c. In Dental Surgery it is applied to the appearances which the teeth present in their physiological and pathological conditions. It has, also, the same signification when applied to the gums. Characteristics of the Teeth. See Teeth, Characteristics of. Charan / tia. Momordica elaterium. Char / COal. Carbon. An impure form of carbon, obtained by burning wood with imper- fect access of air, or exposing it to a strong heat in a distilling apparatus composed of cyl- inders of iron, so constructed that the volatile product may be collected. Among this there will be a certain proportion of tar and pyroligneous acid, or impure vinegar. This, when it is wished to procure a pure article, should be suf- fered to escape, while the re-absorption of the CHA 130 CHE crade vapor should be prevented, by cutting off the communication between the interior cylinders and the apparatus used for condens- ing the pyroligneous acid, after the removal of the lire from the furnace. The charcoal obtained for common purposes, as fuel, &c, is made from wood, piled up in the shape of a pyramid, covered with earth, with a few air-holes, but which, as the pile becomes well lighted, are closed. In this way the wood is deprived of its volatile parts and converted into a black, brittle, porous substance, called charcoal, but retaining the shape of the vege- table from which it is obtained. Charcoal, Animal. The carbonaceous residue of bones or of blood, usually the former. Ani- mal charcoal, bone charcoal, and ivory black, are names applied to bones calcined or convert- ed into charcoal in a close vessel. It is also prepared by calcining dried blood, horns, hoofs, pieces of hides, &c, in contact with carbonate of potash, and washing the calcined mass with water. It is used to decolorize vegetable prin- ciples, such as gallic acid, quinina, veratria, &c. Char' /atari. A medical impostor ; a quack. Char'pie. Scraped linen or lint. Cliaser. A dental instrument made of steel, copper or bone, for forming swaged vacuum-cavities in dental plates. Chas'me. From x aivcj > to gape. Yawn- ing; gaping. Chattering- of the Teeth. Pentium crepitus; Odontosynerismus ; claquemcnt. A phe- nomenon resulting from tremor of the muscles of the inferior maxilla, and commonly dependent on rigor arising from cold or mental emotion. Cheek. The side of the face, extending from the lower eyelid to the base of the jaw, and from the nose and commissure of the lips to the ear; composed of fat, areolar tissue, muscles, etc. Cheek-bone. Malar bone. Cheek Distender. An appliance for distend- ing the cheeks of a patient dining operations on the teeth, and to reflect light. It is made of spring wire, to which are attached polished nickel-plated cheek pieces. Cheese. Ca'seus. The coagulum of milk compressed into a solid mass. Cheil. Lip ; used as a prefix. Cheilitis, or Chilitis. From getta?, a lip. Inflammation of the lips. Cheiloc'ace. From x £l '^ n C, a lip, and ko/coc, evil. Swelling and induration of the lip, but without suppuration. , Cheilocarcino'nia. From x £{ ? nc, a lip, and naptcivioua, cancer. Cancer of the lip. Cheilon / cus. A swelling of the lip. Cheiloplas / tice. Chiloplasty ; from x £ ^°c r a lip, and nAdcrr/noc, forming. The operation for an artificial lip. Clieil'os. The lip. Cheiria'ter. From x ei P, the hand, and larpoq, a physician. A surgeon. Cheiris / ina. From x £l P^ , ua ', to labor with the hand. Any manual operation ; the act of touching or handling. Cheirix'is. From x £l P ovn , U£0) , to labor with the hand. Surgery in all its branches. Cheironom'ia. From x £i P 0V0 ! 1£u , I ex- ercise with the hands. An exercise consisting in using the hands, as in the exercise with the dumb-bells. Cheiroptera. Hand wing ; the bat tribe of animals. Che'la. X77A77, forceps ; from x £(J , to take. A bifurcated probe used for the extraction of nasal polypi. Applied also to a fissure in the feet, and to the claws of a crab Cheese. Chaps or cracks in the skin. Che / loid. Cheloi'des. From *eXvc, a tor- toise, and ei doc, a form. Applied to a skin disease. CheUyiie. XeXuvtj. A tortoise. A term applied in Surgery to an instrument for extend- , ing a limb, because the slowness of its motion I resembles that of a tortoise. Also, a genus of ' plants. Chelo / ilioil. , From x £ ' /( - )V7 /, a tortoise, I from its resemblance to the shell of a tortoise. A hump or gibbosity of the back. Che'lys. Xs/.vc, the chest. The thorax. Chelys'cioii. From x £ " /v (, the chest. A dry, hacking cough, attended with soreness of the muscles of the chest. Cheiru/cal. Of, or belonging to, chem- istry. Chemical Affinity, or Attraction. The force which draws dissimilar particles of matter to- gether, causing them to combine and form new bodies endowed with new properties. It acts only at insensible distances. Chemical Formula. A symbolic expression of a chemical compound ; but in the composi- tion of chemical formula?, algebraic representa- tions are employed. Chemical Nomenclature. The technical terms appropriated to chemistry. Chemical Symbols. The abbreviations used to designate the elements and radicals. See Equivalents, Chemical. CHE 131 CHI Chemico-Histol'ogy. The doctrine of the organic chemistry and morphology of tissue. Chem'ist. One versed in chemistry. Chemistry. A word supposed to be de- rived from the Arabic, ckema, a secret. It is defined by Brande to be " a department of science the objects of winch are to investigate the nature and properties of the elements of matter, and their mutual actions and combina- tions ; to ascertain the proportions in which they unite, and the modes of separating them when united ; and to inquire into the laws ancl powers which preside over and affect these agents." Chemo'sis. From x an 'u, to gape, or from x v H- ^^ a humor. Inflammation of the conjunctiva of the eye, characterized by disten- sion of its vessels and the formation of an elevated ring arouud the cornea. Cheiiopo'dium. A genus of plants of the order Chenopodiacece. Chenopodium Ambrosioi'des. Mexico tea ; Spanish tea. This species of chenopodium is said to have been used with advantage in chorea. Chenopodium Anthelmin'ticum. Chenopodium- Wormseed ; Jerusalem oak ; stinkweed. The fruit of this plant is celebrated for its anthel- mintic properties. Dose of the oil for children gtt. iij to vj ; for adults, gtt. vj to xx. Chenopodium Bonus Henri'cus. The syste- matic name of the English mercury. Che'oplastic Base. A plate made of cheoplastic metal, adapted to a portion of the alveolar ridge deprived of 'natural teeth, and to be supplied with an artificial substitute. Dr. A. A. Blandy is the patentee of this method. See Harris's Prin. andPract. of Dentistry. Cheoplastic Metal. An alloy composed of tin, silver and bismuth, with a small trace of antimony ; and first brought to the notice of the dental profession by Dr. A. A. Blandy in 1857. Cheoplastic Process. The manner of mount- ing artificial teeth upon a plate composed of the alloy known as cheoplastic metal. For process, see Harris's Prin. and Prac. of Den- tistry. Cheoplastic Teeth. Artificial teeth made ex- pressly for cheoplastic work. They are not provided with platina pins, but have holes or dovetail grooves into which the metal runs, retaining them securely to the base. Clier'ry. The fruit of the Prunus cerasus. Cherry-Laurel. See Pituxus Lai.ko- Cerasus. Che'sis. A frequent desire to evacuate the bowels. Chest 'nut. See JEsculus and Fag is. Chestnut, Horse. See JSsCTJliUS HlPPOCAS- TASUM. Clievaueliemeiit. A French word, signifying, in General Surgery, the riding of the extremities of a fractured bone on each other; and in Dented Surgery, defective ar- rangement of the teeth, consisting in the grad- ual displacement of a cuspid or incisor, which assumes a position in front of the dental arch and obliquely across one of the adjoining teeth. See Irregularity of the Teeth. Chevestre. Chevastre. A double-headed roller, applied round the head, the middle sup- porting the chin, in cases of fracture or luxa- tion of the lower jaw. It has received the names of simple, double, and oblique, according to the manner in which it is applied. This bandage, however, has, to some extent, been superseded by one contrived by Mr. Fox. See Fox's Baxdage. Cbi'a. Chia terra; from Chios, the island where it was originally found. A variety of white earth, formerl} T used for burns. Chia'dus. Furunculus. Cllias / ma. From x ia &, to make the letter X ; chiasm. The crossing of the fibres of the optic nerve ; also the crucial union of parts. Chias'ter. See Kiaster. Chias'tolite. A mineral having some resemblance to the steatite. Cliias / tos. A crucial bandage, so called because it resembles the letter X. C li ick'en-Pox. See Varicella. Cllicot. Stump (of a tooth). Cliicotin. The bitter powder or juice of colocynth. Chigre. Chiggre, chegre, chique. From the Spanish, chiquito, small. A small insect of the Southern States and the West Indies, which penetrates the skin, causing slight inflamma- tion and intolerable itching. Chil'blain. Pernio ;bugan'tia; eryihe'ma pernio ; from chill, cold, and Main, a pustule. Erythematous inflammation of the feet, hands, or other part of the body, resulting from ex- posure to cold. Chilblains are prevented by accustoming the parts to exposure ; and are treated by stimulant, terebinthinate, and bal- samic washes, ointments, and liniments. CHI 132 CHL Child-Bed Fever. Puerperal fever. Cllild/birtll. Parturition. Chi'lo. From x £i ^ oc , a lip. A word used as a prefix. Chi'lon. Chei'lon ; cheili'tis, from x £l ^°C, a lip. Inflammation and swelling of the lip. Chimaphil a. A genus of plants of the order Pyrolacece. Chimaphila Umber lata. Chimaphila, U. S. Pipsissewa ; winter green ; ground-holly. The fresh leaves have a fragrant odor, and a bitter- ish, astringent, and aromatic taste. They are diuretic, astringent, and tonic. Dose, Oj of decoction in 24 hours. Chilllia. Chemistry. Chiniia'ter. From x v , uia , chemistry, and larpor, a physician. One who applies the sci- ence of chemistry to medical purposes. Chimney-Sweepers' Cancer. Can- cer of the scrotum. Chi / mog , ene. Cold generator. A liquid produced by Dr. Vanderweyde in experiment- ing with the highly volatile and gaseous pro- ducts of distillation, which he proposes to use as an improved substitute for rhigolene, ether, etc., in producing local anaesthesia. It boils at any desired degree of temperature, say at 60°, 50°, 40°, or even at 30° Fahr., causing by its evaporation the most intense cold. Chi'na Glaze. A blue frit composed of ten parts glass, two parts lead, and three of blue calx. China Nova. A variety of red bark, the product of Cinchona oblongifolia. China Root. The root of the Smilax China. It has the same properties as Sarsaparilla. Chhi/aroth. A red substance, deposited from cinchona tannin, on the absorption of oxygen. Chinchi'na. See Cinchona, Chin'cough. Pertussis. Cliini / nuni. See Quinina. Cllinioid / ine. Ch inoidine ; eh in iodina ; from China, cinchona. A substance separated from cinchona, supposed to be an alkaloid, and to consist of a mixture of quinina, cinchona, and a peculiar resinous matter. It is really impure quinina. Chinovan / tina. An alkaloid of cin- chona ovata. Chip Blower. A warm air blow-pipe. Chir. The hand ; a prefix. Chironi / um. A malignant ulcer, with callous edges, difficult to cure. Chiropodist. From x tl P, the hand, and trove, the foot. One whose profession is to remove corns and bunions from the feet. Chirothe'ca. From x ei P, the hand, and &r}KT} y a sheath. A bandage applied in spiral turns, so as to envelop the hand and fingers. Chirur'geon. A surgeon. Chirur'gia. From x £i P, the hand, and epyov, a work. Surgery. Chirur / g'ical. Pertaining to surgery. Chirurgien Dentist e. Surgeon den- tist. Chli'aros. Slight fevers, in which the heat is not great. Chlias'ma. A tepid and moist fermen- tation. Chloas'ma. Chloasma pseudo-porrigo. Liver spots. Blotches on the skin, of irreg- ular shape and yellowish-brown hue. Chlorace'tic Acid. A modification of acetic acid, in which three atoms of chlorine take the place of three atoms of hydrogen. Chloraliini. See Chloride of Alum- inum. Chlorace'tyl. A modification of acetvl. CO, Chlo'ral. A dense, oily, colorless, pun- gent-smelling liquid, C 4 HCLOHo, or C,Cl 3 OH, obtained by the action of dry chlorine gas on anhydrous alcohol. Chloral, Hydrate of. Formula: C,HC1,0. Chloral, mixed with water, becomes the Hy- drate of Chloral, and then exists in the form of a white solid substance, with a pungent, peculiar odor, resembling that of a dry melon. It is only in the form of the hydrate that Chloral is employed in medicine. It is hyp- notic and anaesthetic. The average dose for an adult is gr. xxx to lx. As a general rule, gr. xxx of the hydrate is equal in effects to gr. j of opium. For children, gr. vij will suf- fice, and for adults gr. xxv to xxx, where short intervals of sleep are required. In pois- oning by Chloral, strychnia acts as a speedy and complete antidote. See Hydrate of Chloral. ChkVramid, or Chlo ralamide. OH HCHO. A hypnotic. It is chemically a union of chloral anhydride with formamide. It occurs in colorless, odorless, non-caustic crystals, of a somewhat bitter taste, melting at 239° F., and soluble in from 9 to 14 parts of cold, and less of warm water, and in 1 part of absolute and 1} parts of 96 per cent, alcohol. It induce? Formula : CCl 3 CH{g* CHL 133 ( IIL an apparently natural sleep, commencing in I from 2 to 3 hours, and lasting from 6 to 10 hours. The dose varies from 15 to 60 grains. ! Thirty-grain doses are generally employed. CMcfran'thllS. A genus of plants of the order CMorardhaceas ; allied to Piperaeece. It is a most powerful stimulating agent. Chloras'ma. Chlorosis. Ghlo'rate. A compound of chloric acid with a salifiable base. Chlorate of Potassa. Potassoe chloras; which see. Clllo / ric Etlier. A compound obtained | by passing hydrochloric acid gas into alcohol to saturation and distilling the product. See Ethyl Chloride. Clllo'ride. A compound of chlorine with different bodies. Chloride of Aluminium. Aluminii Chloridum. I ChloraJum. Prepared by passing chlorine over aluminum and charcoal. Antiseptic and dis- , infectant. See Gorgas'' Dental Medicine. Chloride of Ammonia. Muriate of Ammonia. NH 4 C1. Dose, gr. j-xx. See Ammonia. Chloride of Gold. See Terchloride of Gold. Chloride of Lime. See Lime, Chloride of. Chloride of Magnesia. Magnesii Chloridum. Obtained from muriate of magnesia. A bitter, I deliquescent salt. See Gorgas 1 Dental Medi- cine. V Chloride of Methyl. (CH 3 C1.) It possesses anaesthetic and analgesic properties ; has been employed for facial neuralgia, in the form of spray. It causes only a temporary irritation of the skin. Chloride of Tin. Stannum Chloridum. Ob- tained from tin and hydrochloric acid. Used ' in form of injections for affections of mucous membranes. Chloride of Zinc. See Zinc. Clilo / riiiatecL Soda Solution. See Sod.e Chlorixa'tjs Li'quor. Chlorine. From x / - (ji o< l- l green. A non- | metallic element. At ordinary temperature a yellowish-green colored gas, of a disagreeable \ taste and strong, suffocating order, exciting great irritation and spasm of the glottis when inhaled, even in a diluted state ; incapable of supporting combustion, and soluble in water. It is obtained by the action of hydrochloric acid on peroxide of manganese. In Dental Practice it is employed for bleaching discolored teeth. Chlorine Water. Aqua chhrinii. A solution of chlorine gas in water. It forms a good an- tiseptic lotion. Chlori / Odate. A combination of chlo- riodic acid with a base. Chlorio'dic Acid. A compound of chlorine and iodine. Clllo'rite. An earthy mineral of various tints of green. Clllo'ro. A term formed from the Greek, and used to indicate a clear, lively green color. Clilorocar / boii. See Tetrachloridh of Carbon. Chlorocarbon'ic. An acid obtained from chlorine and carbon. ClllO / rodyne. A secret preparation pro- posed in 1848 by Dr. Browne, of India, and said by him to consist of perchloric acid with a uew alkaloid. Supposed to contain chloro- form, ether, morphine, cannabis indica, hydro- cyanic acid and capsicum. It has been given as an anodyne chiefly. ChloVoform. Formula, CHC1 3 . Ter- cloride of formyl ; so called because it is a com- bination of chlorine with formyl, the basis of formic acid. A limpid, colorless, volatile liquid, possessing a fragrant, fruit-like, ethereal odor, and a saccharine, pungent taste. It is obtained by distilling a mixture of chloride of lime and alcohol. Taken internally, it acts as a sedative narcotic. For inhalation the dose is a fluid drachm, equivalent to sixty minims, or more. It consists of two atoms of carbon, one of hydrogen and three of chlorine. Its formula is, therefore (C 2 H)CL 3J or FoCL,C,H, being the expression for formyl, otherwise written Fo. Its specific gravity is 1.480, and the den- sity of its vapor is 4.2. It is uninflammable, and boils at 141°. It is recommended in asthma, and when taken into the stomach pro- duces a grateful and soothing effect. Professor Simpson, of Edinburgh, discov- ered that the vapor of chloroform, Avhen in- haled, acts as a powerful anaesthetic agent, producing complete insensibility in from thirty seconds to three or four minutes, and is exten- sively used, both in Europe and America, not only for the purpose of producing insensibility in surgical operations, but also to prevent the pain attending parturition. Its use, however, has, in a number of instances been attended with fatal effects. For mode of administration see Gorgas' Dental Medicine. Given by the stomach, chloroform produces a feeling of warmth, followed by coolness, CHL 134 CHO owing to its rapid evaporation. Large doses act as a violent irritant-narcotic poison. Hy- podermic medication with chloroform is some- times practiced in the treatment of neuralgia. The local application of this agent to the skin is not so irritant as it is to mucous membrane. When the vapor of chloroform is inhaled, the effects are very closely analogous to those of the vapor of ether. See Ether, Sulphuric. But it is more irritant to the pharyngo-laryn- geal tract than ether vapor. Dangerous symp- toms are treated with nitrite of amyl, artificial respiration, faradization or galvanism, atro- pia, stimulant enemata, and all the agencies connected with etherization. Nelaton's method — inversion of the patient — has proven suc- cessful when arrest of the heart's action is the primary and chief source of danger. Chloroform, Ammoniated. Equal parts of ammonia in alcohol and chloroform ; antipy- retic and anodyne. Chloroform Liniment Composed of chloro- form 40, and soap liniment 60 parts. Chloroform Mixture. Chloroform 8, cam- phor 2, yolk of egg 10, and water 80 parts. Dose, 3j to gj. Chloroform Mortality. 1:3000 in 500 cases. Chloroform Spirit. Chloroform 10, alcohol 90 parts. Dose, TTLx-^j. Chloroform, Tincture of. Ether, chloric. Chloroformiza'tion. A term applied to the aggregate of the symptons produced by the administration of chloroform. Chloro'ma. From x^poQ, green, and oma. A peculiar form of tumor containing a yellow-green substance, which takes the place, at times, of muscles and periosteum. Clilorom'eter. An instrument for esti- mating the quantity of chlorine in combina- tion with water, or a base. Clllorophayite. A mineral which when recently broken is green, but afterwards be- comes black. Clilo'ropliane. A species of fiuor spar, transmitting a beautiful pale-green light when heated. Clilo ropliyll. The green matter of the leaves of plants. Cliloro'sis. From x^P^, green. The green sickness. A disease affecting young fe- males, particularly before menstruation, or those laboring under a suppression of menses, characterized by languor, palpitation of the heart, pain in the loins, fatigue, a pale, green- ish hue of the face, a small, quick pulse, and sometimes with cedematous swellings of the feet. Clllorot/ic. Affected with or pertaining to chlorosis. Clilo'rum. Chlorine. Clilo / ruret. Chloride. CliOC'olate. A paste prepared from the cacao-nut, with sugar. It is a nourishing ar- ticle of diet. Clioke-Damp. A term applied by mi- ners to irrespirable gas or vapors containing carbonic acid. Cholayiilia. From x°?~v, bile, and aiua, blood. A morbid state in which bile is found in the blood. Jaundice. Cliolse'us. Biliary. CllO / lag'OgTie. Cholagogus ; from x o/ V, bile, and ayo> 7 I expel. Purgative medicines which excite biliary secretions. Chole. Cholo.L Bile. CllO'leate. A combination of choleic acid with a base. Cliolec'chysis. Effusion of bile. ChoPecyst. Gall bladder. Cholecystitis. Inflammation of the gall bladder. CholecVocllllS. From x n ' /7 h bile, and o~o- Xoc, containing or receiving. Receiving or containing bile. Chofedochus Ductus. Ductus communis choled- ochus. The duct which conveys the bile from the liver to the duodenum. Clioledoei'tis. Inflammation of the choledoch duct. Clioledog 'rapliy. Clioledographia, from ^o/.;/, bile, and }paoeiv, to describe. A descrip- tion of that which relates to the bile. Gholedol'Ogy. Choledologia, from \o/.r, bile, and /.<>; oc , a discourse. A treatise on the bile. Cliole'ic Acid. Taurocholic acid. Bilin. According to Liebig. that part of bile soluble in alcohol and containing the bilin. ClioFeiu. From x '- 7 /, bile. A mixture of several principles of bile. Cliolel'itlius. From x o/ -V and ~'idoc, a stone. Biliary calculi. Clioleme'sia. Vomiting of bile. Cliolepyi^rlliiie. The brownish-yellow i coloring matter of the bile. Cliol'er. Bile. Anger was supposed to proceed from a superabundance of bile : hence the application of the term I iger. Cliol'era. Cholera morbus; from t "' 7 /, | and peu, I now. Purging and vomiting, gen- CHO 135 CHO erally of bile, with gripings and spasms of the abdominal muscles, and often in the legs and arms. In the Asiatic cholera, or cholera as- phyxia, the discharges resemble rice-water, and the disease is generally of a more malig- nant and fatal character. Its pathology is but little understood. Cholera Infantum. Cholera of Infants. Chol'eric. Chpleri'eus. Belonging to chol- era morbus or to the bile. ClloFei'ilie. A slight diarrhoea during the prevalence of cholera ; a premonitory symptom of the disease. Cliol'eroicl. Eesembling cholera. Choloropho'ne. The peculiar voice of a patient affected with cholera. Choleroproso'pon. The facial expres- sion of one affected with cholera. Chole'steato'ma. XoA?/, bile, and stea-. toma. A fatty tumor, laminated and pearly and composed principally of crystals of choles- terine. Choles'teric Acid. A substance ob- tained by heating cholesterine with nitric aoid. Choles'terine. Chlosterina; from x°^-V, bile, and crepeo^, solid, or creep, suet. An in- odorous, pearly white, insipid, shining sub- stance, found in certain biliary calculi, and in nearly all the animal fluids. Cliol'ic Acid. A resinous acid obtained from bile. It has been supposed to be oleic acid, conjugated with a radical C 12 H 6 6 , though other chemists regard it as a nitrogenous acid, and Lowig puts it among his hydroazocarbyls. The truth is that the same acid has received several different- names, and the cholic acid of Demarcay, Lehman and other organic chem- ists is the cholalic acid of the classification of Lowig, who has followed Strecker. Cliolice'le. From x ^-. bile, and nr/Ar], a tumor. A swelling caused by an accumula- tion of bile in the gall-duct. Ch.ol / iiiate. Cholinic acid combining with a base. Cholin'ic Acid. A white flocculent acid obtained by Berzelius from cholic acid. It must not be confounded with Lowig's choleinic acid, which is the taurocholic acid of Lehman. Chol'OgOgues. Substances which pro- mote the secretion and flow of bile, as mer- cury, manganese, &c. ChoFolith. CholoVithus. Biliary calculi or gall-stone. Cllolo / ilia. From ,r w ^°C, lame or maimed. Lameness or distortion of a leg. Cholo'SCS. From .f)///, bile. Disease of the liver and spleen generally. CllOlldral'gia. Pain of the cartilages. Chon'drine. A gelatinous substance ob- tained from the permanent cartilages by boil- ing ; organic basis of cartilage. Chondritis. From x ov ^f >0 C, cartilage, and itis, a termination signifying inflamma- tion. Inflammation of cartilage. Chondrogenes'ia. Chondrogme' sis, from Xovtipog, cartilage, and yeveaic, formation. For- mation of cartilage ; conversion of parts into cartilage. Chondroglos'siiS. From ^ovJpoc, a cartilage, and yAooca, the tongue. A fasciculus of fleshy fibres extending from the lesser cornu of the os hyoides to the tongue, forming part of the hyoglossus muscle. Chondrog'raphy. A description of the cartilages. Cll011 / drokl. Chondro' ides ; from x (ov - dp"C, cartilage, and eidor, resemblance. Carti- laginous. Resembling cartilage. Chondro / ma. A cartilaginous growth in bones. Cliondro-Pliarynge / us. From x ov - dqoc, cartilage, and (papvyg, the pharynx. The fibres of the muscular coat of the pharynx, arising from the lesser cornu of the os hyoides, which form part of the constrictor medius. Chon'dros. XovSpoc, cartilage. A car- tilage. Chondro / ses. Morbid formation or con- dition of cartilages. Chondrosyndes / miis. From x ov ^P ^, a cartilage, and ovvdau, to tie together. Union of bones by means of a cartilaginous ligament. CllOiidrot'omy. XovSpoc, cartilage, and thjivelv, to cut. Dissection or division of car- tilage. Chon / drus. A genus of sea-weeds. Chondrus Crispus. Carrageen ; Irish moss. It possesses demulcent and nutritive qualities, and has been used in pulmonary diseases and bowel affections. Cho / ra. Xcopa, a region. Any void space, as the orbit of the eye, &c. Chor'da. From x°P^ r }^ a string. The word has several significations. An interstice, a tendon, an assemblage of fibres; and it is sometimes applied to a painful tension of the penis. Chorda Dorsa'lis. The rudiment of the ver- tebral column in the foetus. Chorda Mag'na. The tendo Achillis. CHO 136 CHE Chorda Tendin'ea. A cord-like tendinous substance connecting the cameos column* of the ventricles of the heart to the auricular valves. Chorda Tym 'pan/. A branch of the seventh pair of nerves is so called because it crosses the tympanum of the ear. like a string aa - the bottom of a drum. Chorda Voca'les. Vocal cords. The thyro- arytenoid ligaments of the larynx or of the inferior ligaments of the glottis. Chordap'SUS. Constriction or twisting of the intestines. Cliorclee.' A French word applied in Pathology to a ppjnful, spasmodic contraction of the penis attending gonorrhoea. Chore a. Xopcia, from X°P°Qj a chorus, which formerly accompanied dancing, A dis- ease called St. Titus's dance, characterized by convulsive motions of the limbs, resembling the movements of a person dancing. Clio'rion. X .: . skin, from ruon. a re- :. The second membrane of the foetus. Chorion! 'tis. Induration of the cellu- lar tiss : Clio riuiii. From x°P lov , skin. The cutis vera, or innermost layer of the skin. Clio'roid. Choroideus; from \o: . the chorion, and : ;. : semblance. A name ap- plied to several parts because of their resem- blance, in the vascularity of their structure, to the chorion. Choroid Membrane. Membnma Choroides m The choroid fame, a dark vascular membrane of the eye. between the sclerotica and the retina. Choroid Muscle. Ciliary muscle. Choroid Pi ex us. Plexus ehoroi membranous and vascular duplicatures of the pia mater, situated in the lateral ventricle of the brain. Clirem'ma. Sputum. Chri'>i>. X - ;. From XP 10} , I anoint. Inunction. The anointing of any pan. Gbriste lion. An ointment or liniment, Cliro a. Chroma. Color in general The surface of the body : the skin. Cliro 'ma*. A chroruate, or salt formed by the union of chromic acid with salifiable - - Chromatics. From x^ua, color. That part of optics which treats of the colors of light and natural objects. Chrome Steel. A variety of steel employed for enamel chisels, which gives hardness strength to line cutting edges, and poss sses advantages over carbon steel. Chromic Acid. Aeidum Chromiami- Formula. I btained by mixing bichro- mate of potash with pure concentrated sul- phuric acid, in the form of brilliant prismatic- crystals. It Is a powerful escharotic, and its action, although slow and gradual i- deeply penetrating. In Dental Practice, it i< used as an escharotic for all ying z:reme -ibility of dentine, ai; i i that its application is not attended with pain like chloride of zinc and other escharoties, nor with any risk to the nerve, and that its ene almost instantaneous. It is allowed to remain in the cavity of the tooth from two to live minutes. Chromic acid is employed in fung- ous growth of dental pulp and ornms. and has been recommended for bleaching discolored teeth. It should be used with great cane id injuring the healthy tis~ Chromidro 'sis. Abnormal coloration of the sweat. Cliro miiim. Symbol Cr. -A. From .*/*■>."'*, color, beea ; gives color to its combinations. Symbol Cr. ireight ^'1:1. One of the elements iron group. A whitish, brittle, and very infusible metal, extracted from the native chromate of lead or iron. By heating it with nitre it Is convened into chromic acid. Chromium. Sesquichloride o' 8 iehlor- Chromium. < hromo'g-eii. Vegetable coloring mat- ter acted upon by acids or alkalies, prod yellow or green tints, Chroinop *ia. Chrup'sia : from xpup", color, and sion. Colored vision. Chronic. C from xP ol '°'~? time. A Term applied to diseases of long continuance, and for th :.rt without fever, as dis- tinguished from acute diseu- - Chroiio-Ther mal. A fanciful that medicines are electrical in their action. 1. as usual, into a "a - Chrup Sia. From sisrht. A disease of t.. in which a colored impression is made on the retina. Chrys. A prefix, meaning golden yellow. Chrys alis. From . - : _ ond or inactive state of a metabolion or changeable insect, embracing the period when it is enclosed in a transparent covering, which rtimes reflects a metallic lustre, and hence the appelL Chry>i ti>. From \~\t<-:. gold. Li: CHR 137 CIC ChrysobaFaiius. From xp v °°c, gold, and (3a2avoc, a nut; so called because it is yellow before it is dried. The nutmeg. See Myristica Moschata. Chrysob / eryl. A mineral of a green color and vitreous lustre. Chrysocol / Ja. From XP VG °S, gold, and iv incision, to//?/, an incision, of varices. Cis / ta. From Keifiat, to lie. A cyst. Cister'na. From cista, a cyst. Parts of the body which serve as repositories for fluids. The fourth ventricle of the brain is also so called. Cis / tus. A genus of plants of the order Cistaeeoe. Cistus Creticus. The plant from which the ladanum is obtained ; a gum resin which exudes from the leaves. Cit'rate. A salt of citric acid. Citrate of Ammonia. Ammonia citras. A salt formed by neutralizing sesquicarbonate of ammonia with citric acid. Citrate of Potash. A salt formed by evapo- rating to dryness a solution of citric acid, satu- rated by carbonate of potassa. Citrates. Salts of the acid of lemons. Cit/ric Of, or belonging to, the lemon. Citric Acid. Formula : H 2 C 6 H 5 7 . Acidum citricum. Acid of lemons, lemon juice. It re- sembles acetic acid in its effects and uses. Ci'trme Oint/ment. Ointment of ni- trate of mercury. Used as a stimulant and alterative application in cutaneous affections. Cit'rinus. Lemon-colored. Cit/ron. See Citrus Medica. CitruPlus. Cucurbita citrullus. Cit'rus. The lemon. See Citrus Medica. Citrus Aurantium. The systematic name of the orange tree. Citrus Medica. The systematic name of the lemon tree. The citron is the same species of tree as the lemon. Citrus Vulga'ris. The Citrus Aurantium. Cit'ta. An inordinate or voracious ap- petite. CI. Abbreviation for chlorine. Clacking- Pivot, or Tenon. Clack- pivot ; a method of attaching an artificial crown to the root of a natural tooth, in- vented by Magiola. See Pivot Teeth, Har- ris's Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Ciadras'tis Tincto / ria. Yellow Ash, Fustic Tree, Yellow Locust. An indigenous tree flourishing in the Western and Southern States. The bark and root are cathartic. Clairvoyance. Clear-seeing. A power supposed to be communicated to persons by animal magnetism, by which they are said to discern objects not present, to see through stone- walls, and to have the quality of vision dif- fused over the whole body. Clam'my. Glutinous, adhesive, sticky. Clamp. In Surgery an Instrument for compressing parts to fix them in position or to prevent hemorrhage. In Mechanical Dc ntislry, a piece of round or flattened iron wire or other metal not easily fused, bent in such a manner as to hold two or more pieces of gold or silver in contact with each other while they are being soldered together. Another form of clamp, that of Dr. T. II. Burras, is designed for holding the plate firmly to the die when swag- ing it. Instruments called clamps are also used for screwing together the flasks in vulcan- ite work. Rubber-dam clamps are indispen- sable in the use of the rubber dam for retain- ing it in proper position, and are applied after the rubber cloth is drawn over the teeth. Some are combined with a tongue-holder. A suitable forceps is used to assist in placing these clamps in position. Clamp Forceps. Instruments for the adjust- ment of the rubber-dam clamps, and so formed that the points pass into the curve of the clamp, and, by pressure upon the handles open it enough to pass it over the crown of the tooth, the rubber then being drawn under the wings of the clamp. Clap. Gonorrhoea. Claquement. A French word signify- ing chattering of the teeth. Clar'et. Claretum; from clareo, to be clear. A light French wine possessing tonic and antidyspeptic properties, used sometimes with advantage in typhoid fevers. Clarification. Carificatiqn ; depuration; clarify ; .from clarus, clear, and facio, I make. The process of freeing a fluid from all insolu- ble and heterogeneous matters. Cla'sis. Vlasma. Fracture. Clasp. In Mechanical Dentistry, a hook fitted to a tooth and designed for the retention of a dental substitute or other apparatus to be worn in the mouth. See Harris's Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. Class. Classis. In Natural History and Medicine a group or assemblage of a certain number of objects having one or more com- mon characters. A scientific division or ar- rangement of objects. A class comprehends the minor divisions of order, genus, species and varieties. Classification. From classis, class, and facio, to make. The orderly arrangement of diseases, names, objects, etc., in accordance with their properties, etc. CLA 142 CLI Claudication. Clvidicitio; from claud- ' to be lame. Halting or limping. Claus'trum. From claudere, to shut. An aperture capable of contracting itself, as the throat. Clans ure. Claxtsura. In Anatomy an imperforation of a canal or cavity. Clara 'ria. A genus of fungi. Clavate. Club-shaped ; larger at top than bottom. Clava'tio. From club. An ar- ticulation which does not admit of motion, as that of the tee:h in their sockets, called gom- - - Clay'icle. Clivicula, di m inutive of clavis, a key. The clavicle or collar-bone. Cla 'vis. The clavicle. A key. Cla 'vns. A nail A term applied in P - thology to a homy, cutaneous protuberance having a central nucleus and sensitive at its base, as corns on the toes, produced by the pressure of tight shoes. Also a painful, pul- sating affection of the forehead, giving a sen- sation like what might be supposed would be produced by driving a nail into this part of the head. When connected with hysteria it is termed dacus hystericus. Cla' v us Ocu Jorum. A staphyloma or tumor on the eyeball. Claw. In Botany, the taper base of a petal. In Denial s -y the hook of the key-instru- ment is sometimes so called. Clay. ArgWa. An argillaceous earth, of which there are a number of varieties, con- sisting of silica, variable quantities of alumina, and generally of more or less oxide of iron. They are used in the manufacture of pottery, and some oi them in the manufacture of por- celain-ware and mineral teeth. See Mineral Teeth and Kaolin. Clay, Pure. The earth called Alumina. Clean sings. Lochia. Cleav'age. The natural line of separa- tion exhibited in crystals when their lamina are separated by mechanical force. Cleft. In Botany, split or separated less than hah way. Cleft Palate. Congenital malformation of the palate, consisting of a separation or hssure ex- tending sometimes through both the hard and soft palate in the direction from before back- ward, alona- the median line, causing the buccal and nasal cavities to communicate with each other. It usually occurs with hare-lip. See Palate, Congenital Defects of. Cleid ion. The clavicle. Also an astrin- gent pastil or epithem. Cleido-3Iastoi'dens. From xJ-eic. the clavicle, and uaaroeUi^ the mastoid process. The sterno-cleido mastoideus muscle. Cleis'agra. From k'/.hc. the clavicle, and seizure. Gout in the articulations of the clavicle. Cliniae'terie. CViraacttr'icus ; from k/j- - a step. By degrees, but commonly ap- plied to certain critical periods of life, or pe- riods at which certain great changes occur, as the periods of puberty in both sexes : the ces- sation of the flow of the menses in women. <_vc. Climacteric Diseases. A term sometimes applied to a general alteration of health, oc- curring at a certain period of life and char- acterized by gradual loss of the powers. Climacteric Teething. The development of teeth at a very late period of life after the loss of those of the second dentition, and usually between the sixty-third and eighty-first year, the grand climacteric year- of the Greek phy- siologists. Climac'teric Years. From remote antiquity a peculiar importance has been attached to certain periods in the life of man : periods at which great changes are supposed to occur in his health and fortunes. It is said that this superstitious belief had its origin in the doc- trines of Pythazoras. Sixty-three was re- garded by the ancients as a climacteric year of peculiar danger, and it was called by astrolo- eroicus." from a prevalent belief that it was particularly fatal to great men. This year seems to have derived its peculiar im- portance from its being a multiple of the mys- tical years of seven and nine. According to most writers the climacteric periods in the life of man are multiples of the number seven; others have applied the term to years result- ing from the multiplication of seven by an odd number. Almost all countries have attached a peculiar importance to those years indicated by compounds of the number seven. Hence, fourteen years have been fixed for the period of puberty, twenty-one for adult age : and Ar- istotle has selected thirty-five for the perfection of bodily vig^r, forty-nine for the pe. of the mind, sixty-three as the grand climac- teric, and seventy as the ordinary limit of the age of man. In old age or after the vital powers oi the system begin to decline, an ef- fort is sometimes supposed to be made at these periods by the economy to renew the body. CLI 143 CLY Cli'mate. From Kh/na, a region. The word climate is differently defined. According to some, it is a space upon the surface of the terrestrial globe, between two circles, forming a belt parallel to the equator, and measured according to the length of days. But in a hygienic sense, it is the prevailing constitution of the atmosphere, relative to heat, cold, mois- ture, and wind, peculiar to any region ; also, its purity or mixture with miasmatic and gase- ous emanations. Climate depends upon a variety of circumstances, as its distance from the equator, its distance from and altitude above the level of the sea, the extent, con- figuration, inclination, and local exposure of the country, the nature of the soil, the effects resulting from cultivation, the direction of the mountains by which it is intersected, or that are in its vicinity, and the action of the winds by which the temperatures of different lati- tudes are blended. The circumstances connected with climate exert a powerful influence upon the animal economy ; they modify the character of disease as well as the action of remedies. They also determine the physical characteristics of the different races of mankind. Climat/ic. Belonging to, or dependent upon, climate. Clin / ic. From kIlvlkoc, pertaining to a bed. Medical or Dental instruction given at the bedside or dental chair, where the patient is present, whose symptoms are described and treatment explained. Clin'ical. Clinicus; from kIivt), a bed. In Pathology, the transactions which take place, especially the instructions given at the sick- bed, or dental chair. Clinical Lecture. A lecture given at the bed- side, or dental chairj on a particular case of disease. Clinical Medicine. That which is occupied with the investigation of disease at the bedside, or with individual cases of disease. Clin'iqne. A school or lesson where medi- cine and surgery, in any of its branches, is taught by direct examination and treatment of patients. Clink/er. The vitreous substance which collects in furnaces and stoves where stone coal is used; also the black oxide of iron of the smith's forge. Clink-Stone. A dark greenish-gray, yellowish, bluish, or ashy-gray mineral, of a slaty structure, generally arranged in tabular masses, and usually translucent at its edges. Clin'oid. Clinoideus; from kIlvtj, a bed, and etdoq, resemblance. Resembling a bed. Clinoid Processes. The four processes at the upper surface of the sphenoid bone, which surround the sella turcica, are so called from their resemblance to the posts of a bedstead ; two are anterior and two posterior. Clinometer. An instrument for meas- uring the dip of mineral strata. Cliseom / eter. An instrument for meas- uring the angle which the axis of the pelvis makes with that of the body. Clitor'idis Mus'cnlus. See Erector Clitoridis. Clit / oris. Gen. Clitor'idis, from itkeio, to inclose or hide ; so called because it is hid by the labia pudendorum. A small, round organ situated above the nymphae at the upper part of the vulva, before the orifice of the urethra in females. Clitorij/nms. An enlargement of the clitoris ; also Sapphism. Clitori'tis. Clitoris. Inflammation of the clitoris. Clon / ic. From kIovoq, agitation. Irregu- lar, spasmodic, or convulsive motions ; opposed to tonic. Clono / des. A term formerly applied to a vibrating pulse. Clo'ims. From kXoveco, to agitate. Clonic spasms. Clot. Coagulum ; a clot of blood ; the crassamentum of the blood. Clove. The unexpanded flower-bud of the clove-tree, Caryophyllus aromaticus. Clllfo-Feet. A deformity, either congen- ital or acquired, but usually the former, caused by a contraction of the extensor muscles of the feet. The affection has been variously desig- nated according to the nature of the deformity, as tip-foot, when the heel is drawn upward and the patient is compelled to walk on his toes ; knot-foot, when he walks on the back of his foot; cross-foot, when he walks on the outer edge ; out-bow-foot, when he walks on the inner edge ; and heel-club-foot, when his toes are drawn upward so that he is compelled to walk on his heels. Clune / sia. From dunes, the nates. In- flammation of the buttocks. Cln'tea Elenthe'ria. Croton cascarilla. Cly'don. KXvduv. Flatulence ; fluctuation of the contents of the abdomen. Clypea'lis Cartila'go. The thyroid cartilage. CLY 144 COC Clyp'eate. From chjpeus, a shield. Shield- ed. Clys'ma. A clyster. Clyster. C'lystcrium ; from k'/.vZu, to wash. An Enema. A liquid thrown into the rectum by means of a syringe or bladder, with a pipe, the nozzle of the instrument being in- troduced into the anus. The enemata most commonly used consist of warm water having iu solution either soap or common salt or both. Cne'ine. The tibia. Cnenio-Daetyla? 'us. Extensor longus digitorum pedis. Cne'sis. From nvau, to scratch. Onesmos. Painful itching. Cni 'cill. A crystalline substance obtained from Cnicus beaedictus. Cili(io / sis. From Kvidq, the nettle. An itching sensation like that produced by the nettle. A dry ophthalmia. Cny'nia. A slight itching: also a punc- ture or vesication. Coag'ulable Lyniph. Liquor san- guinis : plastic lymph ; a clear, colorless fluid, which exudes from wounds or inflamed Vcs-els. and serves for the reparation of injuries, and to produce adhesions. Coag-'uiaiit. That which has the power of coagulating the blood. Coagulation. Coagidatio ; from con and ago, to drive together. The act of chang- ing from a fluid to a jelly-like consistence. Coagulmn. Clot. A jelly-like, or soft, ma>s of fibrin that forms from the plasma of the blood after the latter has been drawn from the body. It is also called aassamentum, crvor, dot, etc. It contains the fibrin, coloring mat- ter, a little serum, and a small quantity of The clot of blood ; the curd of milk, and the insoluble form of albumen. Coagu/um Alu' minis. A coagulum formed by beating the white of eggs with a little alum. Jt is used in cases of ophthalmia where an a.-tringent is required. Coalescence. In Medicine, the union of parts previously separated, as in the case of preternatural adhesions. Coaptation. Coaptatio ; from con, to- gether, and aptare, to adjust, adapt. The act of placing the two extremities of a fractured bone in contact with each other, or of restor- ing a luxated bone to its proper place. Coarctation. Coarctatio; from coarc- kire, to straighten. In Pathology, the contrac- tion or straightening of a canal as of the urethra or intestinal canal. Coarticula'tio. From con, and articula- tio, an articulation. Articulation which admits of manifest motion. See Diabthbosis and St^abthbosts. Coat 'eel. Applied to the condition of the tongue as indicative of visceral disturbance. Co'balt. A brittle, reddish-gray metal, fused with difficulty, and generally combined in its ores with nickle, arsenic, iron, and cop- per. Arsenic is the active principle of cobalt. Its oxide is largely used to color porcelain blue. It is frequently employed as a coloring matter in the manufacture of porcelain teeth, and also for destroying the pulps of teeth, and for application to sensitive dentine, but is not considered to be as reliable as other agents used for the same purpose. Cob 'web. The web of the Arania, or spider. Sometimes used to arrest hemorrhage. It acts mechanically as a styptic. Cocaine. An alkaloid obtained from the leaves of the Erythrozylon coca of South Amer- ica. Formula : C^H^XO^ It is in the form of colorless bitter crystals, sparingly soluble in water. The following salts of cocaine are employed in medical and dental practice: hydrochlorate. citrate, salicylate, borate, oleate, and hydrobromate. It is soluble in alcohol and ether, and also in 704 parts of water. Its taste is bitter, and its reaction is strongly alkaline. As a local anesthetic it has been largely employed in dental practice, the most common preparation for use being a 4 per cent solution composed of cocaine hydrochlorate, 2| grains ; distilled water, f 5 j. M. As an aque- ous solution soon deteriorates, fresh solutions should be employed; or distilled water con- taining seven grains to the pint of either thynioL or salicylic acid, or camphor water will act as preservatives. Cocaine solution of 4 or 5 per cent, strength, is employed in dental practice as an obtunding agent for sensitive dentine, exposed pulps of teeth, and hypo- dermically injected as a local anaesthetic in the extraction of teeth. It is generally applied for twenty minutes, and re-applied, if nee - - Dose. gr. i to ij. See Herbst Obtundent. For dental uses see Gorged Dental Medicine. Cocaine, Hydrochlorate. Used as a local anasthetie in :2— 5 per cent, solution. Cocaine, Oleate. A 5 per cent, solution of cocaine in oleic acid for external use. CoccinelTa. Diminutive of coccus, a coc 145 CCE berry ; from its resemblance to a berry. The cochineal insect. See Cocccs Cacti. Coccinellin / . The coloring principle of cochineal. Carmine. Coc'colite. A mineral of a green color, of various shades. Coc'culus Incli Aromat'icus. Ja^ maica pepper. See Myrtus Pimenta. Cocculus Pa/matus. The systematic name of a plant which affords the Calumba root. Coc'CUS. A tribe of insects. Coccus Cacti. The systematic name of the cochineal insect. Cochineal. Used in Harris' gum wash as a coloring matter. Coc'cus Lacca. The insect from the sup- posed puncture of which, in the extreme branches of certain East India trees, lac or gum lac exudes. Coccygfe'us. From kokkv^, because it is inserted into the coccyx. A muscle which arises from the spinous process of the ischium, covers the inside of the sacro-ischiatic ligament, and is inserted at the extremity of the sacrum. Coc'cygis Os. Os coccygis. Cauda. From kokkv^, the cuckoo, whose bill it is said to resemble. A bony appendage at the point or lower extremity of the sacrum, terminating in an acute point. Generally, it consists of four bones, and behind its base are two small tubercular eminences, called Cornua of the Coccyx. Coc / cyx. The os coccygis. Co chine 'al. Coccus cacti ; an insect found on several species of cactus. Coch/lea. From noxaCu, to turn round. The anterior of the three cavities constituting the labyrinth of the ear, is so called from its resemblance to a snail. Coclilea / re. From cochlea, a cockle, because its bowl represents a shell. A spoon ; a spoonful. Cochleare Magnum. A tablespoonful, which is about half a fluid ounce. Cochleare Me'dium. A dessert spoonful, or two teaspoonfuls. Cochleare Minimum. A teaspoonful, or one fluid drachm. Cochlea / ria. From cochlear e y a spoon. A genus of plants, of the order Brassicacece. Coch/earia Armora'cia. Horse-radish. Cochlearia Officinalis, Cochlearia horiensis. The common scurvy-grass, said to be a power- ful antiscorbutic. Coclllea / tus. Cochleate. Spiral. Cocho'ne. The junction of the hip or 10 paunch with the seat or thigh. The breech. The perineum. The coccyx. Co / COS Butyra'cea. The systematic name of the plant from which the palm oil is obtained. Coc / tioil. Coctio ; from coquere, to boil. Digestion of the food in the stomach ; boiling, or decoction. A term formerly used in medi- cine, to express the change morbific matters were supposed to experience before elimina- tion. Codei / a. Codein, from nufisia, a poppy- head. An alkaloid extract of opium. Code'ic Acid. An acid formed from Codeia. Co'dein. Codeine or Codeia. Kudeia, a poppy-head. An alkaloid in opium. As a soporific, it is of half the strength of morphia. Cod-Liver Oil. Oleum Morrhuse; which see. Codoce'le. Codoscella. Bubo. Coeca'lis Vena. A branch of the mesen- teric vein. Cce'cum. From ccecus, blind. That part of the large intestines situated below the ileum ; called also, the blind gut, from its forming a cul-de-sac, extending downward from the com- mencement of the colon. Coelelmin / tha* From noi/.og, hollow, and e?^uvc, a worm. A class of Entozoa, includ- ing such of the intestinal worms as have an intestinal canal continuing in a distinct ab- dominal cavity. Coeles / tine. A name applied by miner- alogists to. sulphate of strontia, from its blue tint. Coe / lia. From koi?mc, hollow. A cavity in any part of the body, as the abdomen, uterus, &c. Coeliac. Coeliacus ; from Koi?ua } the abdo- men. Pertaining to the abdomen. Cos/iac Artery. Arteria cadiaca. The first branch of the aorta given off in the abdomen. Casliac Flux or Passion. From Koi/.ia, the abdomen. A chronic diarrhoea, in which the food is discharged in an undigested state. Casliac Plex' 'us. A plexus formed of num- erous nervous filaments from the semi-lunar ganglia of the great sympathetic, and from branches of the right and left pneumogastric nerves. It is situated behind the stomach around the trunk of the coeliac artery. Coeli / aea. Coeliacus; from koImcl, alms venter. Diseases of the digestive functions ; the first class in Good's Nosology, containing two orders, Enter ica and Splanchnica. CCE 146 COL Coelialgia. Cdia, belly, and aAyog, pain. Pain in the belly. Coelo'ma. From ko/?.oc, hollow. An ulcer of the cornea of the eye. Coe'loscope. An instrument used for examining the cavities of the body by means of the electric light. Coelostom / ia. From koiZoc, hollow, and aroua, mouth, Defective enunciation, charac- terized by hollowness of voice. CoeU9estlie / sis. Conoesthesis ; from kolvoc, common, and aio$7]/. In Anatomy, applied to several hollow parts of the body. Concha Auric' ulce. The concha of the ear. Concha Auris. The hollow part of the car- tilage of the external ear. Con'chse Xa'rium. The turbinated part of the ethmoid bones, and the inferior spongy bones, covered by the pituitary mem- brane. Con'ellO-Helix. The small muscle of the helix. Coil'choid. Conehoi'des. Shell-like. Con / ehus. From noyxv, a shell; so called from its resemblance to a shell. The cranium ; the sockets of the eyes. Conchy! ia. The turbinated bone. Conciden / tia. From Coneido, to fall down. In Pathology, synonymous with col- lapse. A wa-ting or falling away. Concoe'tioil. Concoctio ; from ovieoq>"), to dis^st. Digestion, coction, maturation. CON 151 CON Concomitant. Concomitans; from con, and comitate — itself from comire — cum and ire, to go with. That which accompanies or goes with. In Pathology, a symptom which accom- panies other symptoms. Concrema'tion. Calcination. Concrescence of Teeth. A growing together of the roots of two teeth after their complete development. See Osseous Union of Teeth and Germinous or Connate Teeth. Concrete. From concresco, to grow to- gether. Condensed or solidified. Concre'tion. Concre / tio; from concresco, to grow together. That which has thickened, condensed and become more solid. It was formerly used to signify the adhesion of parts. Concretion, Biliary. Gall-stones. Concretions, Salivary. Deposits of phos- phate of lime and animal matter sometimes found in the substance of the salivary glands, or in the ducts, and on the teeth. Concretions, Urinary. Calculi deposited from the urine in the kidneys, ureters, bladder or urethra. Concur'SUS. From concurrere, to meet together. The congeries of symptoms which constitute and distinguish a particular disease. Concussion. From concutio, I shake together. In Surgery, agitation communicated to one organ by a fall upon another, as the brain from a fall on the buttocks. Concussion of the brain often causes very alarming symp- toms. Concussion of the Brain. A disturbance of the brain produced by a fall or blow. It has been supposed that some of the nervous fibres are broken under these circumstances. It dif- fers from compression in the absence of ster- torous breathing. Condensation. Condensa f tio; from con- clenso, to make thick. A thickening of a fluid. In Anatomy and Pathology, an increase in the density of the blood, or other fluids, or any of the tissues of the body. In Chemistry, the subjection of aeriform bodies to pressure, or the conversion of vapors to fluids by cold. In Dentistry, the packing of the gold or other material into the prepared cavity of a tooth in the operation of filling, by mechanical ar- rangement of the layers of foil, by their incor- poration and by cohesion of the layers or par- ticles. Conden / ser. An alembic. An instru- ment for condensing vapor. Condenser, Liebig's. A contrivance of Lie- big for condensing .volatile liquids during dis- tillation. It consists of two tubes, the inner of which contains the vapor, and the outer a stream of eold water constantly (lowing. Con'diiiient. Condimen'tum; from con- dire, to preserve or season. Anything used for seasoning food, as butter, salt, pepper, j spice, etc. Condi'tum. A pharmaceutical com- j pound of wine, honey and some aromatics, I especially pepper, Conditu'ra. Embalming a dead body. Conduction. From conduco, to draw together. The passage or transfer of material or force from one part to another. Conductor. From conducere, to lead or guide. That which conducts or serves as a guide. In Surgery, an instrument used for directing a knife or bistoury in certain opera- tions. In Physics, a body capable of conduct- ing caloric and electricity. Con / duit. A passage of small dimen- sions. A canal. A pipe for conveying water. Condylarthro'sis. Articulation by condyles. Condyle. Con'dylus; koi dvloc, the joint of the finger, a tubercle or knot. An articu- lar process of a bone, flat in one direction and round in the other. Con'dyli Digito'rum Ma'nus. The j phalanges. Con/dyloid. Condylo'ideus ; from kovSv- j aoc, a condyle, and tidar, shape. Shaped like a condyle. Condyloid Foram'ina. Foram / ina condyloi'- i dea. Four foramina, two anterior and two J posterior, in the occipital bone. Condyloid Process. A condyle. Condylo / llia. Condylas; from kov6o?mc, a knot, an eminence. A soft, wart-like ex- crescence, of an indolent character, which ap- pears about the anus and orifice of the genital organs, and sometimes on the fingers. Also | syphilitic patches and ulcerations. Condylom / eter. From kovSvaoq, the knob formed by a bent joint, a condyle, and /uerpnv, a measure. An instrument invented by Dr. J. B. Bean, for taking measurements of the position of the condyles of the inferior maxillary, or the centre of motion of that bone, relative to the plane of the dental arch. See Fractures of the Maxillary Bones. Condyl / opods. Condyfopoda; from kov- dvluc, and ttovc, a foot. A sub-division of en- cephalous articulate animals with jointed feet. cox 152 COX Cone. Conns. From kojvuc, to bring to a point. A solid body having a circle for its base, and terminating in a point. Cones of felt, rubber or walrus leather are employed in Mechanical Dentistry for polishing plates. Coiieiil 7 . Cicutin. The active principle of hemlock. Coilfec / tio. Confection; from confectio, to make up. In Pharmacy, anything made into a pulpy mass with sugar or honey. The term is nearly synonymous with conserve and electuary. Confirman'tia. Tonics. Conflation. Comfla'tio; from conflo, to blow together. In Metallurgy, the blowing to- gether of fires in melting metals. Conflll / ent. Confluens ; from con, and fiuere, to flow. Running together. In Path- ology, applied to certain exanthematous affec- tions, in which the eruptions are so thick that they run together. . Confluent Small-Pox. This disease is divided into distinct and confluent. In the latter division the pustules run into each other. Conflux / io. That sympathy of the dif- ferent parts of the animal body by which the actions of life are sustained. Confornia / tion. Gonformatio. In Anat-, o:ny, the natural disposition or arrangement of the parts of the body. Confrica'tion. Reduction of a friable substance to powder by rubbing it between the fingers. Confu'sae Febres. Intermittent fevers, irregular in their paroxysms. Confu'sio. From confundo, to mix togeth- er. A disease of the eye in which the mem- branes become ruptured and the humors run together. Cong'ela^ioil. Congela'tio, from congelo, to congeal, to freeze. The act of congealing, or passing from a fluid to a solid state, as in the case of water when it freezes. The word is also used synonymously with concretion and coagulation. It was formerly applied to dis- eases attended with stupor and numbness, as in paralysis and catalepsy. Congelation — freezing a part — is also employed to produce insensibility under surgical operations, and to Dr. Richardson, of London, is due the credit of its applicability to surgery, in the form of the ether spray. See Spray Apparatus, and Branch's Apparatus. Con/gener. Congenerous; from con, with, and genus, kind. Of the same kind or species. In Anatomy, muscles which concur in the same action. Congenital. Congen'itus. That which existed at birth. Thus congenital affections are those which exist at birth, as a disease or deformity. See Erosiox of the TEEth. Congenital Defectiveness of the Teeth. Oc- casioned by either deficient nutrition, diseased nutritive fluids, or impaired or imperfect form- ative organs. Cong'eS / tion. Conges / tio; from congerere, to amass, to accumulate. An accumulation of blood, bile, or other fluids, in a part or organ. Conges'tive Diseases. Diseases pro- duced by congestion. Congestive Fever. A fever associated with congestion of some viscus. It is attended with much oppression, obscure symptoms, and slow reaction. Con'gius. Congia'rius. A gallon. Conglo'bate. Congloba/tus ; from cou- globare, to gather into a small ball. Applied to glands formed of a contortion of lymphatic vessels, connected by cellular tissue, without a cavity or excretory duct. Conglomerate. Conglomera'tus ; from conglomerare, to heap upon. Applied to glands which consist of a number of small glands. Conglutination. Agglutination. Co'nia. Conine, conici/te. A volatile alka- loid of Conium maculatum, obtained by distill- ing the concentrated infusion with potash. Dose of Tincture of Conia. ^s< to ^j. Con'ieae Papil'lae. The lenticular papilla? of the tongue. Councils. Conical. Co'llis. Dust; fine powder; ashes. Coni'mil. A genus of plants of the order Umbellifera?. All the plants belonging to it are poisonous. Conium Macula'tum. Hemlock; poison parsley. A plant possessed of narcotic and poisonous properties. "When applied locally, conium possesses anodyne effects and is employ- ed hi neuralgias, and the pain of cancerous tumors. It also relieves pain in pulpitis. Coni Vaseillo'si. The conical convolu- tions of the vasa efferentia of the testicle. Conjugated Aeids. Acids combined with basic substances, without losing their sat- urating power. The organic substance, com- bined with the acid, materially alters its prop- erties, while it does not interfere with its acid- ity. Conjugation. Conjuga f tio, from c - CON 153 CON jngare, to yoke together. An assemblage ; a union. Applied in Anatomy to the orifices on each side of the vertebral column which result from the conjugation of notches in each verte- bra above and below. Coiljlllicti/va. Membra'na conjunctiva ; conjunctiva tu'nica. A delicate, transparent, mucous membrane, covering the anterior sur- face of the eyeball and lining the inner surface of the eyelids. Conjunctivitis. Inflammation of the conjunctive membrane. Conjunc'tus. Conjoined. Con / nate. From con and natus, born with. Congenital. Connective Tissue. See Animal Tissue. Conniv / ent. Conniv'ens, from connivere, to close. A term in Anatomy, applied to the valvular folds of the mucous membrane of the small intestines, called valvules conniventes, from their approach to each other. It is applied in Botany to the calyx and corolla, the petals of which converge or bend inward. Co'noid. From kuvoc, a cone, and elSoc, shape. Of a conical shape. Conoid Ligament. A ligament attached to the scapular extremity of the clavicle and to the coracoid process of the scapula. Conoi / des Corpus. The pineal gland. Conquassa'tion. Conquassa / tio. In Pharmacy, the operation of bruising the differ- ent parts of a vegetable substance with a pestle. Consanguinity. From con, together, and sanguinis, blood. Relationship arising from a common parentage. Connected or allied in blood descent. Consecutive. Consecuti/vus; from con, with, and sequor, to follow. Following as a consequence. Consecutive Symptoms. Phenomena which appear after, or during the decline of a disease, and as a consequence of it. Consensus. Sympathy; consent of parts. Conser'va. From conservare, to keep. A conserve ; a preparation composed of a recent vegetable substance and sugar, mixed together in a uniform mass of about the consistency of honey. It is the same as confection. Conservatory. In Horticulture, a glazed structure in which exotic plants and shrubs are grown in a bed or floor of soil. Consisten / tia. From consisto, to stand still. The acme of a disease. Consolidan / tia. A name formerly ap- plied to substances supposed to be capable of hardening recently healed wounds. Constant Battery, Element or Cell. A battery yielding a constant current. Such galvanic batteries as those of Bunsen, Calland, Daniel, Grenet, Grove, Leclanche, and Smee. Constipation. Constipa'tio ; from cons- tipare, con and stipare, to cram close. Costive- ness. A state of the bowels in which the alvine evacuations take place less frequently than usual. Constit' uens. Constituent. The vehi- cle; that which imparts an agreeable form. See Prescription. Constitution. Constitu'tio. In Physi- ology, the general condition of the organs of the body, considered with reference to their particular arrangement, and the manner in which they perform their functions. Indi- vidual organization. Constitution of the Atmosphere. The state of the air ; its temperature, humidity, dryness, heat, &c, with respect to its influence upon the human body, and during the prevalence of epidemics. Constitutional. Hereditary; of ac- quired predisposition ; general diseases in- ; volving the entire system. Constrictive. Constricti'vus ; from con- I stringo, to bind together. Styptic. Astringent. Constrictor. From constringere, to straighten. To bind in a circular direction. Applied to a muscle which contracts any open- ing in the body. Constrictor Aloe Nasi. The depressor labii superioris aheque nasi. Constrictor Ani. The sphincter ani. Constrictor Cunni. The sphincter vagina. Constrictor Isthmi Faucium. Glosso-staphi- linus; potato gloss us. A muscle at the opening of the fauces, occupying the anterior lateral half arches of the palate; it arises from the side of the tongue near its root, and is inserted in the velum near the uvula. It draws the velum down, and closes the opening into the fauces. Constrictor Labiorum. Constrictor oris. Or- bicularis oris. Constrictor (Esophagi. Constrictor of the oesophagus. A muscle composed of a number of fibres, situated at the opening of the oeso- phagus. Constrictor Oris. Orbicularis oris. CON 154 COX Constrictor Palpebrarum. Orbicularis pal- I pebrarum. Constrictor Pharyn'gis inferior. A muscle situated at the posterior part of the pharynx, j It arises from the side of the thyroid cartilage ! and its inferior cornu, and from the side of the cricoid cartilage, and is inserted with its fellow in the middle line on the back of the pharynx. It assists to lessen the captivity of the pharynx, and thus compels the food to take the down- ward direction into the oesophagus. Canstric'tor Pharyr/gis Me'dius. A muscle ; at the posterior part of the pharynx ; it arises j from the appendix and cornu of the os hyoides, j and from the thyro-hyoid ligament — its fibres ■ ascend, run transversely and descend, giving it a triangular appearance ; the upper ones over- lap the superior constrictor, while the lower are beneath the inferior, and the whole pass back to be inserted into the middle tendinous line of the pharynx. Constrictor Pharyngis Supe'rior. A muscle on the posterior part of the pharynx, which arises from the cuneiform process of the occipi- tal bone, from the lower part of the internal pterygoid plate of the sphenoid bone, from the ptery go-maxillary ligament, and from the pos- terior third of the mylo-hyoid ridge of the lower jaw, near the root of the last molar tooth, and is inserted with its fellow into the middle tendinous line on the back of the pharynx. Constrictor Vesicae Urinarice. Detrusor urina?. Constrin'gens. Astringent ; styptic. Constrin'gent. Astringent. Consultation. In Medicine, a meeting of two or more physicians to deliberate upon any particular case of disease. Consump tion. Consump'tio; from co m- sumere, to waste away. A gradual or progres- sive emaciation of the body, especially in phthisis pulmonalis, and hence the name con- sumption which this disease has received. Consumption, Pulmonary. See Phthisis Pulmonalis. Contabescen/tia. Consumption; atrophy. Contact. Contac'tus ; from con&ingere, to touch. The state of two bodies which touch each other. Conta'g'ion. Contagio; from confine/ere, to touch. The communication of disease from one person to another, either by direct or indi- rect contact. This term has been employed to signify all atmospheric and morbid poisons, effluvia, miasmata, and infections which cause fevers or diseases that give rise to them. But according to the strict definition of the term, it means the communication of a disease by personal contact with the sick, or by the efflu- vium from the body of the sick. It is gener- ally regarded as synonymous with infection. Conta'gious. Capable of being trans- mitted by direct or indirect contact. Conten'sio. Tension. Contiguity. Contact of bodies; a touch- ing; applied to the teeth when in contact with each other. Continence. Coatiaen'iia; from conti- nere, to hold or keep. Abstinence from physi- cal indulgences, especially from sexual pas- sions. Con / tinens. A term applied in Patholo- gy to any disease which, in its course, presents no marked exacerbations or remissions of its symptoms. Continens Febris. Continued fever. Contin'ued Fever. A fever which proceeds without interruption. Continuity. Gmtinui'tas. Adherence of two things. Connection ; cohesion of two bodies which cannot be separated without fracture or laceration. Continuity. Solution of. The division of a tissue by inflammation, or disease, or by acci- dent, Continuous Gum Work. To Dr. John Allen is due the credit of having brought this method of constructing artificial dentures to its present state of perfection, and the fol- lowing descriptions relate to his modes of prac- tice : On a base plate of platinum, or platinum and iridium combined, plain artificial teeth with long necks, and manufactured expressly for this style of work, are arranged as in ordi- nary plate work, and properly antagonized. They are then covered with a thin coating of plaster of the consistence of cream, which is followed by another and thicker coating of plaster and asbestos, forming an investment which will not crack during the process of soldering the teeth to the plate. After the re- moval of the wax, employed for holding the teeth in position until the plaster investment secures them, a rim of platinum is adapted to the lingual side of the teeth under the pins and to the plate. The platinum pins in the teeth are then bent down over the edge of the rim and soldered with pure gold, or an alloy of gold and platinum ; and at the same time CON 155 (ON the rim, which is usually of the same thick- ness as the plate, from twenty-eight to thirty, is soldered to the plate. This soldering is done by first introducing the piece into the heated muffle of the furnace used for fusing and flowing the gum body and enamel, and bringing the whole mass to a red heat, when it is withdrawn, and the pure gold caused to floAV by means of a blow-pipe. After the piece is carefully cooled, the plaster and asbestos in- vestment is removed from the teeth alone, the remainder acting as a base upon which the set is to rest during the subsequent bakings of the gum body and enamel. The teeth are then carefully cleansed of all particles of the plaster, and immersed for a short time in sulphuric acid, and this removed with a brush and water. The material known as the body, which is a colorless mineral compound, — for the com- position of which, as well as that of the gum enamel, see Harris's Prin. and Pract. of Den- tistry, — is then applied in a plastic state by means of a small spatula, and carved to repre- sent the gum, and, when the palatine portion of the platinum plate is also covered, the roof aud rugte of the mouth. The piece, which is now ready for baking, is placed upon a slide on the apron in front of one of the upper muffles of the heated furnace, and every eight or ten minutes is moved a little further into the muffle, until it has reached the centre, which should be at a red heat. It is then withdrawn and passed into a lower muffle where there is a white heat, which soon semi- vitrifies the body — all that is desired for this first baking. After removing it from this muffle, the piece is then placed in a cooling muffle, the mouth of which is closed, to prevent a too sudden change of temperature. When cool enough to handle, a second application of the body is made to remedy any defects, such as cracks, &c., and the piece again subjected to a second baking, which should make it a little harder than the first one, but not so much so as to cause the surface to become glossy. It is then cooled as before, and a thin coat- ing of the flesh-colored gum-enamel, made plastic with water, applied by means of a camel's-hair brush over the body, and well packed around the necks of the teeth, care being observed to keep it from the crowns. After the application of the gum-enamel, the piece is again placed in the furnace and sub- jected to a little greater heat than that for baking the body, which will produce a smooth, glossy surface. After this fusing of the enamel is accomplished, the piece is removed and placed in a hot muffle in order to prolong the cooling process, otherwise it is rendered very fragile. Coke answers a better purpose for heating the furnace than bituminous coal, on account of there being less gas evolved ; but anthracite coal, after the fire becomes clear of the blue flame, maintains a greater and longer continued heat than coke. To repair continu- ous gum work, where a tooth is broken off, for example, the remaining portion is ground out and a new tooth fitted into its place. This new tooth need not be soldered to the rim, but can be securely attached by grinding a small notch or groove in the enamel which covers the lingual side of the rim for the platinum pin of the tooth to rest in. The pin is then covered with the body, which is also applied around the base of the new tooth, and baked hard, which will securely fasten it. The piece is then placed in the furnace, and the new por- tion of the body semi- vitrified, after which it is carefully cooled, and the gum-enamel ap- plied and fused in the furnace as before de- scribed. To prevent the old portion of enamel from changing color from the bakings neces- sary in repairing a piece, the entire surface of the old gum should be covered by a thin coat- ing of the fresh gum- enamel before the last baking, so that all may be fused together. Dr. J. W. Moffit's formula for Continuous Gum Body is as follows : Spar 12 oz. Quartz 4J oz. Bohemian glass 60 grs. French china 35 grs. German clay 2 dwts. Ground coarsely. Continuous Gum Enamel, according to Dr. D. D. Smith's formula, is composed of Gum frit (of S. S. White) . 4| dwts. Flux without titanium . . 16 dwts. Granulated body .... 11 dwts. Granulated, Body : Quartz 20 grs. Spar 24 grs. Caustic potash ... 1 gr. Titanium . . . . , 2 grs. to 1 oz. Flux : Quartz (very fine) . 18 dwts. Spar 10 dwts. Glass of borax ... 2 dwts. CON 156 CON Cryolite 1 dwt. Caustic potash ... 10 grs. Titanium H grs. to 1 oz. Coiltor'tion. Contor'sis ; from contor- qucre, to twist. In Pathology, violent movement and twisting of the affected part or member. Contour'. From tornus, a lathe. Turned in a lathe. The line that bounds, defines, or terminates a figure. In Operative Dentistry, the restoration of lost parts of teeth by building them up with gold, &c. Contour Fillings. Fillings in which the ma- terial is so built out as to restore the lost por- tion of the crown of the tooth, as disting- uished from plane or flush fillings. Teeth- cusps, &c, built out to correspond with the lost outlines of teeth structure. Contra-Apertu'ra. In Pathology, a counter-opening to give exit to matter which cannot escape from the opening that already exists. Contra-Exten'sio. Counter-extension, Contra- Fissu'ra. From contra, against, and Undo, to cleave. A fracture or injury in a part distant from that which received the blow. Counter-fissures occur most frequently in the cranium, but are not always confined to it. Contra-lndication. Counter-indication. A symptom which forbids the employment of a remedy which, under other circumstances, might be used ; opposed to. Coiltractil/ity. Contractu,' 'itas. A prop- erty in living parts which gives to them the power of contracting or shortening. Contraction. Contrac'tio ; from contra- here, to draw together. Action of contraction, arising from excited contractility. The short- ening of a muscle or fibre. Contractu'ra. Contraction of a muscle. In Pathology, the state of rigidity which the flexor muscles slowly and progressively assume as a consequence of gouty, rheumatic, paraly- tic, or other affection. Contri/tio. From con, and tero, to bruise or make small. Comminution ; trituration. Coiitro-Stim'ulant. A medicine which debilitates or diminishes the vital force. Contro-Stim'u/us. A doctrine of Easori, founded on the contro-stimulant property of certain medicines, as emetic tartar, eve. Coiltund/ing". That which causes con- tusions. Con'tllS. Contused ; also, the penis. Contusion. Contusio; from contundere, to knock together. A bruise ; an injury or lesion, in which there is extravasation of blood, caused by the shock of a body with a large surface. When the skin is divided it is called a contused wound. Co'nus. A cone. Strobile. Convalescence. Convalesced tia ; from convalescere, to grow well. Recovery of health after the cure of disease. Convalescent. Recovering health : after the cure or subsidence of disease. Convalla'ria. From convallk, a valley, from its abounding in valleys. A genus of plants of the order LUiaceoe.. Convalla'ria Maja'lis. The lily of the val- ley. May-lily. Its physiological action and i therapeutics are similar to those of digitalis, which see. Con'vex. A swelling on the exterior surface of a round or spherical form ; gibbous ; opposed to concave. Con'volute. Convobytus. Rolled up into a cylinder. A term applied in Anatomy to the upper and lower turbinated bones of the nose, and in Botany to leaves of a plant. Convolution. Convobi'tio '; from convol- ver e, to roll together. A substance rolled upon itself. Convolution, Internal. Convolution of the corpus callosum. A great convolution on the inner side of each hemisphere of the brain, surrounding the corpus callosum. Convolution, Supra-Orbital, A convolution on the under side of the anterior lobe of the brain, resting on the orbital process. Convolutions of the Brain. The round, undulating, winding projections of the surface of the brain. Convolutions of the Intestines, The windings made by the intestines in the abdominal cavity. Convolvulus. In Pathology, intussuceptio. In Botany, a genus of plants of the order Con- volvulaceoe^ such as the Jalap, Scammony, and Turbeth plants. Convul'sio. Convulsion. Convu/sio Canina. Risus Sardonicus. Convu/sio Cerea'/is. Raphania ; a convulsive affection supposed to be brought on by eating spoiled corn. ConvuTsio Habitua'lis. Chorea. Convulsion . Con vuVsio ; from con vellere, to pull together. The manifestation of nervous irritation or disorder. Violent agitation of , the whole bodv, attended bv alternate violent CON 157 COP involuntary contractions and relaxations of the muscles, and, as a consequence, distortion of the limbs, muscles of the face, &c. When the alternate contraction is slight, it is called tremor, but, when violent and permanent, tetanus, trismus, &c. It may be general or partial. When general, all the muscles of the body are more or less affected, as in the case of epilepsy and hysteria. When partial, it affects only several muscles, as in the case of chorea, risus sardonicus, &c. Convulsions of Dentation. Spasms or convulsions coincident with or incident to dental evolution. Causes ; Irritations of the fifth and pneumogastric nerves, or of gastric or intestinal disturbance. The treatment con- sists in lessening the nervous excitability, by controlling the nerve centres. Convulsive. Tending to convulsions. Slightly spasmodic. ConvuFsives. Medicines which increase the irritability of the muscles, and induce con- vulsions, as strychnia, brucia, &c. Cony'za. A genus of plants of the order Compositce. Great fleabane. Copai/ba. Copaiva. The resinous ex- udation of various copaiferous trees. Balsam of copaiva. It has a peculiar odor and a bit- ter, pungent taste, and a syrupy consistence. It is stimulant and diuretic ; in large doses, purgative. It acts on the lining membrane of the urethra, and on mucous membranes in general. It is used in gonorrhoea, gleet, leucor- rheea, &c, in the dose of gtt. x to gj, twice or thrice a day. See Capsule Gelatinous. Copaifera. A genus of plants of the order Fabacece. Copaifera Officinalis. The systematic name of the plant from which the copaiba balsam is obtained. Copaiva Capsules. The balsam placed in capsules, formed of a concentrated solution of gelatine. Copaiv'ic Acid. The yellow, brittle resin of copaiba balsam. Copal 7 . A resinous substance used in making varuishes. A gum resin. Copho / sis. Copho'ma. From iuo0oc, deaf. Deafness. Co'pos. A state of the body in which the functions are languidly performed. Cop / per. Symbol Cu, Atomic weight, 63-4. A metal of a reddish-brown color, in- clining to yellow, of a disagreeable taste and smell ; very malleable and ductile, but ing the former quality in a higher degree than the latter. It is possessed of greater tenacity than either gold, silver, or platinum. It is found native, and in many ores, the most important of which are the pyrites, sulphurets of copper and iron. Its specific gravity is 8.G. It fuses in about 2000° of Fahrenheit's scale. It read- ily tarnishes, forming a red suboxide. The salts of copper are, for the most part, of a green color, and those which are soluble are poisonous. But for its medicinal prepara- tions, see Cuprum. In operative dentistry, it is employed as a constituent of amalgams for filling teeth, being combined with other metals such as silver and tin, or mercury alone. In Mechanical Dentistry, it is used for alloying gold and in gold solders. See Gold, Alloying of, and Gold Solder. Copper Amalgam. A metallic filling material composed of chemically -pure copper and redistilled mercury. It is prepared in the form of pellets, in using which the} r are held in an alcohol or gas flame until small particles of mercury appear on the surface ; they are then crushed and ground in a wedge-wood mortar. The setting or hardening is regulated by the amount of heat. Copper amalgam can be prepared by suspending a bar of iron in a solution of sulphate of copper, which will de- posit in twenty-four hours. The precipitate is collected in another jar, and well washed by a stream of cold water running over it, as is shown by the color of the* water. Sufficient of the precipitate is then ground up in a mortar with mercury until it begins to amalgamate, the amalgamation being hastened by the use of hot water to which a little sulphuric acid has been added, which removes all traces of the iron. The acid is then neutralized by adding to the water a few minims of liquor ammonia? before finally pouring it off. The amalgam is then rolled into small pellets, and not used for twenty-four hours. Cop'peras. Sulphate of iron. A com- mon name for the metallic sulphate. Cop / perniekel. A copper-colored min- eral of Westphalia; a native arseniuret of nickel. Coprem / esis. From Kowpoc, fasces, and epeu, I vomit. Vomiting of fseces. Cop / tis. Coptis trifolia; a bitter plant, sometimes used in aphthous and other ulcera- tions of the mouth. Coptis Tee'ta. The root is a powerful tonic and stomachic. Dose, gr. x to xxx. COP 158 COR Cop'ula. Ligament. Copulation. Coition. Copyo'pia. Weakness of sight. Cor. The heart. Cor'aco-Bra'cliialis. A muscle situ- ated at the inner and upper part of the arm. It arises from the forepart of the coracoid pro- cess of the scapula, and is inserted about the middle of the inner side of the os humeri. Coraco-Ciavicular Ligament. A ligament which serves to unite the clavicle to the cora- coid process of the scapula. Cor'aco-Hyoideus. A muscle between the os hyoides and shoulder. See Omohyoideus. Cor'acoid. Coracoi'deus; from Kopa^, a bird, a crow and eidog, resemblance. Resem- bling the beak of a crow. A name applied to some processes from their fancied resemblance to a crow s beak. A process situated at the anterior part of the upper margin of the j scapula is designated by this name. Cor'al. From Kopew, I adorn, and a/.c, the sea. A beautiful production attached to sub- ! marine rocks, in the form of a shrub. It is of a bright-red, black or white color, and is prin- cipally composed of calcareous substance se- creted by the animals which form it. Coralli/na. A genus of marine produc- tions, supposed to be polypifers, having the appearance of a plant, and containing gelatin, albumen, chloride of sodium, phosphate, car- bonate and sulphate of lime, carbonate of mag- nesia, silica, oxide of iron and a coloring prin - ciple. Cord, TTmoil'ical. The cord formed by the union of the umbilical vessels and in- teguments, which connects the foetus with the placenta. Cor / da. A cord. Cor'date. From cordis, the heart. Heart- shaped. Cor / dial. Cordia'lis; from cor, gen. cor- dis, the heart. Warm and exciting medicines, formerly supposed to be strengthening to the heart. Cor'dis. The heart. Cordo / lium. From cor, the heart, and doler, pain. Cardialgia, or heartburn. Cords, Vocal. The ligaments of the glottis. Core. In Anatomy, the pupil of the eye. In Pathology, the slough in the central part of boils. In prosthetic dentistry an addition to a model to overcome the difficulty of under- cuts when moulding in sand, &c, for making dies. A good method is to mix common flour with about 10 per cent, of moulding sand or marble dust, first mixing dry, and then mois- tening with water, and the core thus made placed in an oven and exposed to a gentle heat. When dry such cores can be safely handled, and, on withdrawing the model from the sand, can be readily replaced in their position in the mould. Corectom'ia. Formation of artificial pupil by removal of a part of the iris. Corectop / ia. From /cop?;, the pupil, e*, out, and to~oc, place. A deviation of the pu- pil of the eye from the centre, occasioned by one segment of the iris being larger than the other. Coredial'ysis. Formation of artificial pupil by separating a part of the external margin of the iris from the Corpus ciliare, cil- iary folds or processes. Core / mata. From tcnpso, I cleanse. Rem- edies for cleansing the skin. Coremorpho / sis. The operation for artificial pupil. Corenclei / sis. Operation for artificial pupil by drawing out a portion of the iris through an incision in the cornea and cutting it off. Coreon / cion. Coron'cion; from Koprj, the pupil, and oymvov, a hook. An instrument used for the formation of an artificial pupil. Coreplas'tice. Term for the operation for artificial pupil in general. Coretoiii/ia. From itoptf, the pupil, and reuveiv, to cut. The operation for the forma- tion of an artificial pupil, consisting of a sim- ple cut through the iris without the removal of any part of it, Coriaceous. Coria'eeus; from corium, leather. Leathery. Corian'drum. A genus of plants of the order Apiacece. Coriandrum Sati'vum. The coriander plant. The seeds of this plant have a slightly warm and grateful pungent taste, and are moder- ately carminative. Co'rium. Corion, leather. The cutis vera or true skin. The proper layer of mu- cous membrane situated beneath the basement membrane, and is analogous to the derma of the skin. It is composed of two layers — the papillary and reticular/. See Teeth, De- velopment of. Corium Phlogis'ticum. The grayish crust or buff which forms on blood taken from a vein during inflammation, cV.e. COR 159 COR Cork. The bark of Quercus suber. Corn. From cornu, a horn. Clavus; spina pedis. In Pathology, a horny induration of the skin, formed generally on the toes. Cor'nea. Membrana cornea; from cornu, horn. The anterior, transparent tunic or scle- rotic membrane of the eve is so called from its horny consistence. Cornea Opaca. The sclerotic coat of the eye. Cornei'tis. Inflammation of the cornea. Cor'neous. Horn-like ; of a horny con- sistence. Comic u la Process' us. The coracoid pro- cess of the scapula. Cornic/ulate. Having horn-like pro- cesses. Cornifor / mis. Shaped like a horn. Cor'nine. An alkaline substance discov- ered in the bark of the Comus Florida. It has properties similar to quinine. Cor'nu. A horn ; a corneous excrescence, as a wart on the skin ; a corn ; the angular cavities formed by the termination of the ven- tricles of the brain are called cornua, or horns. Cornu Acous'ticum, An ear-trumpet. Cornu Ammonis. Cornu arietis. The corti- cal substance of the human brain, as shown by cutting transversely through the pes hippo- campi, is so called from its resemblance to the horn of a ram. The pes hippocampi is also sometimes called the cornu ammonis. Cornu Ante'rius seu Anti'cum Ventriculi Lat- eralis. Anterior cornu, of the Lateral Ventricle. The curved process of the lateral ventricle ad- vancing forward. Corn u Cervi. Hartshorn. The horns of several species of the stag contain a considera- ble quantity of gelatin, which they impart to water when boiled. When burnt they afford the cornu ustum ; and the spirits of hartshorn {liquor volaiilis cornu cervi), at present super- seded by ammonia, is obtained from them by distillation. Hartshorn was once thought to possess a bezoardic power. Cor'nu Descen'dens Ventric'uli Lateralis. The termination of the lateral ventricle of the brain in the middle lobe, behind the fissure of Sylvius. Cornu Poste'rius Ventric'uli Lateralis. The triangular prolongation of the lateral ventricle backward into the occipital lobe of the brain. Cornu Ustum. Cornu cervi calcinatum. Cal- cined cornu cervi, which consists of phosphate of lime with a very small proportion of carbo- nate of lime and phosphate of magnesia. Cor'lllia. The turbinated bones; also, applied to the processes of the hyoid and other bones. Cornua Cartilag 'inis Thyroidece. Eminences on the thyroid cartilage, the superior of which are articulated with the hyoid bone, and the inferior with the cricoid cartilage. Cornua Coccy'gis. Two tubercular eminences at the base and outer side of the coccyx, artic- ulated with those of the sacrum. Cornua Cutanea. Horny excrescences. Cornua Hyoidei Ossis. The cornua of the hyoid bone, situated above its body, and desig- nated by small or superior, and great or lateral. Cornua Lachryma'lia. The lachrymal ducts. Cornua Sacra' Ha. The cornua of the sacrum. Cornua Sphenoida' 'Ha. Cornets Sphenoidaux. Ossicula Bertini. Two small turbinated bones blocking up the orifices of the sphenoidal cells. They have been very carefully described by Wistar. Cornua U'teri. The cornua of the uterus are the angles where the Fallopian tube arises. Cor'nus. A genus of plants of the order Cornacece. Dogwood. Comus Florida. Dogwood. The bark is tonic, and has been used in the treatment of intermittents. Dose, of powder, gr. xx to gr. lx ; of the infusion or decoction, 3 ij. Coro / a. Coruova; cornova. The name of a very bitter bark, possessing febrifuge proper- ties, obtained in the East Indies, and recently brought to Europe. CoroFlary. A consequent truth, drawn from a proposition already demonstrated. Coro / na. A crown. A term used in Anatomy and Botany, to designate parts which are supposed to resemble a crown. Corona Cilia' ris. The ciliary ligament. Corona Dentis. The crown of a tooth. Corona Glandis. The margin of the glans penis. Corona Ra'dians. The radiating fibres of the optic thalamus. Corona Tubulo'rum. A circle formed by the minute mouths of the excretory ducts of the glands of Peyer. Corona Veneris. Venereal blotches, or pus- tules, on the forehead. Coro'nad. Towards the coronal aspect. Coro'nal. Corona'lis; from corona, crown. Belonging to a crown ; a name formerly given to the os frontis, because it is the part on which the crown of kings partly rests. COR 160 COR Coronal Aspect An aspect towards the place of the corona, or crown of the head. Corona/ Suture. The suture which extends over the head from one temporal bone to the other, uniting the parietal bones with the frontal. Cor'onary. Coronarius, from corona, a crown. In Anatomy, applied to parts which are supposed to resemble a crown. Coronary Arteries of the Heart. Cardiac arteries. The two arteries which supply the heart with blood. Coronary Artery of the Stomach. Arteria coronaria ventriculi. A branch of the coeliac artery, distributed upon the less curvature of the stomach. It is accompanied by a vein called the vena coronaria ventriculi. Cor'onary Ligament. A reflection of the peritoneum which surrounds the posterior margin of the liver. Coronary Veins. Veins following the coron- ary arteries. Coro'ne. Kopuvn, a crow. Thecoronoid process of the lower jaw. Cor'onoid. CoronoVdes, from nopuvrj, a crow, and eidoc, likeness. Like the beak of a crow; applied to a process of the inferior maxillary, and to one of the ulna. Corpo'ra. The plural of corpus, a body. Corpora Albican'tia. Two white eminences, each about the size of a pea, at the base of the brain. Corpora Aran'tii. Small tubercles on the semilunar valves. Corpora Caverno'sa. Tavo cylindrical, fibrous, distensible bodies, constituting the greater part of the penis and clitoris. The crura of the penis ; also, the same part of the clitoris. Corpora Genicula'ta. Two small eminences situated at the lower and outer part of the op- tic thalami. Corpora Malpighia' 'na. Acini of Malpighi. A number of small dark points scattered through the plexus of blood-vessels aud urinary tubes in the kidney. Corpora Mammilla' ria. Corpora albicantia. Corpora Oliva'ria. Tavo Avhitish oblong eminences of the medulla oblongata, exterior to the corpora pyramidalia. Corpora Pyramida'lia. Tato small eminences, one on each side of the occipital surface of the medulla oblongata,* and between the cor- pora olivaria. Corpora Quadrigem'ina. Tubercula quadri- gemina. Corpora Restifor'mia. Two oblong medul- lary eminences, one on each side of the upper part of the medulla oblongata. Corpora Stria' ta. Eminences of a light brownish-gray color, of a pyriform shape, which form part of the floor of the ventricles of the brain. Corpora Striata Superna Posteriora. The thalami nervorum opticorum. Corpulency. From corpus, the body. Excessive increase of the human body from accumulation of fat. Cor'pus. A body. This term is applied to many parts of the human body, as the corpus callosum, &c. Corpus An nu la' re. Pons Varolii. Corpus Ca/lo'sum. The white medullary i part of the brain joining the hemispheres. Corpus Denta'tum. An oval nucleus of cin- | eritious matter, seen in the cerebellum. Corpus Fimbria' turn. The flattened extrem- ity of the posterior crus of the fornix ; the ! Tcenia hippocampi. Corpus Glandulo'sum. The prostate gland. Corpus Glandulosum Mulie'rum. Avascular, spongy body, surrounding the orifice of the female urethra. Corpus Highmoria'num. An oblong emi- nence, running along the superior edge of the testicle. Corpus Lu'teum. A yellow spot observed in the ovarium from Avhich the ovum has pro- ceeded. Corpus Muco'sum. The second layer of the skin, situated betAveen the cutis vera and cuticle, Avhich gives color to the body. Corpus Nervo-Spongio' sum. The cavernous substance of the penis. Corpus Nervo'sum. The cavernous body of the clitoris. Corpus Pampinifor' 'me. Pampiniform*- ; from pampinus, a tendril. The plexus of veins which surrounds the spermatic artery in the abdomen. Corpus Papilla' re. The nervous and vascular papilla? of the rete mucosum. Corpus Psa/loi'des. See Lyra. . Corpus Pyramida'ie. The corpora pyrami- dalia. Corpus Reticulum. The rete mucosum. Corpus Rhomboid' eum. Corpus dentatum. Corpus Spongio'sum Ure' throe. The spongy structure around the urethra. Corpus Stria' turn. The corpora striata. Corpus Varico'sum. The spermatic plexus of vessels. COR 161 COR Corpus Vit'reum. Vitreous humor. Corpus Wolff/ an um. Two bodies situated in the region of the kidneys in the young fetus, which disappear about the tenth week. Corpus / cle. A very minute body; a mere atom. Corpuscles, Blood. The globules of the blood. Corpuscles, Exudation. The organizable nuclei contained in fibrinous fluids, which are the origin of the new tissues formed from such fluids. Corpuscles, Pacinian. Small oval bodies connected with the terminations of some ner- vous fibrils. Corpuscles of Purkinje. See Canaliculus. Corpus'cular Action. Molecular ac- tion. Cor'rigent. Cor'rigens ; correcto'rius. That which corrects ; in a Medical prescription, the addition of a substance to modify or ren- der the action of another more mild. Corroborant. Corrobo'rans ; from cor- roborate, to strengthen, Strengthening medi- cines ; medicines which impart tone and vigor to the body, as wine, cinchona and iron. Tonics. Corro'sion. Corro'sio; ero'sio; from con, and rodere, rosum, to gnaw. The action or effect of corrosive substances. Corro / sive. Substances which corrode, or, when placed in contact with living parts, disorganize them. They act either directly, by chemically destroying the part, or indirectly, by causing inflammation and gangrene. Corrosive Sub'limate. Corrosive chloride of mercury ; bichloride of mercury. Mercurii Chloridi. Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum, oxy- muriate of mercury. A substance occurring in colorless crystals, or crystalline masses, which are soluble in water, alcohol and ether. It is a dangerous poison taken internally, ex- cept in very minute doses. It is used exter- nally as a stimulant and escharotic to indolent or malignant ulcers, etc. The white of eggs is the antidote; if they cannot be procured, copious draughts of milk, or wheat flour mixed with water, may be substituted. Dose, gr. T J j to gr. \. The Bichloride of Mercury is one of the most powerful germicides employed, and is extensively used in antiseptic surgery. Strong solutions may be applied to the un- broken skin; but upon mucous surfaces and nerve-tissues the common solution is 1 part to 2000 of water == 1 grain to 4] ounces of water. 11 Combined with peroxide of hydrogen, f^j to bichloride of mercury, gr. ij, it is used as an injection in alveolar abscess and phagedenic pericementitis. For dental uses see UorgaJ Dental Medicine. Corrugation. Cor ruga' tio; from con, and ruga, a wrinkle. Wrinkling, frowning. Corrug , a / tor. Applied to muscles, the office of which is to corrugate the parts upon which they act. Corruga'tor Supercil'ii. A small muscle of the eye-brow. Cor 7 sican MOSS. A cryptogamic plant, the Gigartina helmithocorton, native of the Mediterranean, formerly much esteemed as a vermifuge. It has also been used as a remedy for cancer. Cor / tex. Bark or the common integu- ments of plants. It is sometimes applied ex- clusively to the Peruvian bark, or cortex cin- chona. Cortex Adstring'ens Brasifien'sis. An as- tringent bark from Brazil, introduced into Germany in 1828. It is said to be obtained from the Mimosa cochleacarpa. Dose of the powder, 9j to gss. Cortex Angustu / ro3. Cusparia. Cortex Antiscorbu'ticus. The canella alba. Cortex Cane/Ice Ma/abaricce. Laurus cassia, or wild cinnamon tree. Cortex Cardina/is de Lugo. The Peruvian bark. Cortex Cerebri. The gray portion of the brain, seen at the exterior of the cerebrum and cerebellum. Cortex Chinee Regius. Cinchona. Cortex Cincho'nce Cordifo' lice. Yellow or Calisaya bark, obtained from the Cinchona lanceolata, in flat or curled pieces. The quina is chiefly obtained from this species. Cortex Cinchonas Lancifo'fice. Lance-leaved cinchona. Pale, loxa or crown bark, the pro- duce of the Cinchona condaminea. Cortex Cinchona* Ob/ongifo'/iah Ked bark. See Cinchona Bubka. Cortex Jamaicen'sis. Bark of Achrassapota. Cortex Massoy. Massoy bark. Cor / tical. Cortica'lis; from, cortex, bark or rind. Belonging to> or resembling bark. A term applied in Anatomy to the exterior gray portion of the brain and kidney. Corun'dum. A very hard crystalline mineral composed of nearly pure alumina; it i& almost opaque, and of a reddish color. It is allied to the sapphire. COR 162 COU Corundum Wheels, Slabs and Points. Wheels and slabs composed of corundum, reduced to powder, and gum shellac; used for grinding mineral teeth. Also wheels and points for preparing the roots of teeth for crown and bridge-work, and for separating teeth. See Emery. Coryd'alin. An alkaloid found in the root of the Corydalis bidbosa and Fumaria. Cory / za. Kopv^a. From napa, the head, and few, to boil. Inflammation attended with increased discharge of mucus from the nose. A cold in the head; a catarrh of the nasal mucous membrane. Coryza Maligna. Malignant coryza. Ozsena. Coryza Entomica. Cosiliet/ic. Cosmel'icus ; from i-» ^ to • j* -w oc — • * Sj § 5 ^^? £ o g .-j "5 .15 K = cS c ^ d « .: F = ~ a EL > , to pulsate. Pulsating pain in the temples ; also temple, temporal bone. Crotcli / et. A small hook. Applied by the French in Dental ProstJiesis to clasps em- ployed for the retention of a dental substitute in the mouth. In Obstetric Surgery, a curved instrument with a sharp hook for the extrac- tion of the foetus in the operation of embry- otomy. Cro'toil. A genus of plants of the order Enphorblaceie. Croton Benzoe. See Styrax Benzoin. Croton Cascaril'la. See Croton Eleuthf.- ria. Croton Chloral. See Butyl Chloral. Croton Eleuthe'ria. The plant which affords the cascarilla bark. Croton Lacciferum. The name of an East Indian tree, the resinous juice of which affords gum lac. Croton Oil. Oleum tig'lii. The expressed oil CRO 107 CRU of the seeds of the croton tiglium, which, when pure, is a drastic purge, operating with great rapidity ; but its use is dangerous, from the irritation it sometimes produces. Dose, gtt., ^ to I or £. Croton Tig' Hum. A Ceylonese plant, every part of which is said to possess medicinal properties. The root acts as a drastic cathar- tic. From the seeds the croton oil, oleum tiglii, is expressed. Croton Tinctorium. The lac plant. Cro / tonate. A salt formed from crotonic acid with a base. Croto / ne.A fungus found on trees, pro- duced by an insect like a tick. Also by exten- sion, applied to small fungous tumors of the periosteum. Croton / ic Acid. An acid obtained from the seeds of Croton tiglium. Croup. Cynanche trachealis. Suffocating breathing, accompanied by a stridulous noise, dry cough and expectoration of tough, mem- branous sputa. See Cynanche Trachealis. Croup, Hysteric. A spasmodic affection of the larynx attacking hysterical females. Crown. Coro'na. In Anatomy, applied to parts of a circular form surmounting other portions of the same body, as the crown of a tooth, corona dentis, &c. Crown of a Tooth. The exposed part of the tooth above the gums, covered with enamel. See Teeth. Crown Setting. The operation of uniting an artificial crown to the root of a natural tooth ; the operation being commonly known by the misnomer " pivoting." Crown Work. The adaptation of an artifi- cial crown of porcelain or gold on the cervical portion of the natural root of a tooth. Two general systems are employed — the porcelain crowns with metallic attachments, with or without collars, and the gold crowns with por- celain fronts Crow's Bill. In Surgery, a kind of for- ceps for extracting balls and other foreign bodies from wounds. Cru / cial. Crucialis; from crux, a cross. Having the shape of a cross. Crucial Bandage. A bandage shaped like a capital T. Crucial Incis'ion. An incision made in the shape of a cross. Crucial Ligaments. Two ligaments of the knee-joint. Cru'ciate. Crucia'tus. Cruciform. Cru / cible. From crucio, I torment, because metals were tortured by fire to yield up their various virtues. A vessel of a conical shape in which substances are exposed to the heat of a fire or furnace formed of clay or earthenware, porcelain, iron, black lead or plumbago or graphite, silver, gold or platinum. They are used by dentists, goldsmiths and jewelers for refining and alloying gold and silver, and for this purpose they should be formed of suit- stances capable of bearing considerable altera- tions of temperature without breaking or cracking. The good crucibles are formed from pure clay mixed with pulverized old crucibles, black lead and pounded coke. The Hessian or sand crucible is composed of what is known as refractory clay, which consists of silica, alu- mina and ferric oxide. When such crucible? are used for melting gold or silver they should be lined Avith powdered borax, to prevent the absorption of a quantity of the metal on account of their porous nature. All new cru- cibles should be tested before use in melting the precious metals by slowly heating them to redness and then allowing them to cool. Cru / ciform. From crux, cruris, a cross, and forma, shape. Cruciformis ; cross-shaped. Applied in Anatomy, to the ligaments which close the articulations of the phalanges and to the crucial ligaments. Crude. Unprepared; raw. Applied to natural or artificial products which require purification. Cru / dity. Cru'ditas; crudus, crude, un- prepared. Rawness, crudeness. Applied to aliments in a raw state ; also to undigested substances in the stomach. Cru'or. One of the solid parts of coagu- lated blood ; coagulum, crassamentum, the red part of the blood. Cru / ra. The plural of crus, a leg. Ap- plied to some parts of the body from their resemblance to a leg, as crura cerebri, crura cer- ebelli, crura of the diaphragm, &c. Crurse'us. From crus, a leg. Crura'lis. A muscle of the anterior part of the thigh. Cru/ral. Crur'alis. Belonging to the lejr or lower extremity. Crural Arch. The inguinal arch. Crural Artery. The femoral artery. Crural Canal. The femoral ring. Crural Hernia. Femoral hernia. Crural Nerve. A nerve situated on the out- side of the psoas muscle and femoral artery, proceeding from the lumbar plexus. CRU 168 CRY Crural Plexus. A plexus formed by the union of the last four pair of lumbar nerves. Crural Ring. See Crural, Canal. Crural Vein. Temporal vein ; has the same arrangement as the artery. It receives but one branch, the saphana. Crura 'lis. Crurceus. Cru'ris Radius. Fibula. Crus. The leg; also the thigh. Crus'ta. A scab ; a shell ; the scum of a fluid. Crusta Adamantina Dentium. The enamel of the teeth. Crusta Carno'sa. The middle tunic of the intestines. Crusta Inflammato'ria. The buffy coat of inflamed blood. Crusta Lac'tea. Porrigo larvalis. Crusta Petro 'sa. The cementum of the teeth. Crusta Phlogisti'ca. The yellowish layer of the upper stratum of a blood-clot coagulating slowly. Crusta Villo'sa. The inner or mucous coat of the stomach and intestines. Crusta / cea. A class of articulated ani- mals protected by a hard shell. Ci*US / tula. A small shell or scab ; also an effusion of blood under the conjunctive mem- brane of the eye. Crynuyd.es. Kpvftudec. From tcpy/we, cold. A fever in which the internal parts are hot and the external cold. Crymodyn'ia, From upvuoc, cold, and o6viT] y pain. Chronic rheumatism. Crynuyses. From upv/ioc, cold. Diseases caused by the action of cold. Cry